Next:Acknowledgements, Up:(dir) [Contents][Index]
This is a guide to extending R, describing the process of creatingR add-on packages, writing R documentation, R’s system andforeign language interfaces, and the RAPI.
This manual is for R, version 4.5.1 (2025-06-13).
Copyright © 1999–2025 R Core Team
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of thismanual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice arepreserved on all copies.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of thismanual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that theentire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of apermission notice identical to this one.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manualinto another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,except that this permission notice may be stated in a translationapproved by the R Core Team.
.C
and.Fortran
dyn.load
anddyn.unload
.Call
and.External
Next:Creating R packages, Previous:Writing R Extensions, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
The contributions to early versions of this manual by Saikat DebRoy(who wrote the first draft of a guide to using.Call
and.External
) and Adrian Trapletti (who provided information on theC++ interface) are gratefully acknowledged.
Next:Writing R documentation files, Previous:Acknowledgements, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Packages provide a mechanism for loading optional code, data anddocumentation as needed. The R distribution itself includes about 30packages.
In the following, we assume that you know thelibrary()
command,including itslib.loc
argument, and we also assume basicknowledge of theR CMD INSTALL
utility. Otherwise, pleaselook at R’s help pages on
?library?INSTALL
before reading on.
For packages which contain code to be compiled, a computing environmentincluding a number of tools is assumed; the “R Installation andAdministration” manual describes what is needed for each OS.
Once a source package is created, it must be installed bythe commandR CMD INSTALL
.SeeAdd-on packages inR Installation and Administration.
Other types of extensions are supported (but rare): SeePackage types.
Some notes on terminology complete this introduction. These will helpwith the reading of this manual, and also in describing conceptsaccurately when asking for help.
Apackage is a directory of files which extend R, asource package (the master files of a package), or a tarballcontaining the files of a source package, or aninstalledpackage, the result of runningR CMD INSTALL
on a sourcepackage. On some platforms (notably macOS and ‘x86_64’ Windows)there are alsobinary packages, a zip file or tarball containingthe files of an installed package which can be unpacked rather thaninstalling from sources.
A package isnot1 alibrary. The latter is used in two senses in R documentation.
There are a number of well-defined operations on source packages.
R CMD INSTALL
orinstall.packages
.library()
, but since the advent of packagenamespaces this has been less clear: people now often talk aboutloading the package’s namespace and thenattaching thepackage so it becomes visible on the search path. Functionlibrary
performs both steps, but a package’s namespace can beloaded without the package being attached (for example by calls likesplines::ns
).The concept oflazy loading of code or data is mentioned atseveral points. This is part of the installation, always selected forR code but optional for data. When used the R objects of thepackage are created at installation time and stored in a database in theR directory of the installed package, being loaded into thesession at first use. This makes the R session start up faster anduse less (virtual) memory.(For technical details,seeLazy loading inR Internals.)
CRAN is a network of WWW sites holding the R distributionsand contributed code, especially R packages. Users of R areencouraged to join in the collaborative project and to submit their ownpackages toCRAN: current instructions are linked fromhttps://CRAN.R-project.org/banner.shtml#submitting.
Next:Configure and cleanup, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
The sources of an R package consist of a subdirectory containing thefilesDESCRIPTION andNAMESPACE, and the subdirectoriesR,data,demo,exec,inst,man,po,src,tests,tools andvignettes (some of which can be missing, but which should not beempty). The package subdirectory may also contain filesINDEX,configure,cleanup,LICENSE,LICENCE andNEWS. Other files such asINSTALL (for non-standardinstallation instructions),README/README.md2, orChangeLog will be ignored by R, but maybe useful to end users. The utilityR CMD build
may add filesin abuild directory (but this should not be used for otherpurposes).
Except where specifically mentioned,3 packages should not containUnix-style ‘hidden’ files/directories (that is, those whose name startswith a dot).
TheDESCRIPTION andINDEX files are described in thesubsections below. TheNAMESPACE file is described in thesection onPackage namespaces.
The optional filesconfigure andcleanup are (Bourne)shell scripts which are, respectively, executed before and (if option--clean was given) after installation on Unix-alikes, seeConfigure and cleanup. The analogues on Windows areconfigure.win andcleanup.win. Since R 4.2.0 on Windows,configure.ucrt andcleanup.ucrt are supported and takeprecedence overconfigure.win andcleanup.win. They canhence be used to provide content specific toUCRT or Rtools42 and newer, if needed,but the support for.ucrt files may be removed in future whenbuilding packages from source on the older versions of R will no longerbe needed, and hence the files may be renamed back to.win.
For the conventions for filesNEWS andChangeLog in theGNU project seehttps://www.gnu.org/prep/standards/standards.html#Documentation.
The package subdirectory should be given the same name as the package.Because some file systems (e.g., those on Windows and by default onmacOS) are not case-sensitive, to maintain portability it is stronglyrecommended that case distinctions not be used to distinguish differentpackages. For example, if you have a package namedfoo, do notalso create a package namedFoo.
To ensure that file names are valid across file systems and supportedoperating systems, theASCII control characters as well as thecharacters ‘"’, ‘*’, ‘:’, ‘/’, ‘<’, ‘>’,‘?’, ‘\’, and ‘|’ are not allowed in file names. Inaddition, files with names ‘con’, ‘prn’, ‘aux’,‘clock$’, ‘nul’, ‘com1’ to ‘com9’, and ‘lpt1’to ‘lpt9’ after conversion to lower case and stripping possible“extensions” (e.g., ‘lpt5.foo.bar’), are disallowed. Also, filenames in the same directory must not differ only by case (see theprevious paragraph). In addition, the basenames of ‘.Rd’ files maybe used in URLs and so must beASCII and not contain%
.For maximal portability filenames should only contain onlyASCII characters not excluded already (that isA-Za-z0-9._!#$%&+,;=@^(){}'[]
— we exclude space as manyutilities do not accept spaces in file paths): non-English alphabeticcharacters cannot be guaranteed to be supported in all locales. Itwould be good practice to avoid the shell metacharacters(){}'[]$~
:~
is also used as part of ‘8.3’ filenames onWindows. In addition, some applications on Windows can only work with pathnames of certain length, following an earlier limit in the Windows operatingsystem. Packages are normally distributed as tarballs, and these have a limiton path lengths. So, to be friendly to users who themselves may want to use arelatively long path where they extract the package, and for maximalportability, 100 bytes.
A source package if possible should not contain binary executable files:they are not portable, and a security risk if they are of theappropriate architecture.R CMD check
will warn aboutthem4 unless they are listed (one filepath per line) in a fileBinaryFiles at the top level of the package. Note thatCRAN will not accept submissions containing binary fileseven if they are listed.
The R functionpackage.skeleton
can help to create thestructure for a new package: see its help page for details.
Next:Licensing, Up:Package structure [Contents][Index]
TheDESCRIPTION file contains basic information about the packagein the following format:
Package: pkgnameVersion: 0.5-1Date: 2015-01-01Title: My First Collection of FunctionsAuthors@R: c(person("Joe", "Developer", role = c("aut", "cre"), email = "Joe.Developer@some.domain.net", comment = c(ORCID = "nnnn-nnnn-nnnn-nnnn")), person("Pat", "Developer", role = "aut"), person("A.", "User", role = "ctb", email = "A.User@whereever.net"))Author: Joe Developer [aut, cre], Pat Developer [aut], A. User [ctb]Maintainer: Joe Developer <Joe.Developer@some.domain.net>Depends: R (>= 3.1.0), nlmeSuggests: MASSDescription: A (one paragraph) description of what the package does and why it may be useful.License: GPL (>= 2)URL: https://www.r-project.org, http://www.another.urlBugReports: https://pkgname.bugtracker.url
The format is that of a version of a ‘Debian Control File’ (see the helpfor ‘read.dcf’ andhttps://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html:R does not require encoding in UTF-8 and does not support commentsstarting with ‘#’). Fields start with anASCII nameimmediately followed by a colon: the value starts after the colon and aspace. Continuation lines (for example, for descriptions longer thanone line) start with a space or tab. Field names are case-sensitive:all those used by R are capitalized.
For maximal portability, theDESCRIPTION file should be writtenentirely inASCII — if this is not possible it must containan ‘Encoding’ field (see below).
Several optional fields takelogical values: these can bespecified as ‘yes’, ‘true’, ‘no’ or ‘false’:capitalized values are also accepted.
The ‘Package’, ‘Version’, ‘License’, ‘Description’,‘Title’, ‘Author’, and ‘Maintainer’ fields are mandatory,all other fields are optional. Fields ‘Author’ and‘Maintainer’ can be auto-generated from ‘Authors@R’, and maybe omitted if the latter is provided: however if they are notASCII we recommend that they are provided.
The mandatory ‘Package’ field gives the name of the package. Thisshould contain only (ASCII) letters, numbers and dot, have atleast two characters and start with a letter and not end in a dot. Ifit needs explaining, this should be done in the ‘Description’ field(and not the ‘Title’ field).
The mandatory ‘Version’ field gives the version of the package.This is a sequence of at leasttwo (and usually three)non-negative integers separated by single ‘.’ or ‘-’characters. The canonical form is as shown in the example, and aversion such as ‘0.01’ or ‘0.01.0’ will be handled as if itwere ‘0.1-0’. It isnot a decimal number, so for example0.9 < 0.75
since9 < 75
.
The mandatory ‘License’ field is discussed in the next subsection.
The mandatory ‘Title’ field should give ashort descriptionof the package. Some package listings may truncate the title to 65characters. It should usetitle case (that is, use capitals forthe principal words:tools::toTitleCase
can help you with this),not use any markup, not have any continuation lines, and not end in aperiod (unless part of …). Do not repeat the package name: it isoften used prefixed by the name. Refer to other packages and externalsoftware in single quotes, and to book titles (and similar) in doublequotes.
The mandatory ‘Description’ field should give acomprehensive description of what the package does. One can useseveral (complete) sentences, but only one paragraph. It should beintelligible to all the intended readership (e.g. for aCRANpackage to allCRAN users). It is good practice not to startwith the package name, ‘This package’ or similar. As with the‘Title’ field, double quotes should be used for quotations(including titles of books and articles), and single quotes fornon-English usage, including names of other packages and externalsoftware. This field should also be used for explaining the packagename if necessary. URLs should be enclosed in angle brackets, e.g.‘<https://www.r-project.org>’: see alsoSpecifying URLs.
The mandatory ‘Author’ field describes who wrotethepackage. It is a plain text field intended for human readers, but notfor automatic processing (such as extracting the email addresses of alllisted contributors: for that use ‘Authors@R’). Note that allsignificant contributors must be included: if you wrote an R wrapperfor the work of others included in thesrc directory, you are notthe sole (and maybe not even the main) author.
The mandatory ‘Maintainer’ field should give asingle namefollowed by avalid (RFC 2822) email address in angle brackets. Itshould not end in a period or comma. This field is what is reported bythemaintainer
function and used bybug.report
. For aCRAN package it should be aperson, not a mailing listand not a corporate entity: do ensure that it is valid and will remainvalid for the lifetime of the package.
Note that thedisplay name (the part before the address in anglebrackets) should be enclosed in double quotes if it containsnon-alphanumeric characters such as comma or period. (The currentstandard, RFC 5322, allows periods but RFC 2822 did not.)
Both ‘Author’ and ‘Maintainer’ fields can be omitted if asuitable ‘Authors@R’ field is given. This field can be used toprovide a refined and machine-readable description of the package“authors” (in particular specifying their preciseroles),via suitable R code. It should create an object of class"person"
, by either a call toperson
or a series of calls(one per “author”) concatenated byc()
: see the exampleDESCRIPTION file above. The roles can include ‘"aut"’(author) for full authors, ‘"cre"’ (creator) for the packagemaintainer, and ‘"ctb"’ (contributor) for other contributors,‘"cph"’ (copyright holder, which should be the legal name for aninstitution or corporate body), among others. See?person
formore information. Note that no role is assumed by default.Auto-generated package citation information takes advantage of thisspecification. The ‘Author’ and ‘Maintainer’ fields areauto-generated from it if needed when building5 or installing.Note that for CRAN submissions, providing ‘Authors@R’ is required,and providingORCID orROR identifiers (seehttps://orcid.org/ andhttps://ror.org/) where possible isstrongly encouraged.
An optional ‘Copyright’ field can be used where the copyrightholder(s) are not the authors. If necessary, this can refer to aninstalled file: the convention is to use fileinst/COPYRIGHTS.
The optional ‘Date’ field gives therelease date of thecurrent version of the package. Using the ‘yyyy-mm-dd’ format ofthe ISO 8601 standard is strongly recommended6.
The ‘Depends’, ‘Imports’, ‘Suggests’, ‘Enhances’,‘LinkingTo’ and ‘Additional_repositories’ fields are discussedin a later subsection.
Dependencies external to the R system should be listed in the‘SystemRequirements’ field, possibly amplified in a separateREADME file. This includes specifying a non-default C++ standardand the need for GNUmake
.
The ‘URL’ field may give a list ofURLsseparated by commas or whitespace, for example the homepage of theauthor or a page where additional material describing the software canbe found. TheseURLs are converted to active hyperlinks inCRAN package listings. SeeSpecifying URLs.
The ‘BugReports’ field may contain a singleURL to whichbug reports about the package should be submitted. ThisURLwill be used bybug.report
instead of sending an email to themaintainer. A browser is opened for a ‘http://’ or ‘https://’URL. To specify another email address for bug reports, use‘Contact’ instead: howeverbug.report
will try to extract anemail address (preferably from a ‘mailto:’ URL or enclosed in anglebrackets) from ‘BugReports’.
Base and recommended packages (i.e., packages contained in the Rsource distribution or available fromCRAN and recommended tobe included in every binary distribution of R) have a ‘Priority’field with value ‘base’ or ‘recommended’, respectively. Thesepriorities must not be used by other packages.
A ‘Collate’ field can be used for controlling the collation orderfor the R code files in a package when these are processed forpackage installation. The default is to collate according to the‘C’ locale. If present, the collate specification must listall R code files in the package (taking possible OS-specificsubdirectories into account, seePackage subdirectories) as awhitespace separated list of file paths relative to theRsubdirectory.Paths containing white space or quotes need to be quoted. AnOS-specific collation field (‘Collate.unix’ or‘Collate.windows’) will be used in preference to ‘Collate’.
The ‘LazyData’ logical field controls whether the R datasets uselazy-loading. A ‘LazyLoad’ field was used in versions prior to2.14.0, but now is ignored.
The ‘KeepSource’ logical field controls if the package code is sourcedusingkeep.source = TRUE
orFALSE
: it might be neededexceptionally for a package designed to always be used withkeep.source = TRUE
.
The ‘ByteCompile’ logical field controls if the package R code is tobe byte-compiled on installation: the default is to byte-compile. Thiscan be overridden by installing with flag--no-byte-compile.
The ‘UseLTO’ logical field is used to indicate if source code inthe package7 is to becompiled with Link-Time Optimization (seeUsing Link-time Optimization) if R was installed with--enable-lto (defaulttrue) or--enable-lto=R (default false) (or onWindows8 ifLTO_OPT
is set inMkRules). This can be overridden by theflags--use-LTO and--no-use-LTO.LTO is said to givemost size and performance improvements for large and complex (heavilytemplated) C++ projects.
The ‘StagedInstall’ logical field controls if package installationis ‘staged’, that is done to a temporary location and moved to the finallocation when successfully completed. This field was introduced in R3.6.0 and is true by default: it is considered to be a temporary measurewhich may be withdrawn in future.
The ‘ZipData’ logical field has been ignored since R 2.13.0.
The ‘Biarch’ logical field is used on Windows to select theINSTALL
option--force-biarch for this package. Notcurrently relevant.
The ‘BuildVignettes’ logical field can be set to a false value tostopR CMD build
from attempting to build the vignettes, aswell as preventing9R CMD check
from testingthis. This should only be used exceptionally, for example if the PDFsinclude large figures which are not part of the package sources (andhence only in packages which do not have an Open Source license).
The ‘VignetteBuilder’ field names (in a comma-separated list)packages that provide an engine for building vignettes. These mayinclude the current package, or ones listed in ‘Depends’,‘Suggests’ or ‘Imports’. Theutils package is alwaysimplicitly appended. SeeNon-Sweave vignettes for details. Notethat if, for example, a vignette has engine ‘knitr::rmarkdown’,thenknitr provides the engine but bothknitr andrmarkdown are needed for using it, soboth thesepackages need to be in the ‘VignetteBuilder’ field and at leastsuggested (asrmarkdown is only suggested byknitr, andhence not available automatically along with it). Many packages usingknitr also need the packageformatR which itsuggests and so the user package needs to do so too and include this in‘VignetteBuilder’.
The ‘NeedsCompilation’ field should be set to"yes"
if thepackage contains native code which needs to be compiled, otherwise"no"
(whenthe package could be installed from source on any platform withoutadditional tools). This is used byinstall.packages(type ="both")
in R >= 2.15.2 on platforms where binary packages are thenorm: it is normally set byR CMD build
or the repositoryassuming compilation is required if and only if the package has asrc directory.
The ‘OS_type’ field specifies the OS(es) for which thepackage is intended. If present, it should be one ofunix
orwindows
, and indicates that the package can only be installedon a platform with ‘.Platform$OS.type’ having that value.
The ‘Type’ field specifies the type of the package:seePackage types.
One can add subject classifications for the content of the package usingthe fields ‘Classification/ACM’ or ‘Classification/ACM-2012’(using the Computing Classification System of the Association forComputing Machinery,https://www.acm.org/publications/class-2012; the former refersto the 1998 version), ‘Classification/JEL’ (the Journal of EconomicLiterature Classification System,https://www.aeaweb.org/econlit/jelCodes.php, or‘Classification/MSC’ or ‘Classification/MSC-2010’ (theMathematics Subject Classification of the American Mathematical Society,https://mathscinet.ams.org/msc/msc2010.html; the former refers to the 2000 version).The subject classifications should be comma-separated lists of therespective classification codes, e.g., ‘Classification/ACM: G.4,H.2.8, I.5.1’.
A ‘Language’ field can be used to indicate if the packagedocumentation is not in English: this should be a comma-separated listof standard (not private use or grandfathered)IETF language tags ascurrently defined by RFC 5646(https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc5646, see alsohttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IETF_language_tag), i.e., uselanguage subtags which in essence are 2-letter ISO 639-1(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) or 3-letter ISO639-3 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-3) languagecodes.
An ‘RdMacros’ field can be used to hold a comma-separated list ofpackages from which the current package will importRd macrodefinitions. These package should also be listed in ‘Imports’(or ‘Depends’). The macros in these packages will beimported after the system macros, in theorder listed in the ‘RdMacros’ field, before any macro definitionsin the current package are loaded. Macro definitions in individual.Rd files in theman directory are loaded last, and arelocal to later parts of that file. In case of duplicates, the lastloaded definition will be used.10 BothR CMDRd2pdf
andR CMD Rdconv
have an optional flag--RdMacros=pkglist. The option is also a comma-separated listof package names, and has priority over the value given inDESCRIPTION. Packages usingRd macros should depend onR 3.2.0 or later.
Note: There should be no ‘Built’ or ‘Packaged’ fields, as these areadded by the package management tools.
There is no restriction on the use of other fields not mentioned here(but using other capitalizations of these field names would causeconfusion). FieldsNote
,Contact
(for contacting theauthors/developers11) andMailingList
are in commonuse. Some repositories (includingCRAN and R-forge) add theirown fields.
Next:Package Dependencies, Previous:TheDESCRIPTION file, Up:Package structure [Contents][Index]
Licensing for a package which might be distributed is an important butpotentially complex subject.
It is very important that you include license information! Otherwise,it may not even be legally correct for others to distribute copies ofthe package, let alone use it.
The package management tools use the concept of‘free or open source software’(FOSS, e.g.,https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FOSS)licenses: the idea being that some users of R and its packages wantto restrict themselves to such software. Others need to ensure thatthere are no restrictions stopping them using a package, e.g.forbidding commercial or military use. It is a central tenet ofFOSSsoftware that there are no restrictions on users nor usage.
Do not use the ‘License’ field for information on copyrightholders: if needed, use a ‘Copyright’ field.
The mandatory ‘License’ field in theDESCRIPTION file shouldspecify the license of the package in a standardized form. Alternativesare indicatedvia vertical bars. Individual specifications mustbe one of
GPL-2 GPL-3 LGPL-2 LGPL-2.1 LGPL-3 AGPL-3 Artistic-2.0BSD_2_clause BSD_3_clause MIT
as made availableviahttps://www.R-project.org/Licenses/ andcontained in subdirectoryshare/licenses of the R source or homedirectory.
AbbreviationsGPL
andLGPL
are ambiguous andusually12 taken to mean any version of the license: but it is betternot to use them.
Multiple licences can be specified separated by ‘|’ (surrounded byspaces) in which case the user can choose any of the alternatives.
If a package licenserestricts a base license (where permitted,e.g., using GPL-3 or AGPL-3 with an attribution clause), the additionalterms should be placed in fileLICENSE (orLICENCE), andthe string ‘+ file LICENSE’ (or ‘+ file LICENCE’,respectively) should be appended to the corresponding individual licensespecification (preferably with the ‘+’ surrounded by spaces). Notethat several commonly used licenses do not permit restrictions: thisincludes GPL-2 and hence any specification which includes it.
Examples of standardized specifications include
License: GPL-2License: LGPL (>= 2.0, < 3) | Mozilla Public LicenseLicense: GPL-2 | file LICENCELicense: GPL (>= 2) | BSD_3_clause + file LICENSELicense: Artistic-2.0 | AGPL-3 + file LICENSE
Please note in particular that “Public domain” is not a valid license,since it is not recognized in some jurisdictions.
Please ensure that the license you choose also covers any dependencies(including system dependencies) of your package: it is particularlyimportant that any restrictions on the use of such dependencies areevident to people reading yourDESCRIPTION file.
Fields ‘License_is_FOSS’ and ‘License_restricts_use’ may beadded by repositories where information cannot be computed from the nameof the license. ‘License_is_FOSS: yes’ is used for licenses whichare known to beFOSS, and ‘License_restricts_use’ can have values‘yes’ or ‘no’ if theLICENSE file is known to restrictusers or usage, or known not to. These are used by, e.g., theavailable.packages
filters.
The optional fileLICENSE/LICENCE contains a copy of thelicense of the package. To avoid any confusion only include such a fileif it is referred to in the ‘License’ field of theDESCRIPTION file.
Whereas you should feel free to include a license file in yoursource distribution, please do not arrange toinstall yetanother copy of theGNUCOPYING orCOPYING.LIBfiles but refer to the copies onhttps://www.R-project.org/Licenses/ and included in the Rdistribution (in directoryshare/licenses). Since files namedLICENSE orLICENCEwill be installed, do not usethese names for standard license files. To include comments about thelicensing rather than the body of a license, use a file named somethinglikeLICENSE.note.
A few “standard” licenses are rather license templates which needadditional information to be completedvia ‘+ file LICENSE’(with the ‘+’ surrounded by spaces). Where the additionalinformation is ‘COPYRIGHT HOLDER’, this must give the actual legalentities (not something vague like ‘Name-of-package authors’): if morethan one they should be listed in decreasing order of contribution.
Next:TheINDEX file, Previous:Licensing, Up:Package structure [Contents][Index]
The ‘Depends’ field gives a comma-separated list of package nameswhich this package depends on. Those packages will be attached beforethe current package whenlibrary
orrequire
is called.Each package name may be optionally followed by a comment in parenthesesspecifying a version requirement. The comment should contain acomparison operator, whitespace and a valid version number,e.g. ‘MASS (>= 3.1-20)’.
The ‘Depends’ field can also specify a dependence on a certainversion of R — e.g., if the package works only with R version4.0.0 or later, include ‘R (>= 4.0)’ in the ‘Depends’field. (As here, trailing zeroes can be dropped and it is recommendedthat they are.) You can also require a certain SVN revision for R-develor R-patched, e.g. ‘R (>= 2.14.0), R (>= r56550)’ requires aversion later than R-devel of late July 2011 (including releasedversions of 2.14.0).
It makes no sense to declare a dependence onR
without a versionspecification, nor on the packagebase: this is an R packageand packagebase is always available.
A package or ‘R’ can appear more than once in the ‘Depends’field, for example to give upper and lower bounds on acceptableversions.
It is inadvisable to use a dependence on R with patch level (the thirddigit) other than zero. Doing so with packages which others depend onwill cause the other packages to become unusable under earlier versionsin the series, and e.g. versions 4.x.1 are widely used throughout theNorthern Hemisphere academic year.
Bothlibrary
and the R package checking facilities use thisfield: hence it is an error to use improper syntax or misuse the‘Depends’ field for comments on other software that might beneeded. The RINSTALL
facilities check if the version ofR used is recent enough for the package being installed, and the listof packages which is specified will be attached (after checking versionrequirements) before the current package.
The ‘Imports’ field lists packages whose namespaces are importedfrom (as specified in theNAMESPACE file) but which do not needto be attached. Namespaces accessed by the ‘::’ and ‘:::’operators must be listed here, or in ‘Suggests’ or ‘Enhances’(see below). Ideally this field will include all the standard packagesthat are used, and it is important to include S4-using packages (astheir class definitions can change and theDESCRIPTION file isused to decide which packages to re-install when this happens).Packages declared in the ‘Depends’ field should not also be in the‘Imports’ field. Version requirements can be specified and arechecked when the namespace is loaded.
The ‘Suggests’ field uses the same syntax as ‘Depends’ andlists packages that are not necessarily needed. This includes packagesused only in examples, demos, tests or vignettes (seeWriting package vignettes), and packages loaded in the body of functions. E.g.,suppose an example13 frompackagefoo uses a dataset from packagebar. Then it is notnecessary to havebar to usefoo unless one wants to executeall the examples: it is useful to havebar, butnot necessary. Version requirements can be specified but should bechecked by the code which uses the package.
Finally, the ‘Enhances’ field lists packages “enhanced” by thepackage at hand, e.g., by providing methods for classes from thesepackages, or ways to handle objects from these packages (so severalpackages have ‘Enhances: chron’ because they can handle datetimeobjects fromchron even though they prefer R’s nativedatetime functions). Version requirements can be specified, but arecurrently not used. Such packages cannot be required to check thepackage: any tests which use them must be conditional on the presenceof the package. (If your tests use e.g. a dataset from anotherpackage it should be in ‘Suggests’ and not ‘Enhances’.)
The general rules are
library(pkgname)
should be listed in the ‘Imports’ fieldand not in the ‘Depends’ field. Packages listed inimport
orimportFrom
directives in theNAMESPACE file shouldalmost always be in ‘Imports’ and not ‘Depends’.library(pkgname)
must be listed in the ‘Depends’field.R CMD check
on thepackage must be listed in one of ‘Depends’ or ‘Suggests’ or‘Imports’. Packages used to run examples or tests conditionally(e.g.viaif(require(pkgname))
) should be listedin ‘Suggests’ or ‘Enhances’. (This allows checkers to ensurethat all the packages needed for a complete check are installed.)In particular, packages providing “only” data for examples, demos orvignettes should be listed in ‘Suggests’ rather than ‘Depends’in order to make lean installations possible.
Version dependencies in the ‘Depends’ and ‘Imports’ fields areused bylibrary
when it loads the package, andinstall.packages
checks versions for the ‘Depends’,‘Imports’ and (fordependencies = TRUE
) ‘Suggests’fields.
It is important that the information in these fields is complete andaccurate: it is for example used to compute which packages depend on anupdated package and which packages can safely be installed in parallel.
This scheme was developed before all packages had namespaces (R2.14.0 in October 2011), and good practice changed once that was inplace.
Field ‘Depends’ should nowadays be used rarely, only for packageswhich are intended to be put on the search path to make their facilitiesavailable to the end user (and not to the package itself): for exampleit makes sense that a user of packagelatticeExtra would wantthe functions of packagelattice made available.
Almost always packages mentioned in ‘Depends’ should also beimported from in theNAMESPACE file: this ensures that any neededparts of those packages are available when some other package importsthe current package.
The ‘Imports’ field should not contain packages which are notimported from (via theNAMESPACE file or::
or:::
operators), as all the packages listed in that field need tobe installed for the current package to be installed. (This is checkedbyR CMD check
.)
R code in the package should calllibrary
orrequire
only exceptionally. Such calls are never needed for packages listed in‘Depends’ as they will already be on the search path. It used tobe common practice to userequire
calls for packages listed in‘Suggests’ in functions which used their functionality, butnowadays it is better to access such functionalityvia::
calls.
A package that wishes to make use of header files in other packages tocompile its C/C++ code needs to declare them as a comma-separated listin the field ‘LinkingTo’ in theDESCRIPTION file. Forexample
LinkingTo: link1, link2
The ‘LinkingTo’ field can have a version requirement which ischecked at installation.
Specifying a package in ‘LinkingTo’ suffices if these are C/C++headers containing source code or static linking is done atinstallation: the packages do not need to be (and usually should not be)listed in the ‘Depends’ or ‘Imports’ fields. This includesCRAN packageBH and almost all users ofRcppArmadillo andRcppEigen. Note that‘LinkingTo’ applies only to installation: if a packages wishes touse headers to compile code in tests or vignettes the package providingthem needs to be listed in ‘Suggests’ or perhaps ‘Depends’.
For another use of ‘LinkingTo’ seeLinking to native routines in other packages.
The ‘Additional_repositories’ field is a comma-separated list ofrepository URLs where the packages named in the other fields may befound. It is currently used byR CMD check
to check that thepackages can be found, at least as source packages (which can beinstalled on any platform).
Note that someone wanting to run the examples/tests/vignettes may nothave a suggested package available (and it may not even be possible toinstall it for that platform). The recommendation used to be to maketheir use conditionalviaif(require("pkgname"))
:this is OK if that conditioning is done in examples/tests/vignettes,although usingif(requireNamespace("pkgname"))
ispreferred, if possible.
However, usingrequire
for conditioningin package code isnot good practice as it alters the search path for the rest of thesession and relies on functions in that package not being masked byotherrequire
orlibrary
calls. It is better practice touse code like
if (requireNamespace("rgl", quietly = TRUE)) { rgl::plot3d(...) } else { ## do something else not involving rgl. }
Note the use ofrgl::
as that object would not necessarily bevisible (and if it is, it need not be the one from that namespace:plot3d
occurs in several other packages). If the intention is togive an error if the suggested package is not available, simply usee.g.rgl::plot3d
.
If the conditional code producesprint
output, functionwithAutoprint
can be useful.
Note that the recommendation to use suggested packages conditionally intests does also apply to packages used to manage test suites: anotorious example wastestthat which in version 1.0.0 containedillegal C++ code and hence could not be installed on standards-compliantplatforms.
Some people have assumed that a ‘recommended’ package in ‘Suggests’can safely be used unconditionally, but this is not so. (R can beinstalled without recommended packages, and which packages are‘recommended’ may change.)
As noted above, packages in ‘Enhances’must be usedconditionally and hence objects within them should always be accessedvia::
.
On most systems,R CMD check
can be run with only thosepackages declared in ‘Depends’ and ‘Imports’ by settingenvironment variable_R_CHECK_DEPENDS_ONLY_=true
, whereas setting_R_CHECK_SUGGESTS_ONLY_=true
also allows suggested packages, butnot those in ‘Enhances’ nor those not mentioned in theDESCRIPTION file. It is recommended that a package is checkedwith each of these set, as well as with neither.
WARNING: Be extremely careful if you do things which would berun at installation time depending on whether suggested packages areavailable or not—this includes top-level code in R code files,.onLoad
functions and the definitions of S4 classes and methods.The problem is that once a namespace of a suggested package is loaded,references to it may be captured in the installed package (most commonlyin S4 methods), but the suggested package may not be available when theinstalled package is used (which especially for binary packages might beon a different machine). Even worse, the problems might not be confinedto your package, for the namespaces of your suggested packages will alsobe loaded whenever any package which imports yours is installed and somay be captured there.
Next:Package subdirectories, Previous:Package Dependencies, Up:Package structure [Contents][Index]
The optional fileINDEX contains a line for each sufficientlyinteresting object in the package, giving its name and a description(functions such as print methods not usually called explicitly might notbe included). Normally this file is missing and the correspondinginformation is automatically generated from the documentation sources(usingtools::Rdindex()
) when installing from source.
The file is part of the information given bylibrary(help =pkgname)
.
Rather than editing this file, it is preferable to put customizedinformation about the package into an overview help page(seeDocumenting packages) and/or a vignette (seeWriting package vignettes).
Next:Data in packages, Previous:TheINDEX file, Up:Package structure [Contents][Index]
TheR subdirectory contains R code files, only. The codefiles to be installed must start with anASCII (lower or uppercase) letter or digit and have one of the extensions15.R,.S,.q,.r, or.s. We recommend using.R, as this extension seems to be not used by any other software.It should be possible to read in the files usingsource()
, soR objects must be created by assignments. Note that there need be noconnection between the name of the file and the R objects created byit. Ideally, the R code files should only directly assign Robjects and definitely should not call functions with side effects suchasrequire
andoptions
. If computations are required tocreate objects these can use code ‘earlier’ in the package (see the‘Collate’ field) plus functions in the ‘Depends’ packagesprovided that the objects created do not depend on those packages exceptvia namespace imports.
Extreme care is needed if top-level computations are made to depend onavailability or not of other packages. In particular this applies tosetMethods
andsetClass
calls. Nor should they depend onthe availability of external resources such as downloads.
Two exceptions are allowed: if theR subdirectory contains a filesysdata.rda (a saved image of one or more R objects: pleaseuse suitable compression as suggested bytools::resaveRdaFiles
,and see also the ‘SysDataCompression’DESCRIPTION field.)this will be lazy-loaded into the namespace environment – this isintended for system datasets that are not intended to be user-accessibleviadata
. Also, files ending in ‘.in’ will beallowed in theR directory to allow aconfigure script togenerate suitable files.
OnlyASCII characters (and the control characters tab,form feed,LF andCR) should be used in code files. Other characters areaccepted in comments16, but then the comments may notbe readable in e.g. a UTF-8 locale. Non-ASCII characters inobject names will normally17 fail when the package is installed. Any byte willbe allowed in a quoted character string but ‘\uxxxx’ escapes shouldbe used for non-ASCII characters. However,non-ASCII character strings may not be usable in some localesand may display incorrectly in others.
Various R functions in a package can be used to initialize andclean up. SeeLoad hooks.
Theman subdirectory should contain (only) documentation filesfor the objects in the package inR documentation (Rd) format.The documentation filenames must start with anASCII (lower orupper case) letter or digit and have the extension.Rd (thedefault) or.rd. Further, the names must be valid in‘file://’ URLs, which means18they must be entirelyASCII and not contain ‘%’.SeeWriting R documentation files, for more information. Note thatall user-level objects in a package should be documented; if a packagepkg contains user-level objects which are for “internal” useonly, it should provide a filepkg-internal.Rd whichdocuments all such objects, and clearly states that these are not meantto be called by the user. See e.g. the sources for packagegridin the R distribution. Note that packages which use internal objectsextensively should not export those objects from their namespace, whenthey do not need to be documented (seePackage namespaces).
Having aman directory containing no documentation files may givean installation error.
Theman subdirectory may contain a subdirectory namedmacros;this will contain source for user-defined Rd macros.(SeeUser-defined macros.) These use the Rd format, but maynot contain anything but macro definitions, comments and whitespace.
TheR andman subdirectories may contain OS-specificsubdirectories namedunix orwindows.
The sources and headers for the compiled code are insrc, plusoptionally a fileMakevars orMakefile (or for use onWindows, with extension.win or.ucrt). When a package isinstalled usingR CMD INSTALL
,make
is used to controlcompilation and linking into a shared object for loading into R.There are defaultmake
variables and rules for this(determined when R is configured and recorded inR_HOME/etcR_ARCH/Makeconf), providing support for C,C++, fixed- or free-form Fortran, Objective C and ObjectiveC++19 with associated extensions.c,.cc or.cpp,.f,.f90 or.f95,20.m, and.mm, respectively. We recommend using.hfor headers, also for C++21 or Fortran include files. (Use of extension.C for C++ is no longer supported.) Files in thesrcdirectory should not be hidden (start with a dot), and hidden files willunder some versions of R be ignored.
It is not portable (and may not be possible at all) to mix all theselanguages in a single package. Because R itself uses it, we know thatC and fixed-form Fortran can be used together, and mixing C, C++ andFortran usually work for the platform’s native compilers.
If your code needs to depend on the platform there are certain defineswhich can be used in C or C++. On all Windows builds (even 64-bit ones)‘_WIN32’ will be defined: on 64-bit Windows builds also‘_WIN64’. For Windows on ARM, test for ‘_M_ARM64’ or both‘_WIN32’ and ‘__aarch64__’. On macOS ‘__APPLE__’ isdefined22; for an ‘Apple Silicon’ platform, testfor both ‘__APPLE__’ and ‘__arm64__’.
The default rules can be tweaked by setting macros23 in a filesrc/Makevars (seeUsingMakevars). Note that this mechanismshould be general enough to eliminate the need for a package-specificsrc/Makefile. If such a file is to be distributed, considerablecare is needed to make it general enough to work on all R platforms.If it has any targets at all, it should have an appropriate first targetnamed ‘all’ and a (possibly empty) target ‘clean’ whichremoves all files generated by runningmake
(to be used by‘R CMD INSTALL --clean’ and ‘R CMD INSTALL --preclean’).There are platform-specific file names on Windows:src/Makevars.win takes precedence oversrc/Makevars andsrc/Makefile.win must be used. Since R 4.2.0,src/Makevars.ucrt takes precedence oversrc/Makevars.win andsrc/Makefile.ucrt takes precedenceoversrc/Makefile.win.src/Makevars.ucrt andsrc/Makefile.ucrt will be ignored by earlier versions of R, andhence can be used to provide content specific toUCRT or Rtools42 and newer,but the support for.ucrt files may be removed in the future whenbuilding packages from source on the older versions of R will no longerbe needed, and hence the files may be renamed back to.win.Somemake
programsrequire makefiles to have a complete final line, including a newline.
A few packages use thesrc directory for purposes other thanmaking a shared object (e.g. to create executables). Such packagesshould have filessrc/Makefile andsrc/Makefile.win orsrc/Makefile.ucrt (unless intended for only Unix-alikes or onlyWindows). Note that on Unix such makefiles are included afterR_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makeconf so all the usual Rmacros and make rules are available – for example C compilation will bydefault use the C compiler and flags with which R wasconfigured. This also applies on Windows as from R 4.3.0: packagesintended to be used with earlier versions should include that filethemselves.
The order of inclusion of makefiles for a package which doesnot have asrc/Makefile file is
Unix-alike | Windows |
---|---|
src/Makevars | src/Makevars.ucrt,src/Makevars.win |
R_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makeconf | R_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makeconf |
R_MAKEVARS_SITE ,R_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makevars.site | R_MAKEVARS_SITE ,R_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makevars.site |
R_HOME/share/make/shlib.mk | R_HOME/share/make/winshlib.mk |
R_MAKEVARS_USER , ~/.R/Makevars-platform, ~/.R/Makevars | R_MAKEVARS_USER , ~/.R/Makevars.ucrt, ~/.R/Makevars.win64, ~/.R/Makevars.win |
For those which do, it is
R_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makeconf | R_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makeconf |
R_MAKEVARS_SITE ,R_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makevars.site | R_MAKEVARS_SITE ,R_HOME/etc/R_ARCH/Makevars.site |
src/Makefile | src/Makefile.ucrt,src/Makefile.win |
R_MAKEVARS_USER , ~/.R/Makevars-platform, ~/.R/Makevars | R_MAKEVARS_USER , ~/.R/Makevars.ucrt, ~/.R/Makevars.win64, ~/.R/Makevars.win |
Items in capitals are environment variables: those separated by commasare alternatives looked for in the order shown.
In very special cases packages may create binary files other than theshared objects/DLLs in thesrc directory. Such files will not beinstalled in a multi-architecture setting sinceR CMD INSTALL--libs-only
is used to merge multiple sub-architectures and it onlycopies shared objects/DLLs. If a package wants to install otherbinaries (for example executable programs), it should provide an Rscriptsrc/install.libs.R which will be run as part of theinstallation in thesrc
build directoryinstead of copyingthe shared objects/DLLs. The script is run in a separate Renvironment containing the following variables:R_PACKAGE_NAME
(the name of the package),R_PACKAGE_SOURCE
(the path to thesource directory of the package),R_PACKAGE_DIR
(the path of thetarget installation directory of the package),R_ARCH
(thearch-dependent part of the path, often empty),SHLIB_EXT
(theextension of shared objects) andWINDOWS
(TRUE
on Windows,FALSE
elsewhere). Something close to the default behavior couldbe replicated with the followingsrc/install.libs.R file:
files <- Sys.glob(paste0("*", SHLIB_EXT))dest <- file.path(R_PACKAGE_DIR, paste0('libs', R_ARCH))dir.create(dest, recursive = TRUE, showWarnings = FALSE)file.copy(files, dest, overwrite = TRUE)if(file.exists("symbols.rds")) file.copy("symbols.rds", dest, overwrite = TRUE)
On the other hand, executable programs could be installed along thelines of
execs <- c("one", "two", "three")if(WINDOWS) execs <- paste0(execs, ".exe")if ( any(file.exists(execs)) ) { dest <- file.path(R_PACKAGE_DIR, paste0('bin', R_ARCH)) dir.create(dest, recursive = TRUE, showWarnings = FALSE) file.copy(execs, dest, overwrite = TRUE)}
Note the use of architecture-specific subdirectories ofbin whereneeded. (Executables should installed under abin directory andnot underlibs. It is good practice to check that they can beexecuted as part of the installation script, so a broken package is notinstalled.)
Thedata subdirectory is for data files: SeeData in packages.
Thedemo subdirectory is for R scripts (for runningviademo()
) that demonstrate some of the functionality of thepackage. Demos may be interactive and are not checkedautomatically24, soif testing is desired use code in thetests directory to achievethis. The script files must start with a (lower or upper case) letterand have one of the extensions.R or.r. If present, thedemo subdirectory should also have a00Index file with oneline for each demo, giving its name and a description separated by a tabor at least three spaces. (This index file is not generatedautomatically.) Note that a demo does not have a specified encoding andso should be anASCII file (seeEncoding issues). Functiondemo()
will use the package encoding if there is one, but this ismainly useful for non-ASCII comments.
The contents of theinst subdirectory will be copied recursivelyto the installation directory. Subdirectories ofinst should notinterfere with those used by R (currently,R,data,demo,exec,libs,man,help,html andMeta, and earlier versions usedlatex,R-ex). The copying of theinst happens aftersrcis built so itsMakefile can create files to be installed. Toexclude files from being installed, one can specify a list of excludepatterns in file.Rinstignore in the top-level source directory.These patterns should be Perl-like regular expressions (see the help forregexp
in R for the precise details), one per line, to bematched case-insensitively against the file and directory paths, e.g.doc/.*[.]png$ will exclude all PNG files ininst/doc basedon the extension.
Note that with the exceptions ofINDEX,LICENSE/LICENCE andNEWS, information files at thetop level of the package willnot be installed and so not beknown to users of Windows and macOS compiled packages (and not seenby those who useR CMD INSTALL
orinstall.packages()
on the tarball). So any information files you wish an end user to seeshould be included ininst. Note that if the named exceptionsalso occur ininst, the version ininst will be that seenin the installed package.
Things you might like to add toinst are aCITATION filefor use by thecitation
function, and aNEWS.Rd file foruse by thenews
function. See its help page for the specificformat restrictions of theNEWS.Rd file.
Another file sometimes needed ininst isAUTHORS orCOPYRIGHTS to specify the authors or copyright holders when thisis too complex to put in theDESCRIPTION file.
Subdirectorytests is for additional package-specific test code,similar to the specific tests that come with the R distribution.Test code can either be provided directly in a.R (or.ras from R 3.4.0) file, orvia a.Rin file containingcode which in turn creates the corresponding.R file (e.g., bycollecting all function objects in the package and then calling themwith the strangest arguments). The results of running a.R fileare written to a.Rout file. If there is acorresponding25.Rout.save file, these two arecompared, with differences being reported but not causing an error. Thedirectorytests is copied to the check area, and the tests arerun with the copy as the working directory and withR_LIBS
set toensure that the copy of the package installed during testing will befound bylibrary(pkg_name)
. Note that the package-specifictests are run in a vanilla R session without setting therandom-number seed, so tests which use random numbers will need to setthe seed to obtain reproducible results (and it can be helpful to do soin all cases, to avoid occasional failures when tests are run).
If directorytests has a subdirectoryExamples containinga filepkg-Ex.Rout.save, this is compared to the outputfile for running the examples when the latter are checked. Referenceoutput should be produced without having the--timings optionset (and note that--as-cran sets it).
If reference output is included for examples, demos, tests or vignettes do makesure that it is fully reproducible, as it will be compared verbatim tothat produced in a check run, unless the ‘IGNORE_RDIFF’ markup isused. Things which trip up maintainers include displayed versionnumbers from loading other packages, printing numerical results to anunreproducibly high precision and printing timings. Another trap issmall values which are in fact rounding error from zero: consider usingzapsmall
.
Subdirectoryexec could contain additional executable scripts thepackage needs, typically scripts for interpreters such as the shell,Perl, or Tcl. NB: only files (and not directories) underexecare installed (and those with names starting with a dot are ignored),and they are all marked as executable (mode755
, moderated by‘umask’) on POSIX platforms. Note too that this is not suitablefor executableprograms since some platforms support multiplearchitectures using the same installed package directory.
Subdirectorypo is used for files related tolocalization:seeInternationalization.
Subdirectorytools is the preferred place for auxiliary filesneeded during configuration, and also for sources need to re-createscripts (e.g. M4 files forautoconf
: some prefer to putthose in a subdirectorym4 oftools).
Next:Non-R scripts in packages, Previous:Package subdirectories, Up:Package structure [Contents][Index]
Thedata subdirectory is for data files, either to be madeavailablevia lazy-loading or for loading usingdata()
.(The choice is made by the ‘LazyData’ field in theDESCRIPTION file: the default is not to do so.) It should not beused for other data files needed by the package, and the convention hasgrown up to use directoryinst/extdata for such files.
Data files can have one of three types as indicated by their extension:plain R code (.R or.r), tables (.tab,.txt, or.csv, see?data
for the file formats, andnote that.csv isnot the standard26 CSV format), orsave()
images (.RData or.rda). The files shouldnot be hidden (have names starting with a dot). Note that R codeshould be if possible “self-sufficient” and not make use of extrafunctionality provided by the package, so that the data file can also beused without having to load the package or its namespace: it should runas silently as possible and not change thesearch()
path byattaching packages or other environments.
Images (extensions.RData27 or.rda) can containreferences to the namespaces of packages that were used to create them.Preferably there should be no such references in data files, and in anycase they should only be to packages listed in theDepends
andImports
fields, as otherwise it may be impossible to install thepackage. To check for such references, load all the images into avanilla R session, runstr()
on all the datasets, and look atthe output ofloadedNamespaces()
.
Particular care is needed where a dataset or one of its components is ofan S4 class, especially if the class is defined in a different package.First, the package containing the class definition has to be availableto do useful things with the dataset, so that package must be listed inImports
orDepends
(even if this gives a check warningabout unused imports). Second, the definition of an S4 class canchange, and often is unnoticed when in a package with a differentauthor. So it may be wiser to use the.R form and use that tocreate the dataset object when needed (loading package namespaces butnot attaching them by usingrequireNamespace(pkg, quietly =TRUE)
and usingpkg::
to refer to objects in thenamespace).
If you are not using ‘LazyData’ and either your data files are largeor e.g., you usedata/foo.R scripts to produce your data, loadingyour namespace, youcan speed up installation by providing a filedatalist in thedata subdirectory. This should have one line per topic thatdata()
will find, in the format ‘foo’ ifdata(foo)
provides ‘foo’, or ‘foo: bar bah’ ifdata(foo)
provides‘bar’ and ‘bah’.R CMD build
will automatically addadatalist file todata directories of over 1Mb, using thefunctiontools::add_datalist
.
Tables (.tab,.txt, or.csv files) can becompressed bygzip
,bzip2
orxz
,optionally with additional extension.gz,.bz2 or.xz.
If your package is to be distributed, do consider the resourceimplications of large datasets for your users: they can make packagesvery slow to download and use up unwelcome amounts of storage space, aswell as taking many seconds to load. It is normally best to distributelarge datasets as.rda images prepared bysave(, compress =TRUE)
(the default). Usingbzip2
orxz
compressionwill usually reduce the size of both the package tarball and theinstalled package, in some cases by a factor of two or more.
Packagetools has a couple of functions to help with data images:checkRdaFiles
reports on the way the image was saved, andresaveRdaFiles
will re-save with a different type of compression,including choosing the best type for that particular image.
Many packages using ‘LazyData’ will benefit from using a form ofcompression other thangzip
in the installed lazy-loadingdatabase. This can be selected by the--data-compress optiontoR CMD INSTALL
or by using the ‘LazyDataCompression’field in theDESCRIPTION file. Useful values arebzip2
,xz
and the default,gzip
: valuenone
is alsoaccepted. The only way to discover which is best is to try them all andlook at the size of thepkgname/data/Rdata.rdb file. Afunction to do that (quoting sizes in KB) is
CheckLazyDataCompression <- function(pkg){ pkg_name <- sub("_.*", "", pkg) lib <- tempfile(); dir.create(lib) zs <- c("gzip", "bzip2", "xz") res <- integer(3); names(res) <- zs for (z in zs) { opts <- c(paste0("--data-compress=", z), "--no-libs", "--no-help", "--no-demo", "--no-exec", "--no-test-load") install.packages(pkg, lib, INSTALL_opts = opts, repos = NULL, quiet = TRUE) res[z] <- file.size(file.path(lib, pkg_name, "data", "Rdata.rdb")) } ceiling(res/1024)}
(applied to a source package without any ‘LazyDataCompression’field).R CMD check
will warn if it finds apkgname/data/Rdata.rdb file of more than 5MB without‘LazyDataCompression’ being set. If you see that, runCheckLazyDataCompression()
and set the field – togzip
inthe unlikely event28 that is the best choice.
The analogue forsysdata.rda is field ‘SysDataCompression’:the default isxz
for files bigger than 1MB otherwisegzip
.
Lazy-loading is not supported for very large datasets (those which whenserialized exceed 2GB, the limit for the format on 32-bit platforms).
Next:Specifying URLs, Previous:Data in packages, Up:Package structure [Contents][Index]
Code which needs to be compiled (C, C++, Fortran …)is included in thesrc subdirectory and discussed elsewhere inthis document.
Subdirectoryexec could be used for scripts for interpreters suchas the shell, BUGS, JavaScript, Matlab, Perl, PHP (amap),Python or Tcl (Simile), or even R. However, it seems morecommon to use theinst directory, for exampleWriteXLS/inst/Perl,NMF/inst/m-files,RnavGraph/inst/tcl,RProtoBuf/inst/python andemdbook/inst/BUGS andgridSVG/inst/js.
Java code is a special case: except for very small programs,.java files should be byte-compiled (to a.class file) anddistributed as part of a.jar file: the conventional location forthe.jar file(s) isinst/java. It is desirable (andrequired under an Open Source license) to make the Java source filesavailable: this is best done in a top-leveljava directory in thepackage—the source files should not be installed.
If your package requires one of these interpreters or an extension thenthis should be declared in the ‘SystemRequirements’ field of itsDESCRIPTION file. (Users of Java most often do soviarJava, when depending on/importing that suffices unless thereis a version requirement on Java code in the package.)
Windows and Mac users should be aware that the Tcl extensions‘BWidget’ and ‘Tktable’ (which have sometimes been included inthe Windows29 and macOS R installers)are extensions and do need to be declared (and that‘Tktable’ is less widely available than it used to be, includingnot in the main repositories for major Linux distributions).‘BWidget’ needs to be installed by the user on other OSes. This isfairly easy to do: first find the Tcl search path:
library(tcltk)strsplit(tclvalue('auto_path'), " ")[[1]]
then download the sources fromhttps://sourceforge.net/projects/tcllib/files/BWidget/and in a terminal run something like
tar xf bwidget-1.9.14.tar.gzsudo mv bwidget-1.9.14 /usr/local/lib
substituting a location on the Tcl search path for/usr/local/lib ifneeded. (If no location on that search path is writeable, you will needto add one each time ‘BWidget’ is to be used withtcltk::addTclPath()
.)
To (silently) test for the presence of ‘Tktable’ one can use
library(tcltk)have_tktable <- !isFALSE(suppressWarnings(tclRequire('Tktable')))
Installing ‘Tktable’ needs a C compiler and the Tk headers (notnecessarily installed with Tcl/Tk). At the time of writing the latestsources (from 2008) were available fromhttps://sourceforge.net/projects/tktable/files/tktable/2.10/Tktable2.10.tar.gz/download,but needed patching for current Tk (8.6.11, but not 8.6.10) – a patchcan be found athttps://www.stats.ox.ac.uk/pub/bdr/Tktable/. Fora system installation of Tk you may need to install ‘Tktable’ as‘root’ as on e.g. Fedora all the locations onauto_path
are owned by ‘root’.
Previous:Non-R scripts in packages, Up:Package structure [Contents][Index]
URLs in many places in the package documentation will be converted toclickable hyperlinks in at least some of their renderings. So care isneeded that their forms are correct and portable.
The full URL should be given, including the scheme (often ‘http://’or ‘https://’) and a final ‘/’ for references to directories.
Spaces in URLs are not portable and how they are handled does vary byHTTP server and by client. There should be no space in the host part ofan ‘http://’ URL, and spaces in the remainder should be encoded,with each space replaced by ‘%20’.
Reserved characters should be encoded unless used in their reservedsense: see the help onURLencode()
.
The canonical URL for aCRAN package is
https://cran.r-project.org/package=pkgname
and not a version starting‘https://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/pkgname’.
Next:Checking and building packages, Previous:Package structure, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
Note that most of this section is specific to Unix-alikes: see thecomments later on about the Windows port of R.
If your package needs some system-dependent configuration beforeinstallation you can include an executable (Bourne30 shell scriptconfigurein your package which (if present) is executed byR CMD INSTALL
before any other action is performed. This can be a script created bythe Autoconf mechanism, but may also be a script written by yourself.Use this to detect if any nonstandard libraries are present such thatcorresponding code in the package can be disabled at install time ratherthan giving error messages when the package is compiled or used. Tosummarize, the full power of Autoconf is available for your extensionpackage (including variable substitution, searching for libraries,etc.). Background and useful tips on Autoconf and related tools(includingpkg-config
described below) can be found athttps://autotools.info/.
Aconfigure
script is run in an environment which has all theenvironment variables set for an R session (seeR_HOME/etc/Renviron) plusR_PACKAGE_NAME
(the name ofthe package),R_PACKAGE_DIR
(the path of the target installationdirectory of the package, a temporary location for staged installs) andR_ARCH
(the arch-dependent part of the path, often empty).
Under a Unix-alike only, an executable (Bourne shell) scriptcleanup
is executed as the last thing byR CMD INSTALL
ifoption--clean was given, and byR CMD build
whenpreparing the package for building from its source.
As an example consider we want to use functionality provided by a (C orFortran) libraryfoo
. Using Autoconf, we can create a configurescript which checks for the library, sets variableHAVE_FOO
toTRUE
if it was found and toFALSE
otherwise, and thensubstitutes this value into output files (by replacing instances of‘@HAVE_FOO@’ in input files with the value ofHAVE_FOO
).For example, if a function namedbar
is to be made available bylinking against libraryfoo
(i.e., using-lfoo), onecould use
AC_CHECK_LIB(foo,fun, [HAVE_FOO=TRUE], [HAVE_FOO=FALSE])AC_SUBST(HAVE_FOO)......AC_CONFIG_FILES([foo.R])AC_OUTPUT
inconfigure.ac (assuming Autoconf 2.50 or later).
The definition of the respective R function infoo.R.in could be
foo <- function(x) { if(!@HAVE_FOO@) stop("Sorry, library 'foo' is not available") ...
From this fileconfigure
creates the actual R source filefoo.R looking like
foo <- function(x) { if(!FALSE) stop("Sorry, library 'foo' is not available") ...
if libraryfoo
was not found (with the desired functionality).In this case, the above R code effectively disables the function.
One could also use different file fragments for available and missingfunctionality, respectively.
You will very likely need to ensure that the same C compiler andcompiler flags are used in theconfigure tests as when compilingR or your package. Under a Unix-alike, you can achieve this byincluding the following fragment early inconfigure.ac(before callingAC_PROG_CC
or anything which calls it)
: ${R_HOME=`R RHOME`}if test -z "${R_HOME}"; then echo "could not determine R_HOME" exit 1fiCC=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CC`CFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CFLAGS`CPPFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CPPFLAGS`
(Using ‘${R_HOME}/bin/R’ rather than just ‘R’ is necessaryin order to use the correct version of R when running the script aspart ofR CMD INSTALL
, and the quotes since ‘${R_HOME}’might contain spaces.)
If your code does load checks (for example, to check for an entry point ina library or to run code) then you will also need
LDFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config LDFLAGS`
Packages written with C++ need to pick up the details for the C++compiler and switch the current language to C++ by something like
CXX=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX`if test -z "$CXX"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([No C++ compiler is available])fiCXXFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXXFLAGS`CPPFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CPPFLAGS`AC_LANG(C++)
The latter is important, as for example C headers may not be availableto C++ programs or may not be written to avoid C++ name-mangling. Notethat an R installation is not required to have a C++ compiler so‘CXX’ may be empty. If the package specifies a non-default C++standard, use theconfig
variable names (such asCXX17
)appropriate to the standard, but still setCXX
andCXXFLAGS
.
You can useR CMD config
to get the value of the basicconfiguration variables, and also the header and library flags necessaryfor linking a front-end executable program against R, seeR CMDconfig --help for details. If you do, it is essential that you useboth the command and the appropriate flags, so that for example‘CC’ must always be used with ‘CFLAGS’ and (for code to belinked into a shared library) ‘CPICFLAGS’. For Fortran, be carefulto use ‘FC FFLAGS FPICFLAGS’ for fixed-form Fortran and‘FC FCFLAGS FPICFLAGS’ for free-form Fortran.
As from R 4.3.0, variables
CC CFLAGS CXX CXXFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS FC FCFLAGS
are set in the environment (if not already set) whenconfigure
is called fromR CMD INSTALL
, in case the script forgets toset them as described above. This includes making use of the selected Cstandard (but not the C++ standard as that is selected at a later stagebyR CMD SHLIB
).
To check for an external BLAS library using theAX_BLAS
macrofrom the official Autoconf MacroArchive31, onecan use
FC=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config FC`FCLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config FFLAGS`AC_PROG_FCFLIBS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config FLIBS`AX_BLAS([], AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find your BLAS library], 1))
Note thatFLIBS
as determined by R must be used to ensure thatFortran code works on all R platforms.
N.B.: If theconfigure
script creates files, e.g.src/Makevars, you do need acleanup
script to removethem. OtherwiseR CMD build
may ship the files that arecreated. For example, packageRODBC has
#!/bin/shrm -f config.* src/Makevars src/config.h
As this example shows,configure
often creates working filessuch asconfig.log. If you use a hand-crafted scriptrather than one created byautoconf
, it is highly recommendedthat you log its actions to fileconfig.log.
If your configure script needs auxiliary files, it is recommended thatyou ship them in atools directory (as R itself does).
You should bear in mind that the configure script will not be used onWindows systems. If your package is to be made publicly available,please give enough information for a user on a non-Unix-alike platformto configure it manually, or provide aconfigure.win script (orconfigure.ucrt) to be used on that platform. (Optionally, therecan be acleanup.win script (orcleanup.ucrt). Bothshould be shell scripts to be executed byash
, which is aminimal version of Bourne-stylesh
. As from R 4.2.0,bash
is used. Whenconfigure.win (orconfigure.ucrt) is run the environment variablesR_HOME
(which uses ‘/’ as the file separator),R_ARCH
andR_ARCH_BIN
will be set. UseR_ARCH
to decide if this is a64-bit build for Intel (its value there is ‘/x64’) and to install DLLs to thecorrect place (${R_HOME}/libs${R_ARCH}). UseR_ARCH_BIN
to find the correct place under thebindirectory, e.g.${R_HOME}/bin${R_ARCH_BIN}/Rscript.exe. Ifaconfigure.win script does compilation (including callingR CMD SHLIB
), most of the considerations above apply.
As the scripts on Windows are executed assh ./configure.win
and similar, any ’shebang’ first line (such as#! /bin/bash
) istreated as a comment.
In some rare circumstances, the configuration and cleanup scripts needto know the location into which the package is being installed. Anexample of this is a package that uses C code and creates two sharedobject/DLLs. Usually, the object that is dynamically loaded by Ris linked against the second, dependent, object. On some systems, wecan add the location of this dependent object to the object that isdynamically loaded by R. This means that each user does not have toset the value of theLD_LIBRARY_PATH
(or equivalent) environmentvariable, but that the secondary object is automatically resolved.Another example is when a package installs support files that arerequired at run time, and their location is substituted into an Rdata structure at installation time.The names of the top-level library directory (i.e., specifiablevia the ‘-l’ argument) and the directory of the packageitself are made available to the installation scriptsvia the twoshell/environment variablesR_LIBRARY_DIR
andR_PACKAGE_DIR
.Additionally, the name of the package (e.g. ‘survival’ or‘MASS’) being installed is available from the environment variableR_PACKAGE_NAME
. (Currently the value ofR_PACKAGE_DIR
isalways${R_LIBRARY_DIR}/${R_PACKAGE_NAME}
, but this used not tobe the case when versioned installs were allowed. Its main use is inconfigure.win (orconfigure.ucrt) scripts for the installation path of externalsoftware’s DLLs.) Note that the value ofR_PACKAGE_DIR
maycontain spaces and other shell-unfriendly characters, and so should bequoted in makefiles and configure scripts.
One of the more tricky tasks can be to find the headers and libraries ofexternal software. One tool which is increasingly available onUnix-alikes (but not by default32 on macOS) todo this ispkg-config
. Theconfigure script will needto test for the presence of the command itself33(see for example packagetiff), and if present it can beasked if the software is installed, of a suitable version and forcompilation/linking flags by e.g.
$ pkg-config --exists 'libtiff-4 >= 4.1.0' --print-errors # check the status$ pkg-config --modversion libtiff-44.3.0$ pkg-config --cflags libtiff-4-I/usr/local/include$ pkg-config --libs libtiff-4-L/usr/local/lib -ltiff$ pkg-config --static --libs libtiff-4-L/usr/local/lib -ltiff -lwebp -llzma -ljpeg -lz
Note thatpkg-config --libs
gives the information required tolink against the default version34 of that library (usually the dynamic one), andpkg-config --static --libs
may be needed if the static library isto be used.
Static libraries are commonly used on macOS and Windows to facilitatebundling external software with binary distributions of packages. Thismeans that portable (source) packages need to allow for this. It isnot safe to just usepkg-config --static --libs
, asthat will often include further libraries that are not necessarilyinstalled on the user’s system (or maybe only the versioned library suchaslibjbig.so.2.1 is installed and notlibjbig.so whichwould be needed to use-ljbig
sometimes included inpkg-config --static --libs libtiff-4
).
Another issue is thatpkg-config --exists
may not be reliable.It checks not only that the ‘module’ is available butall of thedependencies, including those in principle needed for static linking.(XQuartz 2.8.x only distributed dynamic libraries and not some of the.pc files needed for--exists
.)
Sometimes the name by which the software is known topkg-config
is not what one might expect (e.g.‘libxml-2.0’ even for 2.9.x). To get a complete list use
pkg-config --list-all | sort
Some external software provides a-config command to do a similarjob topkg-config
, including
curl-config freetype-config gdal-config geos-configgsl-config iodbc-config libpng-config nc-configpcre-config pcre2-config xml2-config xslt-config
(curl-config
is forlibcurl
notcurl
.nc-config
is fornetcdf
.) Most have an option to usestatic libraries.
N.B. These commands indicate what header paths andlibraries are needed, but they do not obviate the need to check that therecipes they give actually work. (This is especially necessary forplatforms which use static linking.)
If using Autoconf it is good practice to include all the Autoconfsources in the package (and required for an Open Source package andtested byR CMD check --as-cran
). This will include the fileconfigure.ac35 in the top-level directory of the package. Ifextensions written inm4
are needed, these should be includedunder the directorytools and included fromconfigure.acvia e.g.,
m4_include([tools/ax_pthread.m4])
Alternatively, Autoconf can be asked to search all.m4 files in adirectory by including something like36
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([tools/m4])
One source of such extensions is the ‘Autoconf Archive’(https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/. It is notsafe to assume this is installed on users’ machines, so the extensionshould be shipped with the package (taking care to comply with itslicence).
Next:Configure example, Up:Configure and cleanup [Contents][Index]
Sometimes writing your ownconfigure script can be avoided bysupplying a fileMakevars: also one of the most common uses of aconfigure script is to makeMakevars fromMakevars.in.
AMakevars file is a makefile and is used as one of severalmakefiles byR CMD SHLIB
(which is called byR CMDINSTALL
to compile code in thesrc directory). It should bewritten if at all possible in a portable style, in particular (exceptforMakevars.win andMakevars.ucrt) without the use of GNUextensions.
The most common use of aMakevars file is to set additionalpreprocessor options (for example include paths and definitions) forC/C++ filesviaPKG_CPPFLAGS
, and additional compilerflags by settingPKG_CFLAGS
,PKG_CXXFLAGS
orPKG_FFLAGS
, for C, C++ or Fortran respectively (seeCreating shared objects).
N.B.: Include paths are preprocessor options, not compileroptions, andmust be set inPKG_CPPFLAGS
as otherwiseplatform-specific paths (e.g. ‘-I/usr/local/include’) will takeprecedence.PKG_CPPFLAGS
should contain ‘-I’, ‘-D’,‘-U’ and (where supported) ‘-include’ and ‘-pthread’options: everything else should be a compiler flag. The order of flagsmatters, and using ‘-I’ inPKG_CFLAGS
orPKG_CXXFLAGS
has led to hard-to-debug platform-specific errors.
Makevars can also be used to set flags for the linker, forexample ‘-L’ and ‘-l’ options,viaPKG_LIBS
.
When writing aMakevars file for a package you intend todistribute, take care to ensure that it is not specific to yourcompiler: flags such as-O2 -Wall -pedantic (and all other-W flags: for the Oracle compilers these were used to passarguments to compiler phases) are all specific to GCC (and compilers suchasclang
which aim to be options-compatible with it).
Also, do not set variables such asCPPFLAGS
,CFLAGS
etc.:these should be settable by users (sites) through appropriate personal(site-wide)Makevars files.SeeCustomizing package compilation inR Installation and Administrationfor more information.
There are some macros37 which are set whilst configuring thebuilding of R itself and are stored inR_HOME/etcR_ARCH/Makeconf. That makefile is includedas aMakefileafterMakevars[.win], and the macrosit defines can be used in macro assignments and make command lines inthe latter. These include
FLIBS
¶A macro containing the set of libraries need to link Fortran code. Thismay need to be included inPKG_LIBS
: it will normally be includedautomatically if the package contains Fortran source files in thesrc directory.
BLAS_LIBS
¶A macro containing the BLAS libraries used when building R. This mayneed to be included inPKG_LIBS
. Beware that if it is empty thenthe R executable will contain all the double-precision anddouble-complex BLAS routines, but no single-precision nor complexroutines. IfBLAS_LIBS
is included, thenFLIBS
also needsto be38 included following it, as most BLASlibraries are written at least partially in Fortran. However, it canbe omitted if the package contains Fortran source code as that will addFLIBS
to the link line.
LAPACK_LIBS
¶A macro containing the LAPACK libraries (and paths where appropriate)used when building R. This may need to be included inPKG_LIBS
. It may point to a dynamic librarylibRlapack
which contains the main double-precision LAPACK routines as well asthose double-complex LAPACK routines needed to build R, or it maypoint to an external LAPACK library, or may be empty if an external BLASlibrary also contains LAPACK.
[libRlapack
includes all the double-precision LAPACK routineswhich were current in 2003 and a few more recent ones: a list of whichroutines are included is in filesrc/modules/lapack/README. Notethat an external LAPACK/BLAS library need not do so, as some were‘deprecated’ (and not compiled by default) in LAPACK 3.6.0 in late2015.]
For portability, the macrosBLAS_LIBS
andFLIBS
shouldalways be includedafterLAPACK_LIBS
(and in that order).
SAFE_FFLAGS
¶A macro containing flags which are needed to circumventover-optimization of FORTRAN code: it is might be ‘-g -O2-ffloat-store’ or ‘-g -O2 -msse2 -mfpmath=sse’ on ‘ix86’platforms usinggfortran
. Note that this isnot anadditional flag to be used as part ofPKG_FFLAGS
, but areplacement forFFLAGS
. See the example later in this section.
Setting certain macros inMakevars will preventR CMDSHLIB
setting them: in particular ifMakevars sets‘OBJECTS’ it will not be set on themake
command line.This can be useful in conjunction with implicit rules to allow othertypes of source code to be compiled and included in the shared object.It can also be used to control the set of files which are compiled,either by excluding some files insrc or including some files insubdirectories. For example
OBJECTS = 4dfp/endianio.o 4dfp/Getifh.o R4dfp-object.o
Note thatMakevars should not normally contain targets, as it isincluded before the default makefile andmake
will call thefirst target, intended to beall
in the default makefile. If youreally need to circumvent that, use a suitable (phony) targetall
before any actual targets inMakevars.[win]: for example packagefastICA used to have
PKG_LIBS = @BLAS_LIBS@SLAMC_FFLAGS=$(R_XTRA_FFLAGS) $(FPICFLAGS) $(SHLIB_FFLAGS) $(SAFE_FFLAGS)all: $(SHLIB)slamc.o: slamc.f $(FC) $(SLAMC_FFLAGS) -c -o slamc.o slamc.f
needed to ensure that the LAPACK routines find some constants withoutinfinite looping. The Windows equivalent was
all: $(SHLIB)slamc.o: slamc.f $(FC) $(SAFE_FFLAGS) -c -o slamc.o slamc.f
(since the other macros are all empty on that platform, and R’sinternal BLAS was not used). Note that the first target inMakevars will be called, but for back-compatibility it is bestnamedall
.
If you want to create and then link to a library, say using code in asubdirectory, use something like
.PHONY: all mylibsall: $(SHLIB)$(SHLIB): mylibsmylibs: (cd subdir; $(MAKE))
Be careful to create all the necessary dependencies, as there is noguarantee that the dependencies ofall
will be run in aparticular order (and some of theCRAN build machines usemultiple CPUs and parallel makes). In particular,
all: mylibs
doesnot suffice. GNU make does allow the construct
.NOTPARALLEL: allall: mylibs $(SHLIB)
but that is not portable.dmake
andpmake
allow thesimilar.NO_PARALLEL
, also not portable: some variants ofpmake
accept.NOTPARALLEL
as an alias for.NO_PARALLEL
.
Note that on Windows it is required thatMakevars[.win, .ucrt] doescreate a DLL: this is needed as it is the only reliable way to ensurethat building a DLL succeeded. If you want to use thesrcdirectory for some purpose other than building a DLL, use aMakefile.win orMakefile.ucrt file.
It is sometimes useful to have a target ‘clean’ inMakevars,Makevars.win orMakevars.ucrt:this will be used byR CMD build
toclean up (a copy of) the package sources. When it is run bybuild
it will have fewer macros set, in particular not$(SHLIB)
, nor$(OBJECTS)
unless set in the file itself.It would also be possible to add tasks to the target ‘shlib-clean’which is run byR CMD INSTALL
andR CMD SHLIB
withoptions--clean and--preclean.
Avoid the use of default (also known as ‘implicit’ rules) in makefiles,as these aremake
-specific. Even when mandated by POSIX –GNUmake
does not comply and this has broken packageinstallation.
An unfortunately common error is to have
all: $(SHLIB) clean
which asksmake
to clean in parallel with compiling the code.Not only does this lead to hard-to-debug installation errors, it wipesout all the evidence of any error (from a parallel make or not). It ismuch better to leave cleaning to the end user using the facilities inthe previous paragraph.
If you want to run R code inMakevars, e.g. to findconfiguration information, please do ensure that you use the correctcopy ofR
orRscript
: there might not be one in the pathat all, or it might be the wrong version or architecture. The correctway to do this isvia
"$(R_HOME)/bin$(R_ARCH_BIN)/Rscript"filename"$(R_HOME)/bin$(R_ARCH_BIN)/Rscript" -e 'R expression'
where$(R_ARCH_BIN)
is only needed currently on Windows.
Environment or make variables can be used to select different macros forIntel 64-bit code or code for other architectures, for example(GNUmake
syntax, allowed on Windows)
ifeq "$(WIN)" "64"PKG_LIBS =value for 64-bit Intel WindowselsePKG_LIBS =value for unknown Windows architecturesendif
On Windows there is normally a choice between linking to an importlibrary or directly to a DLL. Where possible, the latter is much morereliable: import libraries are tied to a specific toolchain, and inparticular on 64-bit Windows two different conventions have beencommonly used. So for example instead of
PKG_LIBS = -L$(XML_DIR)/lib -lxml2
one can use
PKG_LIBS = -L$(XML_DIR)/bin -lxml2
since on Windows-lxxx
will look in turn for
libxxx.dll.axxx.dll.alibxxx.axxx.liblibxxx.dllxxx.dll
where the first and second are conventionally import libraries, thethird and fourth often static libraries (with.lib
intended forVisual C++), but might be import libraries. See for examplehttps://sourceware.org/binutils/docs-2.20/ld/WIN32.html#WIN32.
The fly in the ointment is that the DLL might not be namedlibxxx.dll, and in fact on 32-bit Windows there was alibxml2.dll whereas on one build for 64-bit Windows the DLL iscalledlibxml2-2.dll. Using import libraries can cover overthese differences but can cause equal difficulties.
If static libraries are available they can save a lot of problems withrun-time finding of DLLs, especially when binary packages are to bedistributed and even more when these support both architectures. Whereusing DLLs is unavoidable we normally arrange (viaconfigure.win orconfigure.ucrt) to ship them in the same directory as the packageDLL.
Next:Using pthreads, Up:UsingMakevars [Contents][Index]
There is some support for packages which wish to useOpenMP39. Themake
macros
SHLIB_OPENMP_CFLAGSSHLIB_OPENMP_CXXFLAGSSHLIB_OPENMP_FFLAGS
are available for use insrc/Makevars,src/Makevars.win orMakevars.ucrt. Include the appropriate macro inPKG_CFLAGS
,PKG_CXXFLAGS
and so on, and also inPKG_LIBS
(but see below for Fortran). C/C++ code that needs tobe conditioned on the use ofOpenMP can be used inside#ifdef_OPENMP
: note that some toolchains used for R (including Apple’s formacOS40 and some others usingclang
41) have noOpenMP support at all, not evenomp.h.
For example, a package with C code written forOpenMP should have insrc/Makevars the lines
PKG_CFLAGS = $(SHLIB_OPENMP_CFLAGS)PKG_LIBS = $(SHLIB_OPENMP_CFLAGS)
Note that the macroSHLIB_OPENMP_CXXFLAGS
applies to the defaultC++ compiler and not necessarily to the C++17/20/23/26 compiler: users of thelatter should do their ownconfigure
checks. If you do useyour own checks, make sure thatOpenMP support is complete by compilingand linking anOpenMP-using program: on some platforms the runtimelibrary is optional and on others that library depends on other optionallibraries.
Some care is needed when compilers are from different families which mayuse differentOpenMP runtimes (e.g.clang
vs GCCincludinggfortran
, although it is often possible to use theclang
runtime with GCC but notvice versa: howevergfortran
>= 9 may generate calls not in theclang
runtime). For a package with Fortran code usingOpenMP the appropriatelines are
PKG_FFLAGS = $(SHLIB_OPENMP_FFLAGS)PKG_LIBS = $(SHLIB_OPENMP_CFLAGS)
as the C compiler will be used to link the package code. There areplatforms on which this does not workfor someOpenMP-using codeand installation will fail. Since R >= 3.6.2 the best alternativefor a package with only Fortran sources usingOpenMP is to use
USE_FC_TO_LINK =PKG_FFLAGS = $(SHLIB_OPENMP_FFLAGS)PKG_LIBS = $(SHLIB_OPENMP_FFLAGS)
insrc/Makevars,src/Makevars.win orMakevars.ucrt.Note however, thatwhen this is used$(FLIBS)
should not be included inPKG_LIBS
since it is for linking Fortran-compiled code by the Ccompiler.
Common platforms may inline allOpenMP calls and so tolerate theomission of theOpenMP flag fromPKG_LIBS
, but this usuallyresults in an installation failure with a different compiler orcompilation flags. So cross-check that e.g.-fopenmp
appearsin the linking line in the installation logs.
It is not portable to useOpenMP with more than one of C, C++ andFortran in a single package since it is not uncommon that the compilersare of different families.
For portability, any C/C++ code using theomp_*
functions shouldinclude theomp.h header: some compilers (but not all) include itwhenOpenMP mode is switched on (e.g.via flag-fopenmp).
There is nothing42 to say whatversion ofOpenMP is supported: version 4.0 (and much of 4.5 or 5.0) issupported by recent versions of the Linux and Windows platforms, butportable packages cannot assume that end users have recent versions.Appleclang
on macOS has noOpenMP support.https://www.openmp.org/resources/openmp-compilers-tools/ givessome idea of what compilers support what versions. Note that supportfor Fortran compilers is often less up-to-date and that page suggests itis unwise to rely on a version later than 3.1. Which introduced aFortranOpenMP module, so Fortran users ofOpenMP should include
use omp_lib
Rarely, usingOpenMP withclang
on Linux generates calls inlibatomic
, resulting in loading messages like
undefined symbol: __atomic_compare_exchange undefined symbol: __atomic_load
The workaround is to link with-latomic
(having checked it exists).
The performance ofOpenMP varies substantially between platforms. TheWindows implementation has substantial overheads, so is only beneficialif quite substantial tasks are run in parallel. Also, on Windows newthreads are started with the default43FPU control word, so computations done onOpenMPthreads will not make use of extended-precision arithmetic which is thedefault for the main process.
Do not include these macros unless your code does make use ofOpenMP(possibly for C++ via included external headers): this can result in theOpenMP runtime being linked in, threads being started, ….
Calling any of the R API from threaded code is ‘for experts only’ andstrongly discouraged. Many functions in the R API modify internalR data structures and might corrupt these data structures if calledsimultaneously from multiple threads. Most R API functions cansignal errors, which must only happen on the R main thread. Also,external libraries (e.g. LAPACK) may not be thread-safe.
Packages are not standard-alone programs, and an R process couldcontain more than oneOpenMP-enabled package as well as other components(for example, an optimized BLAS) making use ofOpenMP. So carefulconsideration needs to be given to resource usage.OpenMP works withparallel regions, and for most implementations the default is to use asmany threads as ‘CPUs’ for such regions. Parallel regions can benested, although it is common to use only a single thread below thefirst level. The correctness of the detected number of ‘CPUs’ and theassumption that the R process is entitled to use them all are bothdubious assumptions. One way to limit resources is to limit the overallnumber of threads available toOpenMP in the R process: this can bedonevia environment variableOMP_THREAD_LIMIT
, whereimplemented.44 Alternatively, the number of threads perregion can be limited by the environment variableOMP_NUM_THREADS
or API callomp_set_num_threads
, or, better, for the regions inyour code as part of their specification. E.g. R uses45
#pragma omp parallel for num_threads(nthreads) ...
That way you only control your own code and not that of otherOpenMP users.
Note that setting environment variables to controlOpenMP isimplementation-dependent and may need to be done outside the Rprocess or before any use ofOpenMP (which might be by another processor R itself). Also, implementation-specific variables such asKMP_THREAD_LIMIT
might take precedence.
Next:Compiling in sub-directories, Previous:OpenMP support, Up:UsingMakevars [Contents][Index]
There is no direct support for the POSIX threads (more commonly known aspthreads
): by the time we considered adding it several packageswere using it unconditionally so it seems that nowadays it isuniversally available on POSIX operating systems.
For reasonably recent versions ofgcc
andclang
thecorrect specification is
PKG_CPPFLAGS = -pthreadPKG_LIBS = -pthread
(and the plural version is also accepted on some systems/versions). Forother platforms the specification is
PKG_CPPFLAGS = -D_REENTRANTPKG_LIBS = -lpthread
(and note that the library name is singular). This is what-pthread does on all known current platforms (although earlierversions of OpenBSD used a different library name).
For a tutorial seehttps://hpc-tutorials.llnl.gov/posix/.
POSIX threads are not normally used on Windows which has its own nativeconcepts of threads: however, recent toolchains do provide thepthreads
header and library.
The presence of a workingpthreads
implementation cannot beunambiguously determined without testing for yourself: however, that‘_REENTRANT’ is defined in C/C++ code is a good indication.
Note that not allpthreads
implementations are equivalent as partsare optional (seehttps://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/basedefs/pthread.h.html):for example, macOS lacks the ‘Barriers’ option.
See also the comments on thread-safety and performance underOpenMP: onall known R platformsOpenMP is implementedviapthreads
and the known performance issues are in the latter.
Previous:Using pthreads, Up:UsingMakevars [Contents][Index]
Package authors fairly often want to organize code in sub-directories ofsrc, for example if they are including a separate piece ofexternal software to which this is an R interface.
One simple way is simply to setOBJECTS
to be all the objectsthat need to be compiled, including in sub-directories. For example,CRAN packageRSiena has
SOURCES = $(wildcard data/*.cpp network/*.cpp utils/*.cpp model/*.cpp model/*/*.cpp model/*/*/*.cpp)OBJECTS = siena07utilities.o siena07internals.o siena07setup.o siena07models.o $(SOURCES:.cpp=.o)
One problem with that approach is that unless GNU make extensions areused, the source files need to be listed and kept up-to-date. As in thefollowing fromCRAN packagelossDev:
OBJECTS.samplers = samplers/ExpandableArray.o samplers/Knots.o \ samplers/RJumpSpline.o samplers/RJumpSplineFactory.o \ samplers/RealSlicerOV.o samplers/SliceFactoryOV.o samplers/MNorm.oOBJECTS.distributions = distributions/DSpline.o \ distributions/DChisqrOV.o distributions/DTOV.o \ distributions/DNormOV.o distributions/DUnifOV.o distributions/RScalarDist.oOBJECTS.root = RJump.oOBJECTS = $(OBJECTS.samplers) $(OBJECTS.distributions) $(OBJECTS.root)
Where the subdirectory is self-contained code with a suitable makefile,the best approach is something like
PKG_LIBS = -LCsdp/lib -lsdp $(LAPACK_LIBS) $(BLAS_LIBS) $(FLIBS)$(SHLIB): Csdp/lib/libsdp.aCsdp/lib/libsdp.a: @(cd Csdp/lib && $(MAKE) libsdp.a \ CC="$(CC)" CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) $(CPICFLAGS)" AR="$(AR)" RANLIB="$(RANLIB)")
Note the quotes: the macros can contain spaces, e.g.CC = "gcc-m64 -std=gnu99"
. Several authors have forgotten about parallel makes:the static library in the subdirectory must be made before the sharedobject ($(SHLIB)
) and so the latter must depend on the former.Others forget the need46 forposition-independent code.
We really do not recommend usingsrc/Makefile instead ofsrc/Makevars, and as the example above shows, it is notnecessary.
Next:Using modern Fortran code, Previous:UsingMakevars, Up:Configure and cleanup [Contents][Index]
It may be helpful to give an extended example of using aconfigure script to create asrc/Makevars file: this isbased on that in theRODBC package.
Theconfigure.ac file follows:configure is created fromthis by runningautoconf
in the top-level package directory(containingconfigure.ac).
AC_INIT([RODBC], 1.1.8) dnl package name, versiondnl A user-specifiable optionodbc_mgr=""AC_ARG_WITH([odbc-manager], AC_HELP_STRING([--with-odbc-manager=MGR], [specify the ODBC manager, e.g. odbc or iodbc]), [odbc_mgr=$withval])if test "$odbc_mgr" = "odbc" ; then AC_PATH_PROGS(ODBC_CONFIG, odbc_config)fidnl Select an optional include path, from a configure optiondnl or from an environment variable.AC_ARG_WITH([odbc-include], AC_HELP_STRING([--with-odbc-include=INCLUDE_PATH], [the location of ODBC header files]), [odbc_include_path=$withval])RODBC_CPPFLAGS="-I."if test [ -n "$odbc_include_path" ] ; then RODBC_CPPFLAGS="-I. -I${odbc_include_path}"else if test [ -n "${ODBC_INCLUDE}" ] ; then RODBC_CPPFLAGS="-I. -I${ODBC_INCLUDE}" fifidnl ditto for a library pathAC_ARG_WITH([odbc-lib], AC_HELP_STRING([--with-odbc-lib=LIB_PATH], [the location of ODBC libraries]), [odbc_lib_path=$withval])if test [ -n "$odbc_lib_path" ] ; then LIBS="-L$odbc_lib_path ${LIBS}"else if test [ -n "${ODBC_LIBS}" ] ; then LIBS="-L${ODBC_LIBS} ${LIBS}" else if test -n "${ODBC_CONFIG}"; then odbc_lib_path=`odbc_config --libs | sed s/-lodbc//` LIBS="${odbc_lib_path} ${LIBS}" fi fifidnl Now find the compiler and compiler flags to use: ${R_HOME=`R RHOME`}if test -z "${R_HOME}"; then echo "could not determine R_HOME" exit 1fiCC=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CC`CFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CFLAGS`CPPFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CPPFLAGS`if test -n "${ODBC_CONFIG}"; then RODBC_CPPFLAGS=`odbc_config --cflags`fiCPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} ${RODBC_CPPFLAGS}"dnl Check the headers can be foundAC_CHECK_HEADERS(sql.h sqlext.h)if test "${ac_cv_header_sql_h}" = no || test "${ac_cv_header_sqlext_h}" = no; then AC_MSG_ERROR("ODBC headers sql.h and sqlext.h not found")fidnl search for a library containing an ODBC functionif test [ -n "${odbc_mgr}" ] ; then AC_SEARCH_LIBS(SQLTables, ${odbc_mgr}, , AC_MSG_ERROR("ODBC driver manager ${odbc_mgr} not found"))else AC_SEARCH_LIBS(SQLTables, odbc odbc32 iodbc, , AC_MSG_ERROR("no ODBC driver manager found"))fidnl for 64-bit ODBC need SQL[U]LEN, and it is unclear where they are defined.AC_CHECK_TYPES([SQLLEN, SQLULEN], , , [# include <sql.h>])dnl for unixODBC headerAC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long, 4)dnl substitute RODBC_CPPFLAGS and LIBSAC_SUBST(RODBC_CPPFLAGS)AC_SUBST(LIBS)AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h])dnl and do substitution in the src/Makevars.in and src/config.hAC_CONFIG_FILES([src/Makevars])AC_OUTPUT
wheresrc/Makevars.in would be simply
PKG_CPPFLAGS = @RODBC_CPPFLAGS@PKG_LIBS = @LIBS@
A user can then be advised to specify the location of theODBCdriver manager files by options like (lines broken for easier reading)
R CMD INSTALL \ --configure-args='--with-odbc-include=/opt/local/include \ --with-odbc-lib=/opt/local/lib --with-odbc-manager=iodbc' \ RODBC
or by setting the environment variablesODBC_INCLUDE
andODBC_LIBS
.
Next:Using C++ code, Previous:Configure example, Up:Configure and cleanup [Contents][Index]
R assumes that source files with extension.f are fixed-formFortran 90 (which includes Fortran 77), and passes them to the compilerspecified by macro ‘FC’. The Fortran compiler will also acceptfree-form Fortran 90/95 code with extension.f90 or(most47).f95.
The same compiler is used for both fixed-form and free-form Fortran code(with different file extensions and possibly different flags). MacroPKG_FFLAGS
can be used for package-specific flags: for theun-encountered case that both are included in a single package and thatdifferent flags are needed for the two forms, macroPKG_FCFLAGS
is also available for free-form Fortran.
The code used to build R allows a ‘Fortran 90’ compiler to beselected as ‘FC’, so platforms might be encountered which onlysupport Fortran 90. However, Fortran 95 is supported on all knownplatforms.
Most compilers specified by ‘FC’ will accept most Fortran 2003,2008 or 2018 code: such code should still use file extension.f90. Most current platforms usegfortran
where youmight need to include-std=f2003,-std=f2008 or (fromversion 8)-std=f2018 inPKG_FFLAGS
orPKG_FCFLAGS
: the default is ‘GNU Fortran’, currently Fortran 2018(but Fortran 95 prior togfortran
8) with non-standardextensions. The other compilers in current use (LLVM’sflang
(calledflang-new
before version 20) and Intel’sifx
) default to Fortran 201848.
It is good practice to describe a Fortran version requirement inDESCRIPTION’s ‘SystemRequirements’ field. Note that this ispurely for information: the package also needs aconfigure
script to determine the compiler and set appropriate option(s) and testthat the features needed from the standard are actually supported.
The Fortran 2023 released in Nov 2023: as usual compiler vendors areintroducing support incrementally.For Intel’sifx
seehttps://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/developer/articles/technical/fortran-language-and-openmp-features-in-ifx.html#Fortran%20Standards.For LLVM’sflang
seehttps://flang.llvm.org/docs/F202X.html.gfortran
does not have complete support even for the 2008 and2018 standards, but the option-std=f2023 is supported fromversion 14.1.
Modern versions of Fortran support modules, whereby compiling one sourcefile creates a module file which is then included in others. (Modulefiles typically have a.mod extension: they do depend on thecompiler used and so should never be included in a package.) Thiscreates a dependence whichmake
will not know about and oftencauses installation with a parallel make to fail. Thus it is necessaryto add explicit dependencies tosrc/Makevars to tellmake
the constraints on the order of compilation. Forexample, if fileiface.f90 creates a module ‘iface’ used byfilescmi.f90 anddmi.f90 thensrc/Makevars needsto contain something like
cmi.o dmi.o: iface.o
Some maintainers have found it difficult to findall the moduledependencies which leads to hard-to-reproduce installation failures.There are tools available to find these, including the Intel compiler’sflag-gen-dep andmakedepf90
.
Note that it is not portable (although some platforms do accept it) todefine a module of the same name in multiple source files.
Next:C standards, Previous:Using modern Fortran code, Up:Configure and cleanup [Contents][Index]
R can be built without a C++ compiler although one is available (butnot necessarily installed) on all known R platforms. As from R4.0.0 a C++ compiler will be selected only if it conforms to the 2011standard (‘C++11’). A minor update49 (‘C++14’) was published inDecember 2014 and was used by default as from R 4.1.0 if supported.Further revisions ‘C++17’ (in December 2017), ‘C++20’ (with many newfeatures in December 2020) and ‘C++23’ (in October 2024) have beenpublished since. The next revision, ‘C++26’, is expected in 2026/7 andseveral compilers already have considerable support for the currentdraft.
The support in R for these standards has varied over the years: thisversion of the manual only describes R 4.3.0 and later. For detailsof earlier versions, see the corresponding section in their manuals.
The default standard for compiling R packages was changed to C++17 inR 4.3.0 if supported, and from R 4.4.0 only a C++17 compiler willbe selected as the default C++ compiler.
What standard a C++ compiler aims to support can be hard to determine:the value50 of__cplusplus
may help butsome compilers use it to denote a standard which is partially supportedand some the latest standard which is (almost) fully supported. On aUnix-alikeconfigure
will try to identify a compiler and flagsfor each of the standards: this relies heavily on the reported values of__cplusplus
.
The webpagehttps://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/compiler_supportgives some information on which compiler versions are known to supportrecent C++ features.
C++ standards have deprecated and later removed features. Be aware thatsome current compilers still accept removed features in C++17 mode,such asstd::unary_function
(deprecated in C++11, removed in C++17).
For maximal portability a package should specify the standard itrequires for code in itssrc directory by including somethinglike ‘C++14’ in the ‘SystemRequirements’ field of theDESCRIPTION file, e.g.
SystemRequirements: C++14
If it has aMakevars file (orMakevars.win orMakevars.ucrt on Windows) this should include the line
CXX_STD = CXX14
On the other hand, specifying C++1151 when the code is valid under C++14 or C++17reduces future portability.
Code needing C++14 or later features can check for their presencevia‘SD-6 feature tests’52. Such a check could be
#include <memory> // header where this is defined#if defined(__cpp_lib_make_unique) && (__cpp_lib_make_unique >= 201304)using std::make_unique;#else// your emulation#endif
C++17, C++20, C++23 and C++26 (from R 4.5.0) can be specified in ananalogous way.
Note that C++17 or later ‘support’ does not mean complete support: usefeature tests as well as resources such ashttps://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/compiler_support,https://gcc.gnu.org/projects/cxx-status.html andhttps://clang.llvm.org/cxx_status.html to see if the features youwant to use are widely implemented.
Attempts to specify an unknown C++ standard are silently ignored: recentversions of R throw an error for C++98 and for known standards forwhich no compiler+flags has been detected.
If a package using C++ has aconfigure
script it is essentialthat the script selects the correct C++ compiler and standard,via something like
CXX17=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX17`if test -z "$CXX17"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([No C++17 compiler is available])fiCXX17STD=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX17STD`CXX="${CXX17} ${CXX17STD}"CXXFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX17FLAGS`## for an configure.ac fileAC_LANG(C++)
if C++17 was specified, but using
CXX=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX`CXXFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXXFLAGS`## for an configure.ac fileAC_LANG(C++)
if no standard was specified.
If you want to compile C++ code in a subdirectory, make sure you passdown the macros to specify the appropriate compiler, e.g. insrc/Makevars
sublibs: @(cd libs && $(MAKE) \ CXX="$(CXX17) $(CXX17STD)" CXXFLAGS="$(CXX17FLAGS) $(CXX17PICFLAGS)")
The discussion above is about the standard R ways of compiling C++:it will not apply to packages usingsrc/Makefile or building in asubdirectory that do not set the C++ standard. Do not rely on thecompilers’ default C++ standard, which varies widely and gets changedfrequently by vendors – for example Apple clang up to at least 16defaults to C++98, LLVM clang 14–15 to C++14, LLVM clang 16–20andg++
11–15 to C++17.
For a package with asrc/Makefile (or a Windows analogue),a non-default C++ compiler can be selected by including something like
CXX14 = `"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX14`CXX14STD = `"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX14STD`CXX = ${CXX14} ${CXX14STD}CXXFLAGS = `"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX14FLAGS`CXXPICFLAGS = `"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX14PICFLAGS`SHLIB_LD = "${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config SHLIB_CXX14LD`SHLIB_LDFLAGS = "${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config SHLIB_CXX14LDFLAGS`
and ensuring these values are used in relevant compilations, afterchecking they are non-empty. A common use ofsrc/Makefile is tocompile an executable, when likely something like (for example forC++14)
if test -z "$CXX14"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([No C++14 compiler is available])fiCXX = ${CXX14} ${CXX14STD}CXXFLAGS = ${CXX14FLAGS}
suffices.
The.so/.dll in a package may need to be linked by theC++ compiler if it or any library it links to contains compiled C++code. Dynamic linking usually brings in the C++ runtime library(commonlylibstdc++
but can be, for example,libc++
) butstatic linking (as used for external libraries on Windows and macOS)will not.R CMD INSTALL
will link with the C++ compiler ifthere are any top-level C++ files insrc, but not if these areall in subdirectories. The simplest way to force linking by the C++compiler is to include an empty C++ file insrc..
Next:Usingcmake
, Previous:Using C++ code, Up:Configure and cleanup [Contents][Index]
C has had standards C89/C90, C99, C11, C17 (also known as C18), and C23(published in 2024). C11 was a minor change to C99 which introducedsome new features and made others optional, and C17 is a ‘bug-fix’update to C11. On the other hand, C23 makes extensive changes,including makingbool
,true
andfalse
reservedwords, finally disallowing K&R-style function declarations and changingthe formerly deprecated meaning of function declarations with an emptyparameter list to now mean no parameters.53(There are many other additions: see for examplehttps://en.cppreference.com/w/c/23.)
As from R 4.5.0, R’sconfigure
script chooses a compileroption which selects C23 if one is available. Some compilers (includinggcc
15) default to C23 and most others from 2022/3 andlater have such an option.
Theconfigure
script in recent previous versions of R aimedto choose a C compiler which supported C11: as the default in recentversions ofgcc
(prior to 15), LLVMclang
andAppleclang
is C17, that is what is likely to be chosen. Onthe other hand, until R 4.3.0 the makefiles for the Windows buildspecified C99 and up to R 4.4.3 used the compiler default which forthe recommended compiler was C17.
Packages may want to either avoid or embrace the changes in C23, and cando sovia specifying ‘USE_Cnn’ for 17, 23, 90 or 99 in the‘SystemRequirements’ field of theirDESCRIPTION file of apackage depending on ‘R (>= 4.3.0)’. Those using aconfigure
script should set the corresponding compiler andflags, for example using
CC=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CC23`CFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config C23FLAGS`CPPFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CPPFLAGS`LDFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config LDFLAGS`
However, not all platforms will have a C23 compiler: the first line herewill give an empty value if no C23 compiler was found.
The (claimed) C standard in use can be checked by the macro__STDC_VERSION__
. This is undefined in C89/C90 and should havevalues199901L
,201112L
and201710L
for C99, C11and C17. The definitive value for C23 is202311L
but somecompilers54 are currently using202000L
and requiring the standard tobe specified asc2x
.C23 has macros similar to C++ ‘feature tests’ for many of its changes,for example__STDC_VERSION_LIMITS_H__
.
However, note the ‘claimed’ as no compiler had 100% conformance, and itis better to useconfigure
to test for the feature you want touse than to condition on the value of__STDC_VERSION__
. Inparticular, C11 alignment functionality such as_Alignas
andaligned_alloc
is not implemented on Windows.
End users installing a source package can specify a standard bysomething likeR CMD INSTALL --use-C17
. This overrides the‘SystemRequirements’ field, but not anyconfigure
file.
Previous:C standards, Up:Configure and cleanup [Contents][Index]
cmake
¶Packages often wish to include the sources of other software and compilethat for inclusion in their.so or.dll, which is normallydone by including (or unpacking) the sources in a subdirectory ofsrc, as considered above.
Further issues arise when the external software uses another buildsystem such ascmake
, principally to ensure thatall the settings for compilers, include and load pathsetcare made. This section has already mentioned the need to setat least some of
CC CFLAGS CXX CXXFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS
CFLAGS
andCXXFLAGS
will need to includeCPICFLAGS
andCXXPICFLAGS
respectively unless (as below)cmake
isasked to generate PIC code.
Setting these (and more) as environment variables controls the behaviourofcmake
(https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/manual/cmake-env-variables.7.html#manual:cmake-env-variables(7)),but it may be desirable to translate these into native settings such as
CMAKE_C_COMPILERCMAKE_C_FLAGSCMAKE_CXX_COMPILERCMAKE_CXX_FLAGSCMAKE_INCLUDE_PATHCMAKE_LIBRARY_PATHCMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS_INITCMAKE_OSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
and it is often necessary to ensure a static library of PIC code is built by
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS:bool=OFF-DCMAKE_POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE:bool=ON
If R is to be detected or used, this must be the build being used forpackage installation –"${R_HOME}"/bin/R
.
To fix ideas, consider a package with sources for a librarymyLibundersrc/libs. Two approaches have been used. It is often mostconvenient to build the external software in a directory other than itssources (particularly during development when the build directory can beremoved between builds rather than attempting to clean the sources) –this is illustrated in the first approach.
PKG_CPPFLAGS = -Ilibs/includePKG_LIBS = build/libmyLib.a
(-Lbuild -lmyLib
could also be used but this explicitspecification avoids any confusion with dynamic libraries of the samename.)
Theconfigure script will need to contain something like (for Ccode)
: ${R_HOME=`R RHOME`}if test -z "${R_HOME}"; then echo "could not determine R_HOME" exit 1fiCC=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CC`CFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CFLAGS`CPPFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CPPFLAGS`LDFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config LDFLAGS`cd srcmkdir build && cd buildcmake -S ../libs \ -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \ -DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS:bool=OFF \ -DCMAKE_POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE:bool=ON${MAKE}
PKG_CPPFLAGS = -Ilibs/includePKG_LIBS = libs/libmyLib.a$(SHLIB): mylibsmylibs: (cd libs; \ CC="$(CC)" CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS)" \ CPPFLAGS="$(CPPFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(LDFLAGS)" \ cmake . \ -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \ -DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS:bool=OFF \ -DCMAKE_POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE:bool=ON; \ $(MAKE))
the compiler and other settings having been set as Make variables by anR makefile included byINSTALL
beforesrc/Makevars.
A complication is that on macOScmake
(where installed) iscommonly not on the path but at/Applications/CMake.app/Contents/bin/cmake. One way to workaround this is for the package’sconfigure script to include
if test -z "$CMAKE"; then CMAKE="`which cmake`"; fiif test -z "$CMAKE"; then CMAKE=/Applications/CMake.app/Contents/bin/cmake; fiif test -f "$CMAKE"; then echo "no 'cmake' command found"; exit 1; fi
and for the second approach to substituteCMAKE
intosrc/Makevars. This also applies to the ancillary commandctest
, if used.
Next:Writing package vignettes, Previous:Configure and cleanup, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
Before using these tools, please check that your package can beinstalled.R CMD check
willinter alia do this, but youmay get more detailed error messages doing the install directly.
If your package specifies an encoding in itsDESCRIPTION file,you should run these tools in a locale which makes use of that encoding:they may not work at all or may work incorrectly in other locales(although UTF-8 locales will most likely work).
Note:
R CMD check
andR CMD build
run R processes with--vanilla in which none of the user’s startup files are read.If you needR_LIBS
set (to find packages in a non-standardlibrary) you can set it in the environment: also you can use the checkand build environment files (as specified by the environment variablesR_CHECK_ENVIRON
andR_BUILD_ENVIRON
; if unset,files55~/.R/check.Renviron and~/.R/build.Renviron are used) to set environment variables whenusing these utilities.
Note to Windows users:
R CMD build
may make use of the Windows toolset(seeThe Windows toolset inR Installation and Administration)if present and in your path,and it is required for packages which need it to install (includingthose withconfigure.win,cleanup.win,configure.ucrtorcleanup.ucrt scripts or asrc directory) and e.g. need vignettes built.You may need to set the environment variable
TMPDIR
to point to asuitable writable directory with a path not containing spaces – useforward slashes for the separators. Also, the directory needs to be ona case-honouring file system (some network-mounted file systems arenot).
UsingR CMD check
, the R package checker, one can test whethersource R packages work correctly. It can be run on one ormore directories, or compressed packagetar
archives withextension.tar.gz,.tgz,.tar.bz2 or.tar.xz.
It is strongly recommended that the final checks are run on atar
archive prepared byR CMD build
.
This runs a series of checks, including
file
if available56. (There may berare false positives.)R_LIBS
in the environment ifdependent packages are in a separate library tree.) One check is thatthe package name is not that of a standard package, nor one of thedefunct standard packages (‘ctest’, ‘eda’, ‘lqs’,‘mle’, ‘modreg’, ‘mva’, ‘nls’, ‘stepfun’ and‘ts’). Another check is that all packages mentioned inlibrary
orrequire
s or from which theNAMESPACEfile imports or are calledvia::
or:::
are listed(in ‘Depends’, ‘Imports’, ‘Suggests’): this is not anexhaustive check of the actual imports.To allow aconfigure script to generate suitable files, filesending in ‘.in’ will be allowed in theR directory.
A warning is given for directory names that look like R package checkdirectories – many packages have been submitted toCRANcontaining these.
library.dynam
.Package startup functions are checked for correct argument lists and(incorrect) calls to functions which modify the search path orinappropriately generate messages. The R code is checked forpossible problems usingcodetools. In addition, it is checkedwhether S3 methods have all the arguments of the corresponding generic, andwhether the final argument of replacement functions is called‘value’. All foreign function calls (.C
,.Fortran
,.Call
and.External
calls) are tested to see if they haveaPACKAGE
argument, and if not, whether the appropriate DLL mightbe deduced from the namespace of the package. Any other calls arereported. (The check is generous, and users may want to supplement thisby examining the output oftools::checkFF("mypkg", verbose=TRUE)
,especially if the intention were to always use aPACKAGE
argument)\name
,\alias
,\title
and\description
). TheRd name andtitle are checked for being non-empty, and there is a check for missingcross-references (links).\usage
sections ofRd files are documented in the corresponding\arguments
section.Compiled code is checked for symbols corresponding to functions whichmight terminate R or write tostdout/stderr instead ofthe console. Note that the latter might give false positives in thatthe symbols might be pulled in with external libraries and could neverbe called. Windows58 usersshould note that the Fortran and C++ runtime libraries are examples ofsuch external libraries.
qpdf
) are available, checking that thePDF documentation is of minimal size.\examples
to create executable example code.) If there is a filetests/Examples/pkg-Ex.Rout.save, the output of running theexamples is compared to that file.Of course, released packages should be able to run at least their ownexamples. Each example is run in a ‘clean’ environment (so earlierexamples cannot be assumed to have been run), and with the variablesT
andF
redefined to generate an error unless they are setin the example:SeeLogical vectors inAn Introduction to R.
--test-dir=foo
maybe used to specify tests in a non-standard location. For example,unusually slow tests could be placed ininst/slowTests and thenR CMD check --test-dir=inst/slowTests
would be used to run them.Other names that have been suggested are, for example,inst/testWithOracle for tests that require Oracle to be installed,inst/randomTests for tests which use random values and mayoccasionally fail by chance, etc.)If there is an error59 in executing the R code in vignettefoo.ext, a logfilefoo.ext.log is created in the check directory. Thevignettes are re-made in a copy of the package sources in thevign_test subdirectory of the check directory, so for furtherinformation on errors look in directorypkgname/vign_test/vignettes. (It is only retained if thereare errors or if environment variable_R_CHECK_CLEAN_VIGN_TEST_
isset to a false value.)
R CMD check --as-cran
) the HTMLversion of the manual is created and checked for compliance with theHTML5 standard. This requires a recent version60 of ‘HTMLTidy’, either on the path or at a location specified by environmentvariableR_TIDYCMD
. Up-to-date versions can be installed fromhttp://binaries.html-tidy.org/.All these tests are run with collation set to theC
locale, andfor the examples and tests with environment variableLANGUAGE=en
:this is to minimize differences between platforms.
UseR CMD check --help to obtain more information about the usageof the R package checker. A subset of the checking steps can beselected by adding command-line options. It also allows customization bysetting environment variables_R_CHECK_*_
as described inTools inR Internals:a set of these customizations similar to those used byCRANcan be selected by the option--as-cran (which works best ifInternet access is available). Some Windows users mayneed to set environment variableR_WIN_NO_JUNCTIONS
to a non-emptyvalue. The test of cyclic declarations61inDESCRIPTION files needsrepositories (includingCRAN) set: do this in~/.Rprofile, by e.g.
options(repos = c(CRAN="https://cran.r-project.org"))
One check customization which can be revealing is
_R_CHECK_CODETOOLS_PROFILE_="suppressLocalUnused=FALSE"
which reports unused local assignments. Not only does this point outcomputations which are unnecessary because their results are unused, italso can uncover errors. (Two such are to intend to update an object byassigning a value but mistype its name or assign in the wrong scope,for example using<-
where<<-
was intended.) This cangive false positives, most commonly because of non-standard evaluationfor formulae and because the intention is to return objects in theenvironment of a function for later use.
Complete checking of a package which contains a fileREADME.mdneeds a reasonably current version ofpandoc
installed: seehttps://pandoc.org/installing.html.
You do need to ensure that the package is checked in a suitable localeif it contains non-ASCII characters. Such packages are likelyto fail some of the checks in aC
locale, andR CMDcheck
will warn if it spots the problem. You should be able to checkany package in a UTF-8 locale (if one is available). Beware thatalthough aC
locale is rarely used at a console, it may be thedefault if logging in remotely or for batch jobs.
OftenR CMD check
will need to consult a CRAN repository tocheck details of uninstalled packages. Normally this defaults to theCRAN main site, but a mirror can be specified by setting environmentvariablesR_CRAN_WEB
and (rarely needed)R_CRAN_SRC
to theURL of a CRAN mirror.
It is possible to install a package and then check the installedpackage. To do so first install the package and keep a log of theinstallation:
R CMD INSTALL -llibdirpkg >pkg.log 2>&1
and then use
Rdev CMD check -llibdir --install=check:pkg.logpkg
(Specifying the library is required: it ensures that the just-installedpackage is the one checked. If you know for sure only one copy isinstalled you can use--install=skip: this is used for Rinstallation’smake check-recommended
.)
Next:Building binary packages, Previous:Checking packages, Up:Checking and building packages [Contents][Index]
Packages may be distributed in source form as “tarballs”(.tar.gz files) or in binary form. The source form can beinstalled on all platforms with suitable tools and is the usual form forUnix-like systems; the binary form is platform-specific, and is the morecommon distribution form for the macOS and ‘x86_64’ Windows platforms.
UsingR CMD build
, the R package builder, one can buildR package tarballs from their sources (for example, for subsequentrelease). It is recommended that packages are built for release by thecurrent release version of R or ‘r-patched’, to avoidinadvertently picking up new features of a development version of R.
Prior to actually building the package in the standard gzipped tar fileformat, a few diagnostic checks and cleanups are performed. Inparticular, it is tested whether object indices exist and can be assumedto be up-to-date, and C, C++ and Fortran source files and relevantmakefiles in asrc directory are tested and converted toLFline-endings if necessary.
Run-time checks whether the package works correctly should be performedusingR CMD check
prior to invoking the final build procedure.
To exclude files from being put into the package, one can specify a listof exclude patterns in file.Rbuildignore in the top-level sourcedirectory. These patterns should be Perl-like regular expressions (seethe help forregexp
in R for the precise details), one perline, to be matched case-insensitively against the file and directorynames relative to the top-level package source directory. In addition,directories from source control systems62 or fromeclipse
63, directories withnamescheck,chm, or ending.Rcheck orOldorold and filesGNUMakefile64,Read-and-delete-me or with base namesstarting with ‘.#’, or starting and ending with ‘#’, or endingin ‘~’, ‘.bak’ or ‘.swp’, are excluded bydefault65. In addition,same-package tarballs (from previous builds) and their binary forms willbe excluded from the top-level directory, as well asthose files in theR,demo andmandirectories which are flagged byR CMD check
as having invalidnames.
UseR CMD build --help to obtain more information about the usageof the R package builder.
UnlessR CMD build is invoked with the--no-build-vignettes option (or the package’sDESCRIPTION contains ‘BuildVignettes: no’ or similar), itwill attempt to (re)build the vignettes (seeWriting package vignettes) in the package. To do so it installs the current packageinto a temporary library tree, but any dependent packages need to beinstalled in an available library tree (see the Note: at the top of thissection).
Similarly, if the.Rd documentation files contain any\Sexpr
macros (seeDynamic pages), the package will betemporarily installed to execute them. Post-execution binary copies ofthose pages containing build-time macros will be saved inbuild/partial.rdb. If there are any install-time or render-timemacros, a.pdf version of the package manual will be built andinstalled in thebuild subdirectory. (This allowsCRAN or other repositories to display the manual even if theyare unable to install the package.) This can be suppressed by theoption--no-manual or if package’sDESCRIPTION contains‘BuildManual: no’ or similar.
One of the checks thatR CMD build
runs is for empty sourcedirectories. These are in most (but not all) cases unintentional, ifthey are intentional use the option--keep-empty-dirs (or setthe environment variable_R_BUILD_KEEP_EMPTY_DIRS_
to ‘TRUE’,or have a ‘BuildKeepEmpty’ field with a true value in theDESCRIPTION file).
The--resave-data option allows saved images (.rda and.RData files) in thedata directory to be optimized forsize. It will also compress tabular files and convert.R filesto saved images. It can take valuesno
,gzip
(the defaultif this option is not supplied, which can be changed by setting theenvironment variable_R_BUILD_RESAVE_DATA_
) andbest
(equivalent to giving it without a value), which chooses the mosteffective compression. Usingbest
adds a dependence onR(>= 2.10)
to theDESCRIPTION file ifbzip2
orxz
compression is selected for any of the files. If this isthought undesirable,--resave-data=gzip (which is the defaultif that option is not supplied) will do what compression it can withgzip
. A package can control how its data is resaved bysupplying a ‘BuildResaveData’ field (with one of the values givenearlier in this paragraph) in itsDESCRIPTION file.
The--compact-vignettes option will runtools::compactPDF
over the PDF files ininst/doc (and itssubdirectories) to losslessly compress them. This is not enabled bydefault (it can be selected by environment variable_R_BUILD_COMPACT_VIGNETTES_
) and needsqpdf
(https://qpdf.sourceforge.io/) to be available.
It can be useful to runR CMD check --check-subdirs=yes
on thebuilt tarball as a final check on the contents.
Where a non-POSIX file system is in use which does not utilize executepermissions, some care is needed with permissions. This applies onWindows and to e.g. FAT-formatted drives and SMB-mounted file systemson other OSes. The ‘mode’ of the file recorded in the tarball will bewhateverfile.info()
returns. On Windows this will record onlydirectories as having execute permission and on other OSes it is likelythat all files have reported ‘mode’0777
. A particular issue ispackages being built on Windows which are intended to contain executablescripts such asconfigure andcleanup:R CMDbuild
ensures those two are recorded with execute permission.
Directorybuild of the package sources is reserved for use byR CMD build
: it contains information which may not easily becreated when the package is installed, including index information onthe vignettes and, rarely, information on the help pages and perhaps acopy of the PDF reference manual (see above).
Previous:Building package tarballs, Up:Checking and building packages [Contents][Index]
Binary packages are compressed copies of installed versions ofpackages. They contain compiled shared libraries rather than C, C++ orFortran source code, and the R functions are included in their installedform. The format and filename are platform-specific; for example, abinary package for Windows is usually supplied as a.zip file,and for the macOS platform the default binary package file extension is.tgz.
The recommended method of building binary packages is to use
R CMD INSTALL --build pkg
wherepkg is either the name of a source tarball (in the usual.tar.gz format) or the location of the directory of the packagesource to be built. This operates by first installing the package andthen packing the installed binaries into the appropriate binary packagefile for the particular platform.
By default,R CMD INSTALL --build
will attempt to install thepackage into the default library tree for the local installation ofR. This has two implications:
To prevent changes to the present working installation or to provide aninstall location with write access, create a suitably located directorywith write access and use the-l
option to build the packagein the chosen location. The usage is then
R CMD INSTALL -l location --build pkg
wherelocation is the chosen directory with write access. The packagewill be installed as a subdirectory oflocation, and the package binarywill be created in the current directory.
Other options forR CMD INSTALL
can be found usingRCMD INSTALL --help
, and platform-specific details for special cases arediscussed in the platform-specific FAQs.
Finally, at least one web-based service is available for building binarypackages from (checked) source code: WinBuilder (seehttps://win-builder.R-project.org/) is able to build‘x86_64’ Windows binaries. Note that this is intended fordevelopers on other platforms who do not have access to Windows but wishto provide binaries for the Windows platform.
Next:Package namespaces, Previous:Checking and building packages, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
In addition to the help files inRd format, R packages allowthe inclusion of documents in arbitrary other formats. The standardlocation for these is subdirectoryinst/doc of a source package,the contents will be copied to subdirectorydoc when the packageis installed. Pointers from package help indices to the installeddocuments are automatically created. Documents ininst/doc canbe in arbitrary format, however we strongly recommend providing them inPDF format, so users on almost all platforms can easily read them. Toensure that they can be accessed from a browser (as anHTML index isprovided), the file names should start with anASCII letterand be comprised entirely ofASCII letters or digits or hyphenor underscore.
A special case ispackage vignettes. Vignettes are documents inPDF orHTML format obtained from plain-text literate source filesfrom which R knows how to extract R code and create output (inPDF/HTML or intermediate LaTeX). Vignette engines do this work,using “tangle” and “weave” functions respectively. Sweave, providedby the R distribution, is the default engine. Other vignette enginesbesides Sweave are supported; seeNon-Sweave vignettes.
Package vignettes have their sources in subdirectoryvignettes ofthe package sources. Note that the location of the vignette sourcesonly affectsR CMD build
andR CMD check
: thetarball built byR CMD build
includes ininst/doc thecomponents intended to be installed.
Sweave vignette sources are normally given the file extension.Rnw or.Rtex, but for historical reasonsextensions66.Snw and.Stex are also recognized. Sweave allows the integration ofLaTeX documents: see theSweave
help page in R and theSweave
vignette in packageutils for details on thesource document format.
Package vignettes are tested byR CMD check
by executing all Rcode chunks they contain (except those marked for non-evaluation, e.g.,with optioneval=FALSE
for Sweave). The R working directoryfor all vignette tests inR CMD check
is acopy of thevignette source directory. Make sure all files needed to run the Rcode in the vignette (data sets, …) are accessible by eitherplacing them in theinst/doc hierarchy of the source package orby using calls tosystem.file()
. All other files needed tore-make the vignettes (such as LaTeX style files, BibTeX inputfiles and files for any figures not created by running the code in thevignette) must be in the vignette source directory.R CMD check
will check that vignette production has succeeded by comparingmodification times of output files ininst/doc withthe source invignettes.
R CMD build
will automatically67 create the(PDF orHTML versions of the) vignettes ininst/doc fordistribution with the package sources. By including the vignetteoutputs in the package sources it is not necessary that these can bere-built at install time, i.e., the package author can use private Rpackages, screen snapshots and LaTeX extensions which are onlyavailable on their machine.68
By defaultR CMD build
will runSweave
on all Sweavevignette source files invignettes. IfMakefile is foundin the vignette source directory, thenR CMD build
will try torunmake
after theSweave
runs, otherwisetexi2pdf
is run on each.tex file produced.
The first target in theMakefile should take care of bothcreation of PDF/HTML files and cleaning up afterwards (includingafterSweave
), i.e., delete all files that shall not appear inthe final package archive. Note that if themake
step runs Rit needs to be careful to respect the environment values ofR_LIBS
andR_HOME
69.Finally, if there is aMakefile and it has a ‘clean:’target,make clean
is run.
All the usualcaveats about including aMakefile apply.It must be portable (noGNU extensions), useLF line endingsand must work correctly with a parallelmake
: too many authorshave written things like
## BAD EXAMPLEall: pdf cleanpdf: ABC-intro.pdf ABC-details.pdf%.pdf: %.tex texi2dvi --pdf $*clean: rm *.tex ABC-details-*.pdf
which will start removing the source files whilstpdflatex
isworking.
Metadata lines can be placed in the source file, preferably in LaTeXcomments in the preamble. One such is a\VignetteIndexEntry
ofthe form
%\VignetteIndexEntry{Using Animal}
Others you may see are\VignettePackage
(currently ignored),\VignetteDepends
(a comma-separated list of package names)and\VignetteKeyword
(which replaced\VignetteKeywords
). These are processed at package installationtime to create the saved data frameMeta/vignette.rds.The\VignetteEngine
statementis described inNon-Sweave vignettes.Vignette metadata can be extracted from a source file usingtools::vignetteInfo
.
At install time anHTML index for all vignettes in the package isautomatically created from the\VignetteIndexEntry
statementsunless a fileindex.html exists in directoryinst/doc. This index is linked from theHTML help index forthe package. If you do supply ainst/doc/index.html file itshould contain relative links only to files under the installeddoc directory, or perhaps (not really an index) toHTML helpfiles or to theDESCRIPTION file, and be validHTML asconfirmedvia theW3C MarkupValidation Service orValidator.nu.
Sweave/Stangle allows the document to specify thesplit=TRUE
option to create a single R file for each code chunk: this will notwork for vignettes where it is assumed that each vignette sourcegenerates a single file with the vignette extension replaced by.R.
Do watch that PDFs are not too large – one in aCRAN packagewas 72MB! This is usually caused by the inclusion of overly detailedfigures, which will not render well in PDF viewers. Sometimes it ismuch better to generate fairly high resolution bitmap (PNG, JPEG)figures and include those in the PDF document.
WhenR CMD build
builds the vignettes, it copies these andthe vignette sources from directoryvignettes toinst/doc.To install any other files from thevignettes directory, includea filevignettes/.install_extras which specifies these asPerl-like regular expressions on one or more lines. (See thedescription of the.Rinstignore file for full details.)
Next:Non-Sweave vignettes, Up:Writing package vignettes [Contents][Index]
Vignettes will in general include descriptive text, R input, Routput and figures, LaTeX include files and bibliographic references.As any of these may contain non-ASCII characters, the handlingof encodings can become very complicated.
The vignette source file should be written inASCII or containa declaration of the encoding (see below). This applies even tocomments within the source file, since vignette engines process commentsto look for options and metadata lines. When an engine’s weave andtangle functions are called on the vignette source, it will be convertedto the encoding of the current R session.
Stangle()
will produce an R code file in the current locale’sencoding: for a non-ASCII vignette what that is is recorded in acomment at the top of the file.
Sweave()
will produce a.tex file in the currentencoding, or in UTF-8 if that is declared. Non-ASCII encodingsneed to be declared to LaTeX via a line like
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
(It is also possible to use the more recent ‘inputenx’ LaTeXpackage.) For files where this line is not needed (e.g. chaptersincluded within the body of a larger document, or non-Sweavevignettes), the encoding may be declared using a comment like
%\VignetteEncoding{UTF-8}
If the encoding is UTF-8, this can also be declared usingthe declaration
%\SweaveUTF8
If no declaration is given in the vignette, it will be assumed to bein the encoding declared for the package. If there is no encodingdeclared in either place, then it is an error to use non-ASCIIcharacters in the vignette.
In any case, be aware that LaTeX may require the ‘usepackage’declaration.
Sweave()
will also parse and evaluate the R code in eachchunk. The R output will also be in the current locale (orUTF-8if so declared), and shouldbe covered by the ‘inputenc’ declaration. One thing people oftenforget is that the R output may not beASCII even forASCII R sources, for many possible reasons. One common oneis the use of ‘fancy’ quotes: see the R help onsQuote
: notecarefully that it is not portable to declare UTF-8 or CP1252 to coversuch quotes, as their encoding will depend on the locale used to runSweave()
: this can be circumvented by settingoptions(useFancyQuotes="UTF-8")
in the vignette.
The final issue is the encoding of figures – this applies only to PDFfigures and not PNG etc. The PDF figures will contain declarations fortheir encoding, but the Sweave optionpdf.encoding
may need to beset appropriately: see the help for thepdf()
graphics device.
As a real example of the complexities, consider thefortunespackage version ‘1.4-0’. That package did not have a declaredencoding, and its vignette was inASCII. However, the data itdisplays are read from a UTF-8 CSV file and will be assumed to be in thecurrent encoding, sofortunes.tex will be in UTF-8 in any locale.Hadread.table
been told the data were UTF-8,fortunes.texwould have been in the locale’s encoding.
Previous:Encodings and vignettes, Up:Writing package vignettes [Contents][Index]
Vignettes in formats other than Sweave are supportedvia“vignette engines”. For exampleknitr version 1.1 or latercan create.tex files from a variation on Sweave format, and.html files from a variation on “markdown” format. Theseengines replace theSweave()
function with other functions toconvert vignette source files into LaTeX files for processing into.pdf, or directly into.pdf or.html files. TheStangle()
function is replaced with a function that extracts theR source from a vignette.
R recognizes non-Sweave vignettes using filename extensions specifiedby the engine. For example, theknitr package supportsthe extension.Rmd (standing for“R markdown”). The user indicates the vignette enginewithin the vignette source using a\VignetteEngine
line, for example
%\VignetteEngine{knitr::knitr}
This specifies the name of a package and an engine to use in place ofSweave in processing the vignette. AsSweave
is the only enginesupplied with the R distribution, the package providing any otherengine must be specified in the ‘VignetteBuilder’ field of thepackageDESCRIPTION file, and also specified in the‘Suggests’, ‘Imports’ or ‘Depends’ field (since itsnamespace must be available to build or check your package). If morethan one package is specified as a builder, they will be searched in theorder given there. Theutils package is always implicitlyappended to the list of builder packages, but may be included earlierto change the search order.
Note that a package with non-Sweave vignettes should always have a‘VignetteBuilder’ field in theDESCRIPTION file, since thisis howR CMD check
recognizes that there are vignettes to bechecked: packages listed there are required when the package is checked.
The vignette engine can produce.tex,.pdf, or.htmlfiles as output. If it produces.tex files, R willcalltexi2pdf
to convert them to.pdf for displayto the user (unless there is aMakefile in thevignettesdirectory).
Package writers who would like to supply vignette engines needto register those engines in the package.onLoad
function.For example, that function could make the call
tools::vignetteEngine("knitr", weave = vweave, tangle = vtangle, pattern = "[.]Rmd$", package = "knitr")
(The actual registration inknitr is more complicated, becauseit supports other input formats.) See the?tools::vignetteEngine
help topic for details on engine registration.
Next:Writing portable packages, Previous:Writing package vignettes, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
R has a namespace management system for code in packages. Thissystem allows the package writer to specify which variables in thepackage should beexported to make them available to packageusers, and which variables should beimported from otherpackages.
The namespace for a package is specified by theNAMESPACE file in the top level package directory. This filecontainsnamespace directives describing the imports and exportsof the namespace. Additional directives register any shared objects tobe loaded and any S3-style methods that are provided. Note thatalthough the file looks like R code (and often has R-stylecomments) it is not processed as R code. Only very simpleconditional processing ofif
statements is implemented.
Packages are loaded and attached to the search path by callinglibrary
orrequire
. Only the exported variables areplaced in the attached frame. Loading a package that imports variablesfrom other packages will cause these other packages to be loaded as well(unless they have already been loaded), but they willnot beplaced on the search path by these implicit loads. Thus code in thepackage can only depend on objects in its own namespace and its imports(including thebase namespace) being visible70.
Namespaces aresealed once they are loaded. Sealing means thatimports and exports cannot be changed and that internal variablebindings cannot be changed. Sealing allows a simpler implementationstrategy for the namespace mechanism and allows code analysis andcompilation tools to accurately identify the definition corresponding toa global variable reference in a function body.
The namespace controls the search strategy for variables used byfunctions in the package. If not found locally, R searches thepackage namespace first, then the imports, then the base namespace andthen the normal search path (so the base namespace precedes the normalsearch rather than being at the end of it).
useDynLib
Next:Registering S3 methods, Up:Package namespaces [Contents][Index]
Exports are specified using theexport
directive in theNAMESPACE file. A directive of the form
export(f, g)
specifies that the variablesf
andg
are to be exported.(Note that variable names may be quoted, and reserved words andnon-standard names such as[<-.fractions
must be.)
For packages with many variables to export it may be more convenient tospecify the names to export with a regular expression usingexportPattern
. The directive
exportPattern("^[^.]")
exports all variables that do not start with a period. However, suchbroad patterns are not recommended for production code: it is better tolist all exports or use narrowly-defined groups. (This pattern appliesto S4 classes.) Beware of patterns which include names starting with aperiod: some of these are internal-only variables and should never beexported, e.g. ‘.__S3MethodsTable__.’ (and loading excludes knowncases).
Packages implicitly import the base namespace.Variables exported from other packages with namespaces need to beimported explicitly using the directivesimport
andimportFrom
. Theimport
directive imports all exportedvariables from the specified package(s). Thus the directives
import(foo, bar)
specifies that all exported variables in the packagesfoo andbar are to be imported. If only some of the exported variablesfrom a package are needed, then they can be imported usingimportFrom
. The directive
importFrom(foo, f, g)
specifies that the exported variablesf
andg
of thepackagefoo are to be imported. UsingimportFrom
selectively rather thanimport
is good practice and recommendednotably when importing from packages with more than a dozen exports andespecially from those written by others (so what they export can changein future).
To import every symbol from a package but for a few exceptions,pass theexcept
argument toimport
. The directive
import(foo, except=c(bar, baz))
imports every symbol fromfoo exceptbar
andbaz
. The value ofexcept
should evaluate to somethingcoercible to a character vector, after substituting each symbol forits corresponding string.
It is possible to export variables from a namespace which it hasimported from other namespaces: this has to be done explicitly and notviaexportPattern
.
If a package only needs a few objects from another package it can use afully qualified variable reference in the code instead of a formalimport. A fully-qualified reference to the functionf
in packagefoo is of the formfoo::f
. This is slightly less efficientthan a formal import and also loses the advantage of recording alldependencies in theNAMESPACE file (but they still need to berecorded in theDESCRIPTION file). Evaluatingfoo::f
willcause packagefoo to be loaded, but not attached, if it was notloaded already—this can be an advantage in delaying the loading of ararely used package. However, iffoo is listed only in‘Suggests’ or ‘Enhances’ this also delays the check that it isinstalled: it is good practice to use such imports conditionally (e.g.viarequireNamespace("foo", quietly = TRUE)
).
Using thefoo::f
form will be necessary when a package needs touse a function of the same name from more than one namespace.
Usingfoo:::f
instead offoo::f
allows access tounexported objects. This is generally not recommended, as the existenceor semantics of unexported objects may be changed by the package authorin routine maintenance.
Next:Load hooks, Previous:Specifying imports and exports, Up:Package namespaces [Contents][Index]
The standard method for S3-styleUseMethod
dispatching might failto locate methods defined in a package that is imported but not attachedto the search path. To ensure that these methods are available thepackages defining the methods should ensure that the generics areimported and register the methods usingS3method
directives. Ifa package defines a functionprint.foo
intended to be used as aprint
method for classfoo
, then the directive
S3method(print, foo)
ensures that the method is registered and available forUseMethod
dispatch, and the functionprint.foo
does not need to be exported.Since the genericprint
is defined inbase it does not needto be imported explicitly.
(Note that function and class names may be quoted, and reserved wordsand non-standard names such as[<-
andfunction
mustbe.)
It is possible to specify a third argument to S3method, the function tobe used as the method, for example
S3method(print, check_so_symbols, .print.via.format)
whenprint.check_so_symbols
is not needed.
As from R 3.6.0 one can also useS3method()
directives toperformdelayed registration. With
if(getRversion() >= "3.6.0") { S3method(pkg::gen, cls)}
functiongen.cls
will get registered as an S3 method for classcls
and genericgen
from packagepkg
only when thenamespace ofpkg
is loaded. This can be employed to deal withsituations where the method is not “immediately” needed, and having topre-load the namespace ofpkg
(and all its strong dependencies)in order to perform immediate registration is considered too onerous.
Next:useDynLib
, Previous:Registering S3 methods, Up:Package namespaces [Contents][Index]
There are a number of hooks called as packages are loaded, attached,detached, and unloaded. Seehelp(".onLoad")
for more details.
Since loading and attaching are distinct operations, separate hooks areprovided for each. These hook functions are called.onLoad
and.onAttach
. They both take arguments71libname
andpkgname
; they should be defined in the namespace but notexported.
Packages can use a.onDetach
or.Last.lib
function(provided the latter is exported from the namespace) whendetach
is called on the package. It is called with a single argument, the fullpath to the installed package. There is also a hook.onUnload
which is called when the namespace is unloaded (via a call tounloadNamespace
, perhaps called bydetach(unload = TRUE)
)with argument the full path to the installed package’s directory.Functions.onUnload
and.onDetach
should be defined in thenamespace and not exported, but.Last.lib
does need to beexported.
Packages are not likely to need.onAttach
(except perhaps for astart-up banner); code to set options and load shared objects should beplaced in a.onLoad
function, or use made of theuseDynLib
directive described next.
User-level hooks are also available: see the help on functionsetHook
.
These hooks are often used incorrectly. People forget to export.Last.lib
. Compiled code should be loaded in.onLoad
(orvia auseDynLb
directive: see below) and unloaded in.onUnload
. Do remember that a package’s namespace can be loadedwithout the namespace being attached (e.g. bypkgname::fun
) andthat a package can be detached and re-attached whilst its namespaceremains loaded.
It is good practice for these functions to be quiet. Any messagesshould usepackageStartupMessage
so users (include check scripts)can suppress them if desired.
Next:An example, Previous:Load hooks, Up:Package namespaces [Contents][Index]
useDynLib
¶ANAMESPACE file can contain one or moreuseDynLib
directives which allows shared objects that need to beloaded.72 The directive
useDynLib(foo)
registers the shared objectfoo
73 for loading withlibrary.dynam
.Loading of registered object(s) occurs after the package code has beenloaded and before running the load hook function. Packages that wouldonly need a load hook function to load a shared object can use theuseDynLib
directive instead.
TheuseDynLib
directive also accepts the names of the nativeroutines that are to be used in Rvia the.C
,.Call
,.Fortran
and.External
interface functions. These are given asadditional arguments to the directive, for example,
useDynLib(foo, myRoutine, myOtherRoutine)
By specifying these names in theuseDynLib
directive, the nativesymbols are resolved when the package is loaded and R variablesidentifying these symbols are added to the package’s namespace withthese names. These can be used in the.C
,.Call
,.Fortran
and.External
calls in place of the name of theroutine and thePACKAGE
argument. For instance, we can call theroutinemyRoutine
from R with the code
.Call(myRoutine, x, y)
rather than
.Call("myRoutine", x, y, PACKAGE = "foo")
There are at least two benefits to this approach. Firstly, the symbollookup is done just once for each symbol rather than each time theroutine is invoked. Secondly, this removes any ambiguity in resolvingsymbols that might be present in more than one DLL. However, thisapproach is nowadays deprecated in favour of supplying registrationinformation (see below).
In some circumstances, there will already be an R variable in thepackage with the same name as a native symbol. For example, we may havean R function in the package namedmyRoutine
. In this case,it is necessary to map the native symbol to a different R variablename. This can be done in theuseDynLib
directive by using namedarguments. For instance, to map the native symbol namemyRoutine
to the R variablemyRoutine_sym
, we would use
useDynLib(foo, myRoutine_sym = myRoutine, myOtherRoutine)
We could then call that routine from R using the command
.Call(myRoutine_sym, x, y)
Symbols without explicit names are assigned to the R variable withthat name.
In some cases, it may be preferable not to create R variables in thepackage’s namespace that identify the native routines. It may be toocostly to compute these for many routines when the package is loadedif many of these routines are not likely to be used. In this case,one can still perform the symbol resolution correctly using the DLL,but do this each time the routine is called. Given a reference to theDLL as an R variable, saydll
, we can call the routinemyRoutine
using the expression
.Call(dll$myRoutine, x, y)
The$
operator resolves the routine with the given name in theDLL using a call togetNativeSymbol
. This is the samecomputation as above where we resolve the symbol when the package isloaded. The only difference is that this is done each time in the caseofdll$myRoutine
.
In order to use this dynamic approach (e.g.,dll$myRoutine
), oneneeds the reference to the DLL as an R variable in the package. TheDLL can be assigned to a variable by using thevariable =dllName
format used above for mapping symbols to R variables. Forexample, if we wanted to assign the DLL reference for the DLLfoo
in the example above to the variablemyDLL
, we woulduse the following directive in theNAMESPACE file:
myDLL = useDynLib(foo, myRoutine_sym = myRoutine, myOtherRoutine)
Then, the R variablemyDLL
is in the package’s namespace andavailable for calls such asmyDLL$dynRoutine
to access routinesthat are not explicitly resolved at load time.
If the package has registration information (seeRegistering native routines), then we can use that directly rather than specifying thelist of symbols again in theuseDynLib
directive in theNAMESPACE file. Each routine in the registration information isspecified by giving a name by which the routine is to be specified alongwith the address of the routine and any information about the number andtype of the parameters. Using the.registration
argument ofuseDynLib
, we can instruct the namespace mechanism to createR variables for these symbols. For example, suppose we have thefollowing registration information for a DLL namedmyDLL
:
static R_NativePrimitiveArgType foo_t[] = { REALSXP, INTSXP, STRSXP, LGLSXP};static const R_CMethodDef cMethods[] = { {"foo", (DL_FUNC) &foo, 4, foo_t}, {"bar_sym", (DL_FUNC) &bar, 0}, {NULL, NULL, 0, NULL}};static const R_CallMethodDef callMethods[] = { {"R_call_sym", (DL_FUNC) &R_call, 4}, {"R_version_sym", (DL_FUNC) &R_version, 0}, {NULL, NULL, 0}};
Then, the directive in theNAMESPACE file
useDynLib(myDLL, .registration = TRUE)
causes the DLL to be loaded and also for the R variablesfoo
,bar_sym
,R_call_sym
andR_version_sym
to bedefined in the package’s namespace.
Note that the names for the R variables are taken from the entry inthe registration information and do not need to be the same as the nameof the native routine. This allows the creator of the registrationinformation to map the native symbols to non-conflicting variable namesin R, e.g.R_version
toR_version_sym
for use in anR function such as
R_version <- function(){ .Call(R_version_sym)}
Using argument.fixes
allows an automatic prefix to be added tothe registered symbols, which can be useful when working with anexisting package. For example, packageKernSmooth has
useDynLib(KernSmooth, .registration = TRUE, .fixes = "F_")
which makes the R variables corresponding to the Fortran symbolsF_bkde
and so on, and so avoid clashes with R code in thenamespace.
NB: Using these arguments for a package which does not registernative symbols merely slows down the package loading (although manyCRAN packages have done so). Once symbols are registered,check that the corresponding R variables are not accidentallyexported by a pattern in theNAMESPACE file.
Next:Namespaces with S4 classes and methods, Previous:useDynLib
, Up:Package namespaces [Contents][Index]
As an example consider two packages namedfoo andbar. TheR code for packagefoo in filefoo.R is
x <- 1f <- function(y) c(x,y)foo <- function(x) .Call("foo", x, PACKAGE="foo")print.foo <- function(x, ...) cat("<a foo>\n")
Some C code defines a C function compiled into DLLfoo
(with anappropriate extension). TheNAMESPACE file for this package is
useDynLib(foo)export(f, foo)S3method(print, foo)
The second packagebar has code filebar.R
c <- function(...) sum(...)g <- function(y) f(c(y, 7))h <- function(y) y+9
andNAMESPACE file
import(foo)export(g, h)
Callinglibrary(bar)
loadsbar and attaches its exports tothe search path. Packagefoo is also loaded but not attached tothe search path. A call tog
produces
> g(6)[1] 1 13
This is consistent with the definitions ofc
in the two settings:inbar the functionc
is defined to be equivalent tosum
, but infoo the variablec
refers to thestandard functionc
inbase.
Previous:An example, Up:Package namespaces [Contents][Index]
Some additional steps are needed for packages which make use of formal(S4-style) classes and methods (unless these are purely usedinternally). The package should haveDepends: methods
74 in itsDESCRIPTION andimport(methods)
orimportFrom(methods, ...)
plus any classes and methods which areto be exported need to be declared in theNAMESPACE file. Forexample, thestats4 package has
export(mle) # exporting methods implicitly exports the genericimportFrom("stats", approx, optim, pchisq, predict, qchisq, qnorm, spline)## For these, we define methods or (AIC, BIC, nobs) an implicit generic:importFrom("stats", AIC, BIC, coef, confint, logLik, nobs, profile, update, vcov)exportClasses(mle, profile.mle, summary.mle)## All methods for imported generics:exportMethods(coef, confint, logLik, plot, profile, summary, show, update, vcov)## implicit generics which do not have any methods hereexport(AIC, BIC, nobs)
All S4 classes to be used outside the package need to be listed in anexportClasses
directive. Alternatively, they can be specifiedusingexportClassPattern
75 in the same style asforexportPattern
. To export methods for generics from otherpackages anexportMethods
directive can be used.
Note that exporting methods on a generic in the namespace will alsoexport the generic, and exporting a generic in the namespace will alsoexport its methods. If the generic function is not local to thispackage, either because it was imported as a generic function or becausethe non-generic version has been made generic solely to add S4 methodsto it (as for functions such ascoef
in the example above), itcan be declaredvia either or both ofexport
orexportMethods
, but the latter is clearer (and is used in thestats4 example above). In particular, for primitive functionsthere is no generic function, soexport
would export theprimitive, which makes no sense. On the other hand, if the generic islocal to this package, it is more natural to export the function itselfusingexport()
, and thismust be done if an implicitgeneric is created without setting any methods for it (as is the caseforAIC
instats4).
A non-local generic function is only exported to ensure that calls tothe function will dispatch the methods from this package (and that isnot done or required when the methods are for primitive functions). Forthis reason, you do not need to document such implicitly created genericfunctions, andundoc
in packagetools will not report them.
If a package uses S4 classes and methods exported from another package,but does not import the entire namespace of the otherpackage76, it needsto import the classes and methods explicitly, with directives
importClassesFrom(package, ...)importMethodsFrom(package, ...)
listing the classes and functions with methods respectively. Suppose wehad two small packagesA andB withB usingA.Then they could haveNAMESPACE
files
export(f1, ng1)exportMethods("[")exportClasses(c1)
and
importFrom(A, ng1)importClassesFrom(A, c1)importMethodsFrom(A, f1)export(f4, f5)exportMethods(f6, "[")exportClasses(c1, c2)
respectively.
Note thatimportMethodsFrom
will also import any generics definedin the namespace on those methods.
It is important if you export S4 methods that the corresponding genericsare available. You may for example need to importcoef
fromstats to make visible a function to be converted into itsimplicit generic. But it is better practice to make use of the genericsexported bystats4 as this enables multiple packages tounambiguously set methods on those generics.
Next:Diagnostic messages, Previous:Package namespaces, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
This section contains advice on writing packages to be used on multipleplatforms or for distribution (for example to be submitted to a packagerepository such asCRAN).
Portable packages should have simple file names: use only alphanumericASCII characters and period (.
), and avoid those namesnot allowed under Windows (seePackage structure).
Many of the graphics devices are platform-specific: evenX11()
(akax11()
) which although emulated on Windows may not beavailable on a Unix-alike (and is not the preferred screen device on OSX). It is rarely necessary for package code or examples to open a newdevice, but if essential,77 usedev.new()
.
UseR CMD build
to make the release.tar.gz file.
R CMD check
provides a basic set of checks, but often furtherproblems emerge when people try to install and use packages submitted toCRAN – many of these involve compiled code. Here are somefurther checks that you can do to make your package more portable.
ifeq
and the like),${shell ...}
,${wildcard ...}
andsimilar, and the use of+=
79 and:=
. Also, the use of$<
otherthan in implicit rules is a GNU extension, as is the$^
macro.As is the use of.PHONY
(some other makes ignore it).Unfortunately makefiles which use GNU extensions often run on otherplatforms but do not have the intended results.Note that the-C flag formake
is not included in thePOSIX specification and is not implemented by some of themake
s which have been used with R. However, it is morecommonly implemented (e.g. by FreeBSDmake
) than the GNU-specific--directory=.
You should not rely on built-in/defaultmake
rules, even whenspecified by POSIX, as somemake
s do not have the POSIX onesand others have altered them.
The use of${shell ...}
can be avoided by using backticks, e.g.
PKG_CPPFLAGS = `gsl-config --cflags`
which works in all versions ofmake
known80 to beused with R.
If you really must require GNU make, declare it in theDESCRIPTIONfile by
SystemRequirements: GNU make
and ensure that you use the value of environment variableMAKE
(and not justmake
) in your scripts. (On some platforms GNUmake is available under a name such asgmake
, and thereSystemRequirements
is used to setMAKE
.) Yourconfigure
script (or similar) does need to check that theexecutable pointed to byMAKE
is indeed GNU make.
If you only need GNU make for parts of the package which are rarelyneeded (for example to create bibliography files undervignettes), use a file calledGNUmakefile rather thanMakefile as GNU make (only) will use the former.
macOS has used GNU make for many years (it previously used BSD make),but the version has been frozen at 3.81 (from 2006).
Since the only viable make for Windows is GNU make, it is permissible touse GNU extensions in filesMakevars.win,Makevars.ucrt,Makefile.win orMakefile.ucrt.
make
. SeeUsingMakevars.pkg/libpkg.a: (cd pkg && $(MAKE) -f make_pkg libpkg.a \ CXX="$(CXX)" CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS) $(CXXPICFLAGS) $(C_VISIBILITY)" \ AR="$(AR)" RANLIB="$(RANLIB)")
R CMD build
, forexample in acleanup
script or a ‘clean’ target.R CMD config
is used, this needs somethinglike (for C++)RBIN = `"${R_HOME}/bin/R"`CXX = `"${RBIN}" CMD config CXX`CXXFLAGS = `"${RBIN}" CMD config CXXFLAGS` `"${RBIN}" CMD config CXXPICFLAGS`
make
programsand should be avoided.ash
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Almquist_shell,a ‘lightweight shell with few builtins) or derivatives such asdash
.Beware of assuming that all the POSIX command-line utilities areavailable, especially on Windows where only a subset (which has changedby version ofRtools) is provided for use with R. Oneparticular issue is the use ofecho
, for which two behavioursare allowed(https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/echo.html)and both have occurred as defaults on R platforms: portableapplications should use neither-n (as the first argument) norescape sequences. The recommended replacement forecho -n
isthe commandprintf
. Another common issue is the constructionexport FOO=value
which isbash
-specific (first set the variable then export itby name).
Usingtest -e
(or[ -e ]
) in shell scripts is not fullyportable83:-f
is normally what is intended.Flags-a and-o are nowadays declared obsolescent byPOSIX and should not be used. They are easily replaced by more legibleforms: replace
test A -a Btest A -o B
by
test A && test Btest A || test B
Use of ‘brace expansion’, e.g.,
rm -f src/*.{o,so,d}
is not portable.
The string equality operator in shell tests is=
:==
isa GNU extension.
The-o flag forset
in shell scripts is optional inPOSIX and not supported on all the platforms R is used on.
The variable ‘OSTYPE’ is shell-specific and its values arerather unpredictable and may include a version such as‘darwin19.0’:`uname`
is often what is intended (withcommon values ‘Darwin’ and ‘Linux’).
On macOS which shell/bin/sh invokes is user- andplatform-dependent: it might bebash
version 3.2,dash
orzsh
(for new accounts it iszsh
,for accounts ported from Mojave or earlier it is usuallybash
).
It is not portable to specifybash
as the shell let alone aspecific path such as/bin/bash.
cmake
orrust
have all too frequently assumedotherwise, so do ensure your package is checked under a vanilla R build.SeeConfiguration options inR Installation and Administrationfor more information.gcc
,clang
andgfortran
84 can be used with options-Wall -pedantic to alertyou to potential problems. This is particularly important for C++,whereg++ -Wall -pedantic
will alert you to the use of some ofthe GNU extensions which fail to compile on most other C++ compilers. IfR was not configured accordingly, one can achieve thisviapersonalMakevars files.SeeCustomizing package compilation inR Installation and Administrationfor more information.Portable C++ code needs to follow all of the 2011, 2014 and 2017standards (including not using deprecated/removed features) or tospecify C+11/14/17/20/23 where available (which is not the case on allR platforms). Currently C++20 support is patchy across Rplatforms.
If using Fortran with the GNU compiler, use the flags-std=f95-Wall -pedantic which reject most GNU extensions and features fromlater standards. (Although R only requires Fortran 90,gfortran
does not have a way to specify that standard.) Alsoconsider-std=f2008 as some recent compilers have Fortran 2008or even 2018 as the minimum supported standard.
As from macOS 11 (late 2020), its C compiler sets the flag-Werror=implicit-function-declaration by default which forcesstricter conformance to C99. This can be used on other platforms withgcc
orclang
. If your package has a(autoconf
-generated)configure script
, tryinstalling it whilst using this flag, and read through theconfig.log file — compilation warnings and errors can lead tofeatures which are present not being detected. (If possible do this onseveral platforms.)
R CMD check
performs some checks for non-portablecompiler/linker flags insrc/Makevars. However, it cannot checkthe meaning of such flags, and some are commonly accepted but withcompiler-specific meanings. There are other non-portable flags whichare not checked, nor aresrc/Makefile files and makefiles insub-directories. As a comment in the code saysIt is hard to think of anything apart from-I* and-D*that is safe for general use …
although-pthread is pretty close to portable. (Option-U is portable but little use on the command line as it willonly cancel built-in defines (not portable) and those defined earlier onthe command line (R does not use any).)
The GNU option-pipe used to be widely accepted byC/C++/Fortran compilers, but was removed inflang-new
18.In any case, it should not be used in distributed code as it may lead toexcessive memory use.
People have usedconfigure
to customizesrc/Makevars,including for specific compilers. This is unsafe for several reasons.First, unintended compilers might meet the check—for example, severalcompilers other than GCC identify themselves as ‘GCC’ whilst being onlypartially conformant. Second, future versions of compilers may behavedifferently (including updates to quite old series) so for example-Werror (and specializations) can make a packagenon-installable under a future version. Third, using flags to suppressdiagnostic messages can hide important information for debugging on aplatform not tested by the package maintainer. (R CMD check
can optionally report on unsafe flags which were used.)
Avoid the use of-march and especially-march=native.This allows the compiler to generate code that will only run on aparticular class of CPUs (that of the compiling machine for‘native’). People assume this is a ‘minimum’ CPU specification,but that is not how it is documented forgcc
(it is acceptedbyclang
but apparently it is undocumented what precisely itdoes, and it can be accepted and may be ignored for other compilers).(For personal use-mtune is safer, but still not portableenough to be used in a public package.) Not evengcc
supports‘native’ for all CPUs, and it can do surprising things if it findsa CPU released later than its version.
long
in C will be 32-bit on some Rplatforms (including 64-bit Windows), but 64-bit on most modern Unix andLinux platforms. It is rather unlikely that the use oflong
in Ccode has been thought through: if you need a longer type thanint
you should use a configure test for a C99/C++11 type such asint_fast64_t
(and failing that,long long
) and typedefyour own type, or use another suitable type (such assize_t
, butbeware that is unsigned andssize_t
is not portable).It is not safe to assume thatlong
and pointer types are the samesize, and they are not on 64-bit Windows. If you need to convertpointers to and from integers use the C99/C++11 integer typesintptr_t
anduintptr_t
(in the headers<stdint.h>
and<cstdint>
: they are not required to be implemented by thestandards but are used in C code by R itself).
Note thatinteger
in Fortran corresponds toint
in C onall R platforms. There is no such guarantee for Fortranlogical
, and recentgfortran
maps it toint_least32_t
on most platforms.
abort
orexit
85: these terminate the user’s R process, quite possiblylosing all unsaved work. One usage that could callabort
is theassert
macro in C or C++ functions, which should never be activein production code. The normal way to ensure that is to define themacroNDEBUG
, andR CMD INSTALL
does so as part of thecompilation flags. Beware of including headers (including from otherpackages) which could undefine it, now or in future versions. If youwish to useassert
during development, you can include-UNDEBUG
inPKG_CPPFLAGS
or#undef
it in yourheaders or code files. Note that your ownsrc/Makefile ormakefiles in sub-directories may also need to defineNDEBUG
.This applies not only to your own code but to any external software youcompile in or link to.
Nor should Fortran code callSTOP
norEXIT
(a GNU extension).
rand
,drand48
andrandom
86, but rather use theinterfaces to R’s RNGs described inRandom number generation. Inparticular, if more than one package initializes a system RNG (e.g.viasrand
), they will interfere with each other. Thisapplies also to Fortran 90’srandom_number
andrandom_seed
, and Fortran 2018’srandom_init
. And to GNUFortran’srand
,irand
andsrand
. Except fordrand48
, what PRNG these functions use isimplementation-dependent.Nor should the C++11 random number library be used nor any otherthird-party random number generators such as those in GSL.
sprintf
andvsprintf
is regarded as a potentialsecurity risk and warned about on some platforms.87R CMD check
reports if any callsare found.nm -pg mypkg.so
and checking if any of the symbols markedU
is unexpected is agood way to avoid this.
libz
(especially those already linkedinto R). In the case in point, entry pointgzgets
wassometimes resolved against the old version compiled into the package,sometimes against the copy compiled into R and sometimes against thesystem dynamic library. The only safe solution is to rename the entrypoints in the copy in the package. We have even seen problems withentry point namemyprintf
, which is a system entrypoint88 on some Linux systems.A related issue is the naming of libraries built as part of the packageinstallation. macOS and Windows have case-insensitive file systems, sousing
-L. -lLZ4
inPKG_LIBS
will matchliblz4
. And-L.
onlyappends to the list of searched locations, andliblz4
might befound in an earlier-searched location (and has been). The only safe wayis to give an explicit path, for example
./libLZ4.a
nm -pg
), and to use names which areclearly tied to your package (which also helps users if anything does gowrong). Note that symbol names starting withR_
are regarded aspart of R’s namespace and should not be used in packages.R_init_pkgname
, onsuitable platforms89,which would completely avoid symbol conflicts..Internal
,.C
,.Fortran
,.Call
or.External
, since such interfaces are subject to change withoutnotice and will probably result in your code terminating the Rprocess.R CMD build
will replace them by copies.library
,require
orattach
and this often does notwork as intended. For alternatives, seeSuggested packages andwith()
.example
as well asin batch mode when checking. So they should behave appropriately inboth scenarios, conditioning byinteractive()
the parts whichneed an operator or observer. For instance, progressbars90 are only appropriate ininteractive use, as is displaying help pages or callingView()
(see below).PKG_LIBS
.Some linkers will re-order the entries, and behaviour can differ betweendynamic and static libraries. Generally-L options shouldprecede91 the libraries (typicallyspecified by-l options) to be found from those directories,and libraries are searched once in the order they are specified. Notall linkers allow a space after-L .LinkingTo
. This puts one or moredirectories on the include search path ahead of system headers but(prior to R 3.4.0) after those specified in theCPPFLAGS
macroof the R build (which normally includes-I/usr/local/include
,but most platforms ignore that and include it with the system headers).Any confusion would be avoided by havingLinkingTo
headers in adirectory named after the package. In any case, name conflicts ofheaders and directories under packageinclude directories shouldbe avoided, both between packages and between a package and system andthird-party software.
ar
utility is often used in makefiles to make staticlibraries. Its modifieru
is defined by POSIX but is disabled inGNUar
on some Linux distributions which use‘deterministic mode’. The safest way to make a static library is to firstremove any existing file of that name then use$(AR) -cr
and then$(RANLIB)
if needed (which is system-dependent: on mostsystems92ar
alwaysmaintains a symbol table). The POSIX standard says options should bepreceded by a hyphen (as in-cr), although most OSes acceptthem without.Note that on some systemsar -cr
must have at least one filespecified.Thes
modifier (to replace a separate call toranlib
)is required by X/OPEN but not POSIX, soar -crs
is notportable.
For portability theAR
andRANLIB
macros should always beused – some builds require wrappers such asgcc-ar
or extraarguments to specify plugins.
strip
utility is platform-specific (andCRANprohibits removing debug symbols). For example the options--strip-debug and--strip-unneeded of the GNU versionare not supported on macOS: the POSIX standard forstrip
does not mention any options, and what calling it without options doesis platform-dependent. Stripping a.so file could even preventit being dynamically loaded into R on an untested platform.ld -S
invokesstrip --strip-debug
for GNUld
(and similarly on macOS) but is not portable: in particularon Solaris it did something completely different and took an argument.
pandoc
to fail with a baffling error message.Non-ASCII filenames can also cause problems (particularly in non-UTF-8locales).
When specifying a minimum Java version please use the official versionnames, which are (confusingly)
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 5.0 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
and as from 2018 a year.month scheme such as ‘18.9’ is also inuse. Fortunately only the integer values are likely to be relevant.If at all possible, use one of theLTS versions (8, 11, 17, 21 …)as the minimum version. The preferred form of version specification is
SystemRequirements: Java (>= 11)
A suitable test for Java at least version 8 for packages usingrJava would be something like
.jinit()jv <- .jcall("java/lang/System", "S", "getProperty", "java.runtime.version")if(substr(jv, 1L, 2L) == "1.") { jvn <- as.numeric(paste0(strsplit(jv, "[.]")[[1L]][1:2], collapse = ".")) if(jvn < 1.8) stop("Java >= 8 is needed for this package but not available")}
Java 9 changed the format of this string (which used to be somethinglike ‘1.8.0_292-b10’); Java 11 gavejv
as ‘11+28’whereas Java 11.0.11 gave ‘11.0.11+9’.(https://openjdk.org:443/jeps/322 details the current scheme.Note that it is necessary to allow for pre-releases like‘11-ea+22’.)
Note too that the compiler used to produce ajar
can impose a minimumJava version, often resulting in an arcane message like
java.lang.UnsupportedClassVersionError: ... Unsupported major.minor version 52.0
(Wherehttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Java_class_file mapsclass-file version numbers to Java versions.) Compile with somethinglikejavac -target 11
to ensure this is avoided. Note thisalso applies to packages distributing (or even downloading) compiledJava code produced by others, so their requirements need to be checked(they are often not documented accurately) and accounted for. It shouldbe possible to check the class-file versionvia command-lineutilityjavap
, if necessary after extracting the.classfiles from a.jar archive. For example,
jar xvf some.jarjavap -verbose path/to/some.class | grep major
Some packages have stated a requirement on a particularJDK, but apackage should only be requiring aJRE unless providing its own Javainterface.
Java 8 is still in widespread use (and may remain so because of licencechanges and support on older OSes: OpenJDK has security support untilMarch 2026). On the other hand, newer platforms may only have supportfor recent versions of Java: for ‘arm64’ macOS the firstofficially supported version was 17.
pandoc
, which is only available for a very limited range ofplatforms (and has onerous requirements to install from source) and hascapabilities94 that vary by build but are not documented. Several recentversions ofpandoc
for macOS did not work on R’s thentarget of High Sierra (and this too was undocumented). Another exampleis the Rust compilation system (cargo
andrustc
).Usage of external commands should always be conditional on a test forpresence (perhaps usingSys.which
), as well as declared in the‘SystemRequirements’ field. A package should pass its checkswithout warnings nor errors without the external command being present.
An external command can be a (possibly optional) requirement for animported or suggested package but needed for examples, tests orvignettes in the package itself. Such usages should always be declaredand conditional.
Interpreters for scripting languages such as Perl, Python and Ruby needto be declared as system requirements and used conditionally: forexample macOS 10.16 was announced not to have them (but released asmacOS 11 with them); later it was announced that macOS 12.3 does nothave Python 2 and only a minimal install of Python 3 is included.Python 2 has passed end-of-life and been removed from many majordistributions. Support for Rust or Go cannot be assumed.
Commandcmake
is not commonly installed, and where it is, itmight not be on the path. In particular, the most common location onmacOS is/Applications/CMake.app/Contents/bin/cmake and thatshould be looked for ifcmake
is not found on the path.
utf8
,mac
andmacroman
is portable. See the help forfile
for moredetails.R
,Rscript
or (onWindows)Rterm
in your examples, tests, vignettes, makefilesor other scripts. As pointed out in several places earlier in thismanual, use something like"$(R_HOME)/bin/Rscript""$(R_HOME)/bin$(R_ARCH_BIN)/Rterm"
with appropriate quotes (as, although not recommended,R_HOME
cancontain spaces).
R_HOME
in makefiles except when passing them to the shell.Specifically, do not useR_HOME
in the argument toinclude
,asR_HOME
can contain spaces. Quoting the argument toinclude
does not help. A portable and the recommended way to avoid the problem of spaces in${R_HOME}
is using option-f
ofmake
. This iseasy to do with recursive invocation ofmake
, which is also theonly usual situation whenR_HOME
is needed in the argument forinclude
.$(MAKE) -f "${R_HOME}/etc${R_ARCH}/Makeconf" -f Makefile.inner
"POSIXct"
and as these record the time inUTC, the time represented is independent of the time zone: but how it isprinted may not be. Objects of class"POSIXlt"
should have a"tzone"
attribute. Dates (e.g, birthdays) are conventionallyconsidered independently of time zone.If input of date-times involves words not just numbers (day and monthnames, the am/pm indicator) consider if the local categoryLC_TIME
needs to be set. The am/pm indicator in the C/POSIXlocale isAM/PM
, but this need not be the case in other Englishlocales. Worse, the OS has been known to change this at an update.This applies also to testing output.
Day and month names (and especially their abbreviations) in non-Englishlanguages may differ between OSes.
Do be careful in what your tests (and examples) actually test. Badpractice seen in distributed packages include:
Packages have even tested the exact format of system error messages,which are platform-dependent and perhaps locale-dependent. For example,in late 2021libcurl
changed its warning/error messages,including when URLs are not found.
View
, remember that in testing thereis no one to look at the output. It is better to use something like one ofif(interactive()) View(obj) else print(head(obj))if(interactive()) View(obj) else str(obj)
?normalizePath
to be aware of the pitfalls.clang
currently has longdouble the same as double on all ARM CPUs. On the other hand some CPUshave higher-precision modes which may be used forlong double
,notably 64-bit PowerPC and Sparc.If you must try to establish a tolerance empirically, configure andbuild R with--disable-long-double and use appropriatecompiler flags (such as-ffloat-store and-fexcess-precision=standard forgcc
, depending on theCPU type96) tomitigate the effects of extended-precision calculations. The platformmost often seen to give different numerical results is ‘arm64’ macOS,so be sure to include that in any empirical determination.
Tests which involve random inputs or non-deterministic algorithms shouldnormally set a seed or be tested for many seeds.
options(warn = 1)
as reportingThere were 22 warnings (use warnings() to see them)
is pointless, especially for automated checking systems.
Next:Check timing, Up:Writing portable packages [Contents][Index]
There are a several tools available to reduce the size of PDF files:often the size can be reduced substantially with no or minimal loss inquality. Not only do large files take up space: they can stress the PDFviewer and take many minutes to print (if they can be printed at all).
qpdf
(https://qpdf.sourceforge.io/) can compresslosslessly. It is fairly readily available (e.g. it is included inrtools
, has packages in Debian/Ubuntu/Fedora, and isinstalled as part of theCRAN macOS distribution of R).R CMD build
has an option to runqpdf
over PDF filesunderinst/doc and replace them if at least 10Kb and 10% issaved. The full path to theqpdf
command can be supplied asenvironment variableR_QPDF
(and is on theCRAN binaryof R for macOS). It seems MiKTeX does not use PDF objectcompression and soqpdf
can reduce considerably the sizes offiles it outputs: MiKTeX’s defaults can be overridden by code in thepreamble of an Sweave or LaTeX file — see how this is done for theR reference manual athttps://svn.r-project.org/R/trunk/doc/manual/refman.top.
Other tools can reduce the size of PDFs containing bitmap images atexcessively high resolution. These are often best re-generated (forexampleSweave
defaults to 300 ppi, and 100–150 is moreappropriate for a package manual). These tools include Adobe Acrobat(not Reader), Apple’s Preview97 and Ghostscript (whichconverts PDF to PDF by
ps2pdfoptions -dAutoRotatePages=/None -dPrinted=falsein.pdfout.pdf
and suitable options might be
-dPDFSETTINGS=/ebook-dPDFSETTINGS=/screen
Seehttps://ghostscript.readthedocs.io/en/latest/VectorDevices.html formore such and consider all the options for image downsampling). Therehave been examples inCRAN packages for which current versionsof Ghostscript produced much bigger reductions than earlier ones (e.g.at the upgrades from9.50
to9.52
, from9.55
to9.56
and then to10.00.0
).
We come across occasionally large PDF files containing excessivelycomplicated figures using PDF vector graphics: such figures are oftenbest redesigned or failing that, output as PNG files.
Option--compact-vignettes toR CMD build
defaults tovalue ‘qpdf’: use ‘both’ to try harder to reduce the size,provided you have Ghostscript available (see the help fortools::compactPDF
).
Next:Encoding issues, Previous:PDF size, Up:Writing portable packages [Contents][Index]
There are several ways to find out where time is being spent in thecheck process. Start by setting the environment variable_R_CHECK_TIMINGS_
to ‘0’. This will report the total CPUtimes (not Windows) and elapsed times for installation and several checks,including for running examples, tests and vignettes, under each sub-architecture ifappropriate. For tests and vignettes, it reports the time for each aswell as the total.
Setting_R_CHECK_TIMINGS_
to a positive value sets a threshold (inseconds elapsed time) for reporting timings.
If you need to look in more detail at the timings for examples, useoption--timings toR CMD check
(this is set by--as-cran). This adds a summary to the check output for allthe examples with CPU or elapsed time of more than 5 seconds. Itproduces a filemypkg.Rcheck/mypkg-Ex.timingscontaining timings for each help file: it is a tab-delimited file whichcan be read into R for further analysis.
Timings for the tests and vignette runs are given at the bottom of thecorresponding log file: note that log files for successful vignette runsare only retained if environment variable_R_CHECK_ALWAYS_LOG_VIGNETTE_OUTPUT_
is set to a true value.
Next:Portable C and C++ code, Previous:Check timing, Up:Writing portable packages [Contents][Index]
The issues in this subsection have been much alleviated by the change inR 4.2.0 to running the Windows port of R in a UTF-8 locale whereavailable. However, Windows users might be running an earlier versionof R on an earlier version of Windows which does not support UTF-8locales.
Care is needed if your package contains non-ASCII text, and inparticular if it is intended to be used in more than one locale. It ispossible to mark the encoding used in theDESCRIPTION file and in.Rd files, as discussed elsewhere in this manual.
First, consider carefully if you really need non-ASCII text.Some users of R will only be able to view correctly text in theirnative language group (e.g. Western European, Eastern European,Simplified Chinese) andASCII.98. Other characters may not be rendered at all,rendered incorrectly, or cause your R code to give an error. For.Rd documentation, marking the encoding and includingASCII transliterations is likely to do a reasonable job. Theset of characters which is commonly supported is wider than it used tobe around 2000, but non-Latin alphabets (Greek, Russian, Georgian,…) are still often problematic and those with double-widthcharacters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, emoji) often need specialistfonts to render correctly.
FunctionshowNonASCIIfile
in packagetools can help infinding non-ASCII bytes in files.
There is a portable way to have arbitrary text in character strings(only) in your R code, which is to supply them in Unicode as‘\uxxxx’ escapes (or, rarely needed except for emojis,‘\Uxxxxxxxx’ escapes). If there are any characters not in thecurrent encoding the parser will encode the character string as UTF-8and mark it as such. This applies also to character strings indatasets: they can be prepared using ‘\uxxxx’ escapes or encoded inUTF-8 in a UTF-8 locale, or even converted to UTF-8viaiconv()
. If you do this, make sure you have ‘R (>= 2.10)’(or later) in the ‘Depends’ field of theDESCRIPTION file.
R sessions running in non-UTF-8 locales will if possible re-encodesuch strings for display (and this is done byRGui
on olderversions of Windows, for example). Suitable fonts will need to beselected or made available99 both for the console/terminal and graphics devicessuch as ‘X11()’ and ‘windows()’. Using ‘postscript’ or‘pdf’ will choose a default 8-bit encoding depending on thelanguage of the UTF-8 locale, and your users would need to be told howto select the ‘encoding’ argument.
Note that the previous two paragraphs only apply to character strings inR code. Non-ASCII characters are particularly prevalent in comments(in the R code of the package, in examples, tests, vignettes and evenin theNAMESPACE file) but should be avoided there. Most commonlypeople use the Windows extensions to Latin-1 (often directional singleand double quotes, ellipsis, bullet and en and em dashes) which are notsupported in strict Latin-1 locales nor in CJK locales on Windows. Asurprisingly common misuse is to use a right quote in ‘don't’instead of the correct apostrophe.
Datasets can include marked UTF-8 or Latin-1 character strings. As Ris nowadays unlikely to be run in a Latin-1 or Windows’ CP1252 locale,for performance reasons these should be converted to UTF-8.
If you want to runR CMD check
on a Unix-alike over a packagethat sets a package encoding in itsDESCRIPTION fileand donot use a UTF-8 locale you may need to specify a suitable localevia environment variableR_ENCODING_LOCALES
. The defaultis equivalent to the value
"latin1=en_US:latin2=pl_PL:UTF-8=en_US.UTF-8:latin9=fr_FR.iso885915@euro"
(which is appropriate for a system based onglibc
: macOS requireslatin9=fr_FR.ISO8859-15
) except that if the current locale isUTF-8 then the package code is translated to UTF-8 for syntax checking,so it is strongly recommended to check in a UTF-8 locale.
Next:Portable Fortran code, Previous:Encoding issues, Up:Writing portable packages [Contents][Index]
Writing portable C and C++ code is mainly a matter of observing thestandards (C99, C++14 or where declared C++11/17/20) and testing thatextensions (such as POSIX functions) are supported. Do make maximal useof your compiler diagnostics — this typically means using flags-Wall and-pedantic for both C and C++ and additionally-Werror=implicit-function-declaration and-Wstrict-prototypes for C (on some platforms and compilerversions) these are part of-Wall or-pedantic).
C++ standards: From version 4.0.0 R required and defaultedto C++11; from R 4.1.0 in defaulted to C++14 and from R 4.3.0 toC++17 (where available). For maximal portability a package shouldeither specify a standard (seeUsing C++ code) or be tested underall of C++11, C++14 and C++17.
Later C++ standards, notably C++17 remove features deprecated in earlierversions. Unfortunately some compilers, notablyg++
haveretained these features so if possible test under another compiler (suchas that used on macOS).
Note that the ‘TR1’ C++ extensions are not part of any of thesestandards and the<tr1/name>
headers are not supplied by some ofthe compilers used for R, including on macOS. (Use the C++11versions instead.)
A common error is to assume recent versions of compilers or OSes. Inproduction environments ‘long term support’ versions of OSes may be inuse for many years,100 and their compilers may notbe updated during that time. For example, GCC 4.8 was still in use in2022 and could be (in RHEL 7) until 2028: that supports neither C++14nor C++17.
The POSIX standards only require recently-defined functions to bedeclared if certain macros are defined with large enough values, and onsome compiler/OS combinations101 they are not declared otherwise. So you mayneed to include something like one of
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
or
#ifdef __GLIBC__# define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200809L#endif
beforeany headers. (strdup
,strncasecmp
andstrnlen
are such functions – there were several older platformswhich did not have the POSIX 2008 functionstrnlen
.)
‘Linux’ is not a well-defined operating system: it is a kernel plus acollection of components. Most distributions useglibc
toprovide most of the C headers and run-time library, but others, notablyAlpine Linux, use other implementations such asmusl
— seehttps://wiki.musl-libc.org/functional-differences-from-glibc.html.
However, some common errors are worth pointing out here. It can behelpful to look up functions athttps://cplusplus.com/reference/ orhttps://en.cppreference.com/w/ and compare what is defined in thevarious standards.
More care is needed for functions such asmallinfo
which are notspecified by any of these standards—hopefully theman
pageon your system will tell you so. Searching online for such pages forvarious OSes (preferably at least Linux and macOS, and the FreeBSDmanual pages athttps://man.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi allow you toselect many OSes) should reveal useful information but aconfigure script is likely to be needed to check availability andfunctionality.
Both the compiler and OS (via system header files, which maydiffer by architecture even for nominally the same OS) affect thecompilability of C/C++ code. Compilers from the GCC, LLVM(clang
andflang
) Intel and Oracle Developer Studiosuites have been used with R, and both LLVMclang
andOracle have more than one implementation of C++ headers and library.The range of possibilities makes comprehensive empirical checkingimpossible, and regrettably compilers are patchy at best on warningabout non-standard code.
sqrt
are defined in C++11 forfloating-point arguments:float
,double
,longdouble
and possibly more. The standard specifies what happens with anargument of integer type but this is not always implemented, resultingin a report of ‘overloading ambiguity’: this was commonly seen onSolaris, but forpow
also seen on macOS and other platformsusingclang++
.A not-uncommonly-seen problem is to mistakenly callfloor(x/y)
orceil(x/y)
forint
argumentsx
andy
. Sincex/y
does integer division, the result is of typeint
and‘overloading ambiguity’ may be reported. Some people have (pointlessly)calledfloor
andceil
on arguments of integer type, whichmay have an ‘overloading ambiguity’.
A surprising common misuse is things likepow(10, -3)
: thisshould be the constant1e-3
. Note that there are constants suchasM_SQRT2
definedviaRmath.h102 forsqrt(2.0)
, frequently mis-coded assqrt(2)
.
fabs
is defined only for floating-point types, except inC++11 and later which have overloads forstd::fabs
in<cmath> for integer types. Functionabs
is defined inC99’s<stdlib.h> forint
and in C++’s<cstdlib> forinteger types, overloaded in<cmath> for floating-point types.C++11 has additional overloads forstd::abs
in<cmath> forinteger types. The effect of callingabs
with a floating-pointtype is implementation-specific: it may truncate to an integer. Forclarity and to avoid compiler warnings, useabs
for integer typesandfabs
for double values, and when using C++ include<cmath> and use thestd::
prefix.isnan
,isinf
andisfinite
forinteger arguments: a few compilers give a compilation error. Functionfinite
is obsolete, and some compilers will warn about itsuse103.INFINITY
(which is afloat valuein C99 and C++11), for which R provides the portable double valueR_PosInf
(andR_NegInf
for-INFINITY
). AndNAN
104 is just one NaNfloat value: for use with R,NA_REAL
is often what isintended, butR_NaN
is also available.Some (but not all) extensions are listed athttps://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/C-Extensions.html andhttps://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/C_002b_002b-Extensions.html.
Other GNU extensions which have bitten package writers are the use ofnon-portable characters such as ‘$’ in identifiers and use of C++headers underext.
sqrt
andisnan
are defined fordouble
arguments inmath.h and for a range of types includingdouble
incmath. Similar issues have been seen forstdlib.h andcstdlib. Including the C++ header first used to be a sufficientworkaround but for some 2016 compilers only one could be included.<random>
which is indirectly included by<algorithm>
byg++
. Another issue is the C header<time.h>
which isincluded by other headers on Linux and Windows but not macOS.)g++
11 often needs explicit inclusion of the C++ headers<limits>
(fornumeric_limits
) or<exception>
(forset_terminate
and similar), whereas earlier versions includedthese in other headers.g++
13 requires theexplicit inclusion of<cstdint>
for types such asuint32_t
which was previously included implicitly. (For more such, seehttps://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-13/porting_to.html.) There are furtherinstances of this ing++
15: seehttps://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-13/porting_to.html.Note thatmalloc
,calloc
,realloc
andfree
are defined by C99 in the headerstdlib.h and (in thestd::
namespace) by C++ headercstdlib. Some earlierimplementations used a headermalloc.h, but that is not portableand does not exist on macOS.
This also applies to types such asssize_t
. The POSIX standardssay that is declared in headersunistd.h
andsys/types.h
,and the latter is often included indirectly by other headers on somebut not all systems.
POSIX mandates the headerunistd.h
: most but not all OSes supplyheadersys/unistd.h
as a wrapper, so this should not be used.
Similarly for constants: for exampleSIZE_MAX
is defined instdint.h
alongsidesize_t
.
glibc
extension: some OSes havemachine/endian.h orsys/endian.h but some have neither.Headerexecinfo.h is only available on a few OSes: formerly norin MacOS nor Solaris, and currently not on Linux systems (such as AlpineLinux) usingmusl
. Nor is headerfpu_control.h availableon macOS normusl
.#include "my.h"
not#include <my.h>
for headers inyour package. The second form is intended for system headers and thesearch order for such headers is platform-dependent (and may not includethe current directory). For extra safety, name headers in a way thatcannot be confused with a system header so not, for example,types.h.std
namespace, butg++
puts many such also in the C++ mainnamespace. One way to do so is to use declarations such asusing std::floor;
but it is usually preferable to use explicit namespace prefixes in the code.
Examples seen inCRAN packages include
abs acos atan bind calloc ceil div exp fabs floor fmod free log mallocmemcpy memset pow printf qsort round sin sprintf sqrt strcmp strcpystrerror strlen strncmp strtol tan trunc
This problem is less common than it used to be, but in 2019LLVMclang
did not havebind
in the main namespace. Alsoseen has been typesize_t
defined only in thestd
namespace.
NB: These functions are only guaranteed to be in thestd
namespace if the correct C++ header is included, e.g.<cmath>
rather than<math.h>
.
If you define functions in C++ which are inspired by later standards, putthem in a namespace and refer to them using the namespace. We have seenconflicts withstd::make_unique
from C++14 andstd::byte
,std::data
,std::sample
andstd::size
from C++17.
using namespace std;
is not good practice, and has caused platform-dependent errors ifincluded before headers, especially system headers (which may beincluded by other headers). The best practice is to use explicitstd::
prefixes for all functions declared by the C++ standard tobe in that namespace. It is an error to useusing namespacestd
before including any C++ headers, and some recent compilers willwarn if this is done.
if(ptr > 0) { ....}
which compares a pointer to the integer0
. This could just useif(ptr)
(pointer addresses cannot be negative) but if neededpointers can be tested againstnullptr
(C++11) orNULL
.
_POSIX_C_SOURCE
before including any system headers, but it is better to only useall-upper-case names which have a unique prefix such as the packagename.typedef
s in OS headers can conflict with those in the package:examples have includedulong
,index_t
,single
andthread
. (Note that these may conflict with other uses asidentifiers, e.g. defining a C++ function calledsingle
.)The POSIX standard reserves (in §2.2.2) all identifiers ending in_t
.-D
and the macro tobe defined. Similarly for-U
.#ifdef _OPENMP# include <omp.h>#endif
warning: ignoring #pragma omp parallel [-Wunknown-pragmas]
uses of such pragmas should also be conditioned (or commented out ifthey are used in code in a package not enablingOpenMP on any platform).
Do not hardcode-lgomp: not only is that specific to theGCC family of compilers, using the correct linker flag often sets up therun-time path to the library.
strdup
.The most common C library on Linux,glibc
, will hide thedeclarations of such extensions unless a ‘feature-test macro’ is definedbefore (almost) any system header is included. So forstrdup
you need#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200809L...#include <string.h>...strdup call(s)
where the appropriate value can be found byman strdup
onLinux. (Use ofstrncasecmp
is similar.)
However, modes ofgcc
with ‘GNU EXTENSIONS’ (which are thedefault, either-std=gnu99 or-std=gnu11) declareenough macros to ensure that missing declarations are rarely seen.
This applies also to constants such asM_PI
andM_LN2
,which are part of the X/Open standard: to use these define_XOPEN_SOURCE
before including any headers, or include the RheaderRmath.h.
alloca
portably is tricky: it is neither an ISO C/C++ nor aPOSIX function. An adequately portable preamble is#ifdef __GNUC__/* Includes GCC, clang and Intel compilers */# undef alloca# define alloca(x) __builtin_alloca((x))#elif defined(__sun) || defined(_AIX)/* this was necessary (and sufficient) for Solaris 10 and AIX 6: */# include <alloca.h>#endif
'register' storage class specifier is deprecated and incompatible with C++17ISO C++11 does not allow conversion from string literal to 'char *'
(where conversion should be toconst char *
). Keywordregister
was not mentioned in C++98, deprecated in C++11 andremoved in C++17.
There are quite a lot of other C++98 features deprecated in C++11 andremoved in C++17, and LLVMclang
9 and later warn about them(and as from version 16 they have been removed). Examples includebind1st
/bind2nd
(usestd::bind
orlambdas107)std::auto_ptr
(replaced bystd::unique_ptr
),std::mem_fun_ref
andstd::ptr_fun
.
bool
,false
andtrue
became keywords in C23 and areno longer available as variable names. As noted above, C++17 usesbyte
,data
,sample
andsize
.So avoid common words and keywords from other programming languages.
register
storage class specifier (see the previous butone item).restrict
is not part of108 any C++ standard and is rejected by someC++ compilers.The most portable way to interface to other software with a C API is touse C code (which can normally be mixed with C++ code in a package).
extern "C" {}
blocks in C++code. In particular it is not portable to include R headers in suchblocks (although they are themselves C code, they may include C++ systemheaders and the public ones already enclose their declarations in such ablock). And maintainers have include R headers from other headersincluded in such a block.reinterpret_cast
in C++ is not safe for pointers: for example the typesmay have different alignment requirements. Usememcpy
to copythe contents to a fresh variable of the destination type.__unix__
is not defined on all Unix-alikes, in particular not onmacOS. A reasonably portable way to condition code for a Unix-alike is#if defined (__unix__) || (defined (__APPLE__) && defined (__MACH__))#endif
but
#ifdef _WIN32// Windows-specific code# if defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(__aarch64__)// for ARM# else// for Intel# endif#else// Unix-alike code#endif
would be better. For a Unix-alike it is much better to useconfigure
to test for the functionality needed than makeassumptions about OSes (and people all too frequently forget R isused on platforms other than Linux, Windows and macOS — and someforget macOS).
g++
-based platforms). Headerbits/stdc++.h is both notportable and not recommended for end-user code even on platforms whichinclude it.malloc
orcalloc
. First, their returnvalue must always be checked to see if the allocation succeeded – it isalmost always easier to use R’sR_Calloc
, which does check.Second, the first argument is of typesize_t
109 and some recent compilerswarn about passingint
(signed) arguments (which could getpromoted to ridiculously large values).gcc
and LLVM and Appleclang
.This has found quite a number of errors where functions have beendeclared without arguments and is likely to become the default in futurecompilers. (It already is for Appleclang
and for LLVMclang
in C23 mode.) Note that usingf()
for a functionwithout any parameters was deprecated in C99 and C11, but it becamenon-deprecated in C23. However,f(void)
is supported by allstandards and avoids any uncertainty.LLVMclang
has a separate warning-Wdeprecated-non-prototype which is enabled by-Wstrict-prototypes. This warns on K&R-style usage, which willnot be accepted in C23.
man
pageson most systems, often in very strong terms such as ’Do not usethese functions’. macOS has started to warn110 if these are usedforsprintf
,vsprintf
,gets
,mktemp
,tempmam
andtmpnam
. It is highly recommended that you usesafer alternatives (on any platform) but the warning can be avoided bydefining ‘_POSIX_C_SOURCE’ to for example ‘200809L’ beforeincluding the (C or C++) header which defines them. (However, this mayhide other extensions.)!DEC$ ATTRIBUTES DLLEXPORT,C,REFERENCE,ALIAS:'kdenestmlcvb' :: kdenestmlcvb
which are interpreted by Intel Fortran on all platforms (and areinappropriate for use with R on Windows).gfortran
hassimilar forms starting with!GCC$
.
new
operator takes argumentstd::size_t size
,which is unsigned. Using a signed integer type such asint
maylead to compiler warnings such aswarning: argument 1 value '18446744073709551615' exceeds maximum object size 9223372036854775807 [-Walloc-size-larger-than=]
(especially ifLTO is used). So don’t do that!
Rprintf
orsimilar) vector lengths or indices which are of typeR_xlen_t
.That is (almost always) a 64-bit type but which integertype it is mapped to is platform-specific. The safest way is to castthe length to double and use a double format. So one could usesomething likeSEXP Robj; R_xlen_t nelem; Rf_error("Actual: %0.f; Expected %0.f\n", (double) XLENGTH(Robj), (double) nelem);
(This could print to full precision, lengths well beyond the address spacelimits of current OSes, let alone practical limits.)
If you do want to use an integer format, be aware thatR_xlen_t
is implemented by theint
,long
orlong long
typeon current platforms and even on 64-bit ones need not be the same typeasint64_t
.So the values will need to be cast to the type assumed by the format(and%lld
was not supported on Windows until R 4.2.0).
__VA_OPT__
macro. C23 allows zero arguments in a similar way.Some additional information for C++ is available athttps://journal.r-project.org/archive/2011-2/RJournal_2011-2_Plummer.pdfby Martyn Plummer.
Several OSes have or currently do provide multiple C++ runtimes —Solaris did and the LLVMclang
compiler has a native C++runtime librarylibc++
but is also used with GCC’slibstdc++
(by default on Debian/Ubuntu/Fedora). This makes itunsafe to assume that OS libraries with a C++ interface are compatiblewith the C++ compiler specified by R. Many of these system librariesalso have C interfaces which should be used in preference to their C++interface. Otherwise it is essential that a package checkscompatibility in itsconfigure
script, including that C++ codeusing the library can both be linkedand loaded.
Next:C++17 issues, Up:Portable C and C++ code [Contents][Index]
Most OSes (including all those commonly used for R) have the conceptof ‘tentative definitions’ where global C variables are defined withoutan initializer. Traditionally the linker resolved all tentativedefinitions of the same variable in different object files to the sameobject, or to a non-tentative definition. However,gcc
10112 andLLVMclang
11113changed their default so that tentative definitions cannot bemerged and the linker will give an error if the same variable is definedin more than one object file. To avoid this, all but one of the Csource files should declare the variableextern
— which meansthat any such variables included in header files need to be declaredextern
. A commonly used idiom (including by R itself) is todefine all global variables asextern
in a header, sayglobals.h (and nowhere else), and then in one (and one only)source file use
#define extern# include "globals.h"#undef extern
A cleaner approach is not to have global variables at all, but to placein a single file common variables (declaredstatic
) followed byall the functions which make use of them: this may result in moreefficient code.
The ‘modern’ behaviour can be seen114 by usingcompiler flag-fno-common as part of ‘CFLAGS’ in earlierversions ofgcc
andclang
.
-fno-common is said to be particularly beneficial for ARM CPUs.
This is not pertinent to C++ which does not permit tentative definitions.
Next:C23 changes, Previous:Common symbols, Up:Portable C and C++ code [Contents][Index]
R 4.3.0 and later default to C++17 when compiling C++, and thatfinally removed many C++98 features which were deprecated as long ago asC++11. Compiler/runtime authors have been slow to remove these, butLLVMclang
with itslibc++
runtime library finallystarted to do so in 2023 – some others warn but some do not.
The principal offender is the ‘Boost’ collection of C++ headers andlibraries. There are two little-documented ways to work around aspectsof its outdated code. One is to add
-D_HAS_AUTO_PTR_ETC=0
toPKG_CPPLAGS
insrc/Makevars,src/Makevars.winandsrc/Makevars.ucrt. This coversthe removal of
std::auto_ptrstd::unary_functionstd::binary_functionstd::random_shufflestd::binder1ststd::binder2nd
with most issues seen with code that includesboost/functional.hpp,usually indirectly.
A rarer issue is the use of illegal values forenum
types,usually negative ones such as
BOOST_MPL_AUX_STATIC_CAST(AUX_WRAPPER_VALUE_TYPE, (value - 1));
inboost/mpl/aux_/integral_wrapper.hpp. Adding
-Wno-error=enum-constexpr-conversion
toPKG_CXXFLAGS
will allow this, but that flag is only acceptedby recent versions of LLVMclang
(and will not be in future)so needs aconfigure
test.
Pre-built versions of currentclang
/libc++
areusually available fromhttps://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/releases for a wide range ofplatforms (but the Windows builds there are not compatible withRtools
and the macOS ones are unsigned). To selectlibc++
add-stdlib=libc++ toCXX
, for exampleby having
CXX="/path/to/clang/clang++ -std=gnu++17 -stdlib=libc++"
in~/.R/Makevars.
Another build for Windows which may be sufficiently compatible withRtools
can be found athttps://github.com/mstorsjo/llvm-mingw: this useslibc++
.
Previous:C++17 issues, Up:Portable C and C++ code [Contents][Index]
The C23 standard was finally published in Oct 2024, by which time it hadbeen widely implemented for a least a couple of years. It will becomethe default of GCC 15, and R will default to it if available fromR 4.5.0.
Some of the more significant changes are
bool
,true
andfalse
become keywords and so can nolonger be used as identifiers.These have been available as a boolean type since C99 by including theheaderstdbool.h. Both that and C23115 set the macro__bool_true_false_are_defined
to1
so this type can beused in all versions of C supported by R.
fun(void)
is still preferred bymany code readers and supported by all C standards. (Compilers may warnabout an empty argument list in C23 mode.)INIINITY
andNAN
are available viaheaderfloat.h and deprecated inmath.h.memccpy
,strdup
andstrndup
arepart of C23.Next:Binary distribution, Previous:Portable C and C++ code, Up:Writing portable packages [Contents][Index]
For many years almost all known R platforms usedgfortran
as their Fortran compiler, but now there are LLVM and ‘classic’flang
and the Intel compilersifort
116 andifx
are nowfree-of-change.
There is still a lot of Fortran code inCRAN packages whichpredates Fortran 77. Modern Fortran compilers are being written totarget a minimum standard of Fortran 2018. and it is desirable thatFortran code in packages complies with that standard. Forgfortran
this can be checked by adding-std=f2018 toFFLAGS
. The most commonly seen issues are
DFLOAT
, which was superseded byDBLE
in Fortran77. Also, use ofDCMPLX
,DCONJG
,DIMAG
andsimilar.gfortran
calls ‘Fortran 2018 deleted features’,although most were ‘deleted’ in earlier standards: those itemized herewere deleted in Fortran 2008. (In the Fortran standards ‘deleted’ meansfeatures that compilers are not required to implement.) These includeIF
statements.DO
loops which are not terminated with aEND DO
orCONTINUE
statement. (UnlabelledDO
loops terminated byEND DO
are preferred for readability.)DO
loops sharing a terminatingCONTINUE
statement.etime
,getpid
,isnan
117 andsizeof
.One that frequently catches package writers is that it allowsout-of-order declarations: in standard-conformant Fortran variables mustbe declared (explicitly or implicitly) before use in other declarationssuch as dimensions.
Unfortunately this flags extensions such asDOUBLE COMPLEX
andCOMPLEX*16
. R has tested thatDOUBLE COMPLEX
works andso is preferred toCOMPLEX*16
. (One can also use something likeCOMPLEX(KIND=KIND(0.0D0))
.)
GNU Fortran 10 and later give a compilation error for the previouslywidespread practice of passing a Fortran array element where an array isexpected, or a scalar instead of a length-one array. Seehttps://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-10/porting_to.html. As do the IntelFortran compilers, and they can be stricter.
The use ofIMPLICIT NONE
is highly recommended – Intel compilerswith-warn will warn on variables without an explicit type.
Common non-portable constructions include
REAL(KIND=8)
is very far fromportable. According to the standards this merely enumerates differentsupported types, soDOUBLE PRECISION
might beREAL(KIND=3)
(and is on an actual compiler). Even if for a particular compiler thevalue indicates the size in bytes, which values are supported isplatform-specific — for examplegfortran
supports values of 4and 8 on all current platforms and 10 and 16 on a few (but not forexample on all ‘arm’ CPUs).The same applies toINTEGER(KIND=4)
andCOMPLEX(KIND=16)
.
Many uses of integer and real variable in Fortran code in packages willinterwork with C (for example.Fortran
is written in C), and Rhas checked thatINTEGER
andDOUBLE PRECISION
correspond tothe C typesint
anddouble
. To make this explicit, fromFortran 2003 one can use the named constantsc_int
,c_double
andc_double_complex
from moduleiso_c_binding
.
R CMD INSTALL
works around this for packages without asrc/Makefile..F90
to indicate source code tobe preprocessed: the preprocessor used is compiler-specific and may ormay not becpp
. Compilers may even preprocess files withextension.f or.f90 (Intel does).As well as ‘deleted features’, Fortran standards have ‘obsolescentfeatures’. These are similar to ‘deprecated’ in other languages, butthe Fortran standards committee has said it will only move them to‘deleted’ status when they are no longer much used. These include
ENTRY
statements.FORALL
statements.DO
statements.COMMON
andEQUIVALENCE
statements, andBLOCK DATA
units.GOTO
statements, replaced bySELECT CASE
.DATA
statements after executable statements.gfortran
with option-std=f2018 will warn about these:R will report only in the installation log.
Previous:Portable Fortran code, Up:Writing portable packages [Contents][Index]
If you want to distribute a binary version of a package on Windows ormacOS, there are further checks you need to do to check it is portable:it is all too easy to depend on external software on your own machinethat other users will not have.
For Windows, check what other DLLs your package’s DLL depends on(‘imports’ from in the DLL tools’ parlance). A convenient GUI-basedtool to do so is ‘Dependency Walker’(https://www.dependencywalker.com/) for both 32-bit and 64-bitDLLs – note that this will report as missing links to R’s own DLLssuch asR.dll andRblas.dll. The command-line toolobjdump
in the appropriate toolchain will also reveal whatDLLs are imported from. If you use a toolchain other than one providedby the R developers or use your own makefiles, watch out inparticular for dependencies on the toolchain’s runtime DLLs such aslibgfortran,libstdc++ andlibgcc_s.
For macOS, usingR CMD otool -L
on the package’s shared object(s)in thelibs directory will show what they depend on: watch forany dependencies in/usr/local/lib or/usr/local/gfortran/lib, notablylibgfortran.?.dylib andlibquadmath.0.dylib.(For ways to fix these,seeBuilding binary packages inR Installation and Administration.)
Many people (including theCRAN package repository) will notaccept source packages containing binary files as the latter are asecurity risk. If you want to distribute a source package which needsexternal software on Windows or macOS, options include
Rtools
or with Simon Urbanek to include macOS software in his‘recipes’ system.Be aware that license requirements may require you to supply thesources for the additional components (and will if your package has aGPL-like license).
Next:Internationalization, Previous:Writing portable packages, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
Diagnostic messages can be made available for translation, so it isimportant to write them in a consistent style. Using the toolsdescribed in the next section to extract all the messages can give auseful overview of your consistency (or lack of it).Some guidelines follow.
In R error messages do not construct a message withpaste
(suchmessages will not be translated) butvia multiple arguments tostop
orwarning
, orviagettextf
.
'ord' must be a positive integer, at most the number of knots
and double quotation marks when referring to an R character string ora class, such as
'format' must be "normal" or "short" - using "normal"
In R messages it is also possible to usesQuote
ordQuote
as in
stop(gettextf("object must be of class %s or %s", dQuote("manova"), dQuote("maov")), domain = NA)
library
if((length(nopkgs) > 0) && !missing(lib.loc)) { if(length(nopkgs) > 1) warning("libraries ", paste(sQuote(nopkgs), collapse = ", "), " contain no packages") else warning("library ", paste(sQuote(nopkgs)), " contains no package")}
and was replaced by
if((length(nopkgs) > 0) && !missing(lib.loc)) { pkglist <- paste(sQuote(nopkgs), collapse = ", ") msg <- sprintf(ngettext(length(nopkgs), "library %s contains no packages", "libraries %s contain no packages", domain = "R-base"), pkglist) warning(msg, domain=NA)}
Note that it is much better to have complete clauses as here, sincein another language one might need to say‘There is no package in library %s’ or‘There are no packages in libraries %s’.
Next:CITATION files, Previous:Diagnostic messages, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
There are mechanisms to translate the R- and C-level error and warningmessages. There are only available if R is compiled withNLS support(which is requested byconfigure
option--enable-nls,the default).
The procedures make use ofmsgfmt
andxgettext
which arepart ofGNUgettext
and this will need to be installed:‘x86_64’ Windows users can find pre-compiled binaries athttps://www.stats.ox.ac.uk/pub/Rtools/goodies/gettext-tools.zip.
Next:R messages, Up:Internationalization [Contents][Index]
The process of enabling translations is
#include <R.h> /* to include Rconfig.h */#ifdef ENABLE_NLS#include <libintl.h>#define _(String) dgettext ("pkg", String)/* replacepkg as appropriate */#else#define _(String) (String)#endif
_(...)
,for exampleerror(_("'ord' must be a positive integer"));
If you want to use different messages for singular and plural forms, youneed to add
#ifndef ENABLE_NLS#define dngettext(pkg, String, StringP, N) (N == 1 ? String : StringP)#endif
and mark strings by
dngettext("pkg",<singular string>,<plural string>, n)
xgettext --keyword=_ -opkg.pot *.c
The filesrc/pkg.pot is the template file, andconventionally this is shipped aspo/pkg.pot.
Next:Preparing translations, Previous:C-level messages, Up:Internationalization [Contents][Index]
Mechanisms are also available to support the automatic translation ofRstop
,warning
andmessage
messages. They makeuse of message catalogs in the same way as C-level messages, but usingdomainR-pkg
rather thanpkg
. Translation ofcharacter strings insidestop
,warning
andmessage
calls is automatically enabled, as well as other messages enclosed incalls togettext
orgettextf
. (To suppress this, useargumentdomain=NA
.)
Tools to prepare theR-pkg.pot file are provided in packagetools:xgettext2pot
will prepare a file from all stringsoccurring insidegettext
/gettextf
,stop
,warning
andmessage
calls. Some of these are likely to bespurious and so the file is likely to need manual editing.xgettext
extracts the actual calls and so is more useful whentidying up error messages.
The R functionngettext
provides an interface to the Cfunction of the same name: see example in the previous section. It issafest to usedomain="R-pkg"
explicitly in calls tongettext
, and necessary for earlier versions of R unless theyare calls directly from a function in the package.
Previous:R messages, Up:Internationalization [Contents][Index]
Once the template files have been created, translations can be made.Conventional translations have file extension.po and are placedin thepo subdirectory of the package with a name that is either‘ll.po’ or ‘R-ll.po’ for translations of the C and Rmessages respectively to language with code ‘ll’.
SeeLocalization of messages inR Installation and Administrationfor details of language codes.
There is an R function,update_pkg_po
in packagetools,to automate much of the maintenance of message translations. See itshelp for what it does in detail.
If this is called on a package with no existing translations, it createsthe directorypkgdir/po, creates a template file of Rmessages,pkgdir/po/R-pkg.pot, within it, creates the‘en@quot’ translation and installs that. (The ‘en@quot’pseudo-language interprets quotes in their directional forms in suitable(e.g. UTF-8) locales.)
If the package has C source files in itssrc directorythat are marked for translation, use
touchpkgdir/po/pkg.pot
to create a dummy template file, then callupdate_pkg_po
again(this can also be done before it is called for the first time).
When translations to new languages are added in thepkgdir/podirectory, running the same command will check and theninstall the translations.
If the package sources are updated, the same command will update thetemplate files, merge the changes into the translation.po filesand then installed the updated translations. You will often see thatmerging marks translations as ‘fuzzy’ and this is reported in thecoverage statistics. As fuzzy translations arenot used, this isan indication that the translation files need human attention.
The merged translations are run throughtools::checkPofile
tocheck that C-style formats are used correctly: if not the mismatches arereported and the broken translations are not installed.
This function needs the GNUgettext-tools
installed and on thepath: see its help page.
Next:Package types, Previous:Internationalization, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
An installed file namedCITATION will be used by thecitation()
function. (It should be in theinstsubdirectory of the package sources.)
TheCITATION file is parsed as R code (in the package’sdeclared encoding, or inASCII if none is declared).It will contain calls to functionbibentry
.Here is that fornlme:
## R package reference generated from DESCRIPTION metadatacitation(auto = meta)## NLME bookbibentry(bibtype = "Book", title = "Mixed-Effects Models in S and S-PLUS", author = c(person(c("José", "C."), "Pinheiro"), person(c("Douglas", "M."), "Bates")), year = "2000", publisher = "Springer", address = "New York", doi = "10.1007/b98882")
Note how the first call auto-generates citation informationfrom objectmeta
, a parsed version of theDESCRIPTION file– it is tempting to hardcode such information, but it normally thengets outdated. How the first entry would look like as abibentry
call can be seen fromprint(citation("pkgname", auto = TRUE), style = "R")
for any installed package. Auto-generated information isreturned by default if noCITATION file is present.
See?bibentry
for further details of theinformation which can be provided.In case a bibentry contains LaTeX markup (e.g., for accentedcharacters or mathematical symbols), it may be necessary to provide atext representation to be used for printingvia thetextVersion
argument tobibentry
. E.g., earlier versionsofnlme additionally used something like
textVersion = paste0("Jose Pinheiro, Douglas Bates, Saikat DebRoy, ", "Deepayan Sarkar and the R Core Team (", sub("-.*", "", meta$Date), "). nlme: Linear and Nonlinear Mixed Effects Models. ", sprintf("R package version %s", meta$Version), ".")
TheCITATION file should itself produce no output whensource
-d.
It is desirable (and essential forCRAN) that theCITATION file does not contain calls to functions such aspackageDescription
which assume the package is installed in alibrary tree on the package search path.
Next:Services, Previous:CITATION files, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
TheDESCRIPTION file has an optional fieldType
which ifmissing is assumed to be ‘Package’, the sort of extension discussedso far in this chapter. Currently one other type is recognized; thereused also to be a ‘Translation’ type.
Up:Package types [Contents][Index]
This is a rather general mechanism, designed for adding new front-endssuch as the formergnomeGUI package (see theArchive area onCRAN). If aconfigure file is found in the top-leveldirectory of the package it is executed, and then if aMakefileis found (often generated byconfigure),make
is called.IfR CMD INSTALL --clean
is usedmake clean
is called. Noother action is taken.
R CMD build
can package up this type of extension, butRCMD check
will check the type and skip it.
Many packages of this type need write permission for the Rinstallation directory.
Previous:Package types, Up:Creating R packages [Contents][Index]
Several members of the R project have set up services to assist thosewriting R packages, particularly those intended for publicdistribution.
win-builder.r-project.orgoffers the automated preparation of (‘x86_64’) Windows binaries fromwell-tested source packages.
R-Forge (R-Forge.r-project.org) andRForge (www.rforge.net) are similarservices with similar names. Both provide source-code managementthrough SVN, daily building and checking, mailing lists and a repositorythat can be accessedviainstall.packages
(they can beselected bysetRepositories
and the GUI menus that use it).Package developers have the opportunity to present their work on thebasis of project websites or news announcements. Mailing lists, forumsor wikis provide useRs with convenient instruments for discussions andfor exchanging information between developers and/or interested useRs.
Next:Tidying and profiling R code, Previous:Creating R packages, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Next:Sectioning, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
R objects are documented in files written in “R documentation”(Rd) format, a simple markup language much of which closely resembles(La)TeX, which can be processed into a variety of formats,including LaTeX,HTML and plain text. The translation iscarried out by functions in thetools package called by thescriptRdconv
inR_HOME/bin and by theinstallation scripts for packages.
The R distribution contains more than 1400 such files which can befound in thesrc/library/pkg/man directories of the Rsource tree, wherepkg stands for one of the standard packageswhich are included in the R distribution.
As an example, let us look at a simplified version ofsrc/library/base/man/load.Rd which documents the R functionload
.
% File src/library/base/man/load.Rd\name{load}\alias{load}\title{Reload Saved Datasets}\description{ Reload datasets written with the function \code{save}.}\usage{load(file, envir = parent.frame(), verbose = FALSE)}\arguments{ \item{file}{a (readable binary-mode) \link{connection} or a character string giving the name of the file to load (when \link{tilde expansion} is done).} \item{envir}{the environment where the data should be loaded.} \item{verbose}{should item names be printed during loading?}}\value{ A character vector of the names of objects created, invisibly.}\seealso{ \code{\link{save}}.}\examples{## save all datasave(list = ls(all.names = TRUE), file = "all.RData")## restore the saved values to the current environmentload("all.RData")}\keyword{file}
AnRd file consists of three parts. The header gives basicinformation about the name of the file, the topics documented, a title,a short textual description and R usage information for the objectsdocumented. The body gives further information (for example, on thefunction’s arguments and return value, as in the above example).Finally, there is an optional footer with keyword information. Theheader is mandatory.
Information is given within a series ofsections with standardnames (and user-defined sections are also allowed). Unless otherwisespecified118 these should occur only once in anRdfile (in any order), and the processing software will retain only thefirst occurrence of a standard section in the file, with a warning.
See“Guidelines for Rdfiles” for guidelines for writing documentation inRd formatwhich should be useful for package writers.The Rgeneric functionprompt
is used to construct a bare-bonesRdfile ready for manual editing. Methods are defined for documentingfunctions (which fill in the proper function and argument names) anddata frames. There are also functionspromptData
,promptPackage
,promptClass
, andpromptMethods
forother types ofRd files.
The general syntax ofRd files is summarized below. For a detailedtechnical discussion of currentRd syntax, see“Parsing Rd files”.
Rd files consist of four types of text input. The most commonis LaTeX-like, with the backslash used as a prefix on markup(e.g.\alias
), and braces used to indicate arguments(e.g.{load}
). The least common type of text is ‘verbatim’text, where no markup other than the comment marker (%
) isprocessed. There is also a rare variant of ‘verbatim’ text(used in\eqn
,\deqn
,\figure
,and\newcommand
) where comment markers need not be escaped.The final type is R-like, intended for R code, but allowing someembedded macros. Quoted strings within R-like text are handledspecially: regular character escapes such as\n
may be enteredas-is. Only markup starting with\l
(e.g.\link
) or\v
(e.g.\var
) will be recognized within quoted strings.The rarely used vertical tab\v
must be entered as\\v
.
Each macro defines the input type for its argument. For example, thefile initially uses LaTeX-like syntax, and this is also used in the\description
section, but the\usage
section usesR-like syntax, and the\alias
macro uses ‘verbatim’ syntax.Comments run from a percent symbol%
to the end of the line inall types of text except the rare ‘verbatim’ variant(as on the first line of theload
example).
Because backslashes, braces and percent symbols have special meaning, toenter them into text sometimes requires escapes using a backslash. Ingeneral balanced braces do not need to be escaped, but percent symbolsalways do, except in the ‘verbatim’ variant.For the complete list of macros and rules for escapes, see“Parsing Rd files”.
Next:Documenting data sets, Up:Rd format [Contents][Index]
The basic markup commands used for documenting R objects (inparticular, functions) are given in this subsection.
\name{name}
¶name typically119 is the basename oftheRd file containing the documentation. It is the “name” oftheRd object represented by the file and has to be unique in apackage. To avoid problems with indexing the package manual, it may notcontain ‘!’ ‘|’ nor ‘@’.(LaTeX special characters are allowed, but may not be collatedcorrectly in the index.) There can only be one\name
entry in afile, and it must not contain any markup and should only containprintableASCII characters. Entries in the package manualwill be in alphabetic120 orderof the\name
entries.
\alias{topic}
¶The\alias
sections specify all “topics” the file documents.This information is collected into index data bases for lookup by theon-line (plain text andHTML) help systems. Thetopic cancontain spaces, but (for historical reasons) leading and trailing spaceswill be stripped. Percent and left brace need to be escaped bya backslash.
There may be several\alias
entries. Quite often it isconvenient to document several R objects in one file. For example,fileNormal.Rd documents the density, distribution function,quantile function and generation of random variates for the normaldistribution, and hence starts with
\name{Normal}\alias{Normal}\alias{dnorm}\alias{pnorm}\alias{qnorm}\alias{rnorm}
Also, it is often convenient to have several different ways to refer toan R object, and an\alias
does not need to be the name of anobject.
Note that the\name
is not necessarily a topic documented, and ifso desired it needs to have an explicit\alias
entry (as in thisexample).
\title{Title}
¶Title information for theRd file. This should be capitalizedand not end in a period; try to limit its length to at most 65characters for widest compatibility.
Markup is supported in the text, but use of characters other thanEnglish text and punctuation (e.g., ‘<’) may limit portability.
There must be one (and only one)\title
section in a help file.
\description{…}
¶A short description of what the function(s) do(es) (one paragraph, a fewlines only). (If a description is too long and cannot easily beshortened, the file probably tries to document too much at once.)This is mandatory except for package-overview files.
\usage{fun(arg1,arg2, …)}
¶One or more lines showing the synopsis of the function(s) and variablesdocumented in the file. These are set in typewriter font. This is anR-like command.
The usage information specified should match the function definitionexactly (such that automatic checking for consistency betweencode and documentation is possible).
To indicate that a function can be used in several different ways,depending on the named arguments specified, use section\details
.E.g.,abline.Rd contains
\details{ Typical usages are\preformatted{abline(a, b, ...)......}
Use\method{generic}{class}
to indicate the nameof an S3 method for the generic functiongeneric for objectsinheriting from class"class"
. In the printed versions,this will come out asgeneric (reflecting the understanding thatmethods should not be invoked directly butvia method dispatch), butcodoc()
and other QC tools always have access to the full name.
For example,print.ts.Rd contains
\usage{\method{print}{ts}(x, calendar, \dots)}
which will print as
Usage: ## S3 method for class 'ts': print(x, calendar, ...)
Usage for replacement functions should be given in the style ofdim(x) <- value
rather than explicitly indicating the name of thereplacement function ("dim<-"
in the above). Similarly, onecan use\method{generic}{class}(arglist) <-value
to indicate the usage of an S3 replacement method for the genericreplacement function"generic<-"
for objects inheritingfrom class"class"
.
Usage for S3 methods for extracting or replacing parts of an object, S3methods for members of the Ops group, and S3 methods for user-defined(binary) infix operators (‘%xxx%’) follows the above rules,using the appropriate function names. E.g.,Extract.factor.Rdcontains
\usage{\method{[}{factor}(x, \dots, drop = FALSE)\method{[[}{factor}(x, \dots)\method{[}{factor}(x, \dots) <- value}
which will print as
Usage: ## S3 method for class 'factor': x[..., drop = FALSE] ## S3 method for class 'factor': x[[...]] ## S3 replacement method for class 'factor': x[...] <- value
\S3method
is accepted as an alternative to\method
.
\arguments{…}
¶Description of the function’s arguments, using an entry of the form
\item{arg_i}{Description of arg_i.}
for each element of the argument list. (Note that there isno whitespace between the three parts of the entry.) Arguments can alsobe described jointly by separating their names with commas (and optionalwhitespace) in the\item
label. There may beoptional text outside the\item
entries, for example to givegeneral information about groups of parameters.
\details{…}
¶A detailed if possible precise description of the functionalityprovided, extending the basic information in the\description
slot.
\value{…}
¶Description of the function’s return value.
If a list with multiple values is returned, you can use entries of theform
\item{comp_i}{Description of comp_i.}
for each component of the list returned. There may beoptional text outside the\item
entries(see for example the joint help forrle
andinverse.rle
,or the sets of items inl10n_info
). Note that\value
is implicitly a\describe
environment, so that environment shouldnot be used for listing components, just individual\item{}{}
entries.121
\references{…}
¶A section with references to the literature. Use\url{}
or\href{}{}
for web pointers, and\doi{}
forDOIs(this needs R >= 3.3, seeUser-defined macros for more info).
\note{...}
¶Use this for a special note you want to have pointed out. Multiple\note
sections are allowed, but might be confusing to the end users.
For example,pie.Rd contains
\note{ Pie charts are a very bad way of displaying information. The eye is good at judging linear measures and bad at judging relative areas. ......}
\author{…}
¶Information about the author(s) of theRd file. Use\email{}
without extra delimiters (such as ‘( )’ or‘< >’) to specify email addresses, or\url{}
or\href{}{}
for web pointers.
\seealso{…}
¶Pointers to related R objects, using\code{\link{...}}
torefer to them (\code
is the correct markup for R object names,and\link
produces hyperlinks in output formats which supportthis. SeeMarking text, andCross-references).
\examples{…}
¶Examples of how to use the function. Code in this section is setin typewriter font without reformatting and is run byexample()
unless marked otherwise (see below).
Examples are not only useful for documentation purposes, but alsoprovide test code used for diagnostic checking of R code. Bydefault, text inside\examples{}
will be displayed in theoutput of the help page and run byexample()
and byR CMDcheck
. You can use\dontrun{}
for text that should only be shown, but not run, and\dontshow{}
for extra commands for testing that should not be shown to users, butwill be run byexample()
. (Previously this was called\testonly
, and that is still accepted.)
Text inside\dontrun{}
is ‘verbatim’, but the other partsof the\examples
section are R-like text.
For example,
x <- runif(10) #Shown and run.\dontrun{plot(x)} #Only shown.\dontshow{log(x)} #Only run.
Thus, example code not included in\dontrun
must be executable!In addition, it should not use any system-specific features or requirespecial facilities (such as Internet access or write permission tospecific directories). Text included in\dontrun
is indicated bycomments in the processed help files: it need not be valid R code butthe escapes must still be used for%
,\
and unpairedbraces as in other ‘verbatim’ text.
Example code must be capable of being run byexample
, which usessource
. This means that it should not accessstdin,e.g. toscan()
data from the example file.
Data needed for making the examples executable can be obtained by randomnumber generation (for example,x <- rnorm(100)
), or by usingstandard data sets listed bydata()
(see?data
for moreinfo).
Finally, there is\donttest
, used (at the beginning of a separateline) to mark code that should be run byexample()
but not byR CMD check
(by default: the option--run-donttest canbe used). This should be needed only occasionally but can be used forcode which might fail in circumstances that are hard to test for, forexample in some locales. (Use e.g.capabilities()
ornzchar(Sys.which("someprogram"))
to test for features needed inthe examples wherever possible, and you can also usetry()
ortryCatch()
. Useinteractive()
to condition examples whichneed someone to interact with.) Note that code included in\donttest
must be correct R code, and any packages used shouldbe declared in theDESCRIPTION file. It is good practice toinclude a comment in the\donttest
section explaining why it isneeded.
Output from code marked with\dontdiff
(requires R >= 4.4.0)or between comment lines
## IGNORE_RDIFF_BEGIN## IGNORE_RDIFF_END
is ignored when comparing check output to reference output (apkg-Ex.Rout.save file).The comment-based markup can also be used for scripts undertests.
\keyword{key}
¶There can be zero or more\keyword
sections per file.Each\keyword
section should specify a single keyword, preferablyone of the standard keywords as listed in fileKEYWORDS in theR documentation directory (defaultR_HOME/doc). Usee.g.RShowDoc("KEYWORDS")
to inspect the standard keywords fromwithin R. There can be more than one\keyword
entry if the Robject being documented falls into more than one category, or none.
Do strongly consider using\concept
(seeIndices) instead of\keyword
if you are about to use more than very few non-standardkeywords.
The special keyword ‘internal’ marks a page of internal topics(typically, objects that are not part of the package’s API).If the help page for topicfoo
has keyword ‘internal’, thenhelp(foo)
gives thishelp page, butfoo
is excluded from several topic indices,including the alphabetical list of topics in theHTML help system.
help.search()
can search by keyword, including user-definedvalues: however the ‘Search Engine & Keywords’HTML page accessedviahelp.start()
provides single-click access only to apre-defined list of keywords.
Next:Documenting S4 classes and methods, Previous:Documenting functions, Up:Rd format [Contents][Index]
The structure ofRd files which document R data sets is slightlydifferent. Sections such as\arguments
and\value
are notneeded but the format and source of the data should be explained.
As an example, let us look atsrc/library/datasets/man/rivers.Rdwhich documents the standard R data setrivers
.
\name{rivers}\docType{data}\alias{rivers}\title{Lengths of Major North American Rivers}\description{ This data set gives the lengths (in miles) of 141 \dQuote{major} rivers in North America, as compiled by the US Geological Survey.}\usage{rivers}\format{A vector containing 141 observations.}\source{World Almanac and Book of Facts, 1975, page 406.}\references{ McNeil, D. R. (1977) \emph{Interactive Data Analysis}. New York: Wiley.}\keyword{datasets}
This uses the following additional markup commands.
\docType{…}
Indicates the “type” of the documentation object. Always ‘data’for data sets, and ‘package’ forpkg-package.Rdoverview files. Documentation for S4 methods and classes uses‘methods’ (frompromptMethods()
) and ‘class’ (frompromptClass()
).
\format{…}
¶A description of the format of the data set (as a vector, matrix, dataframe, time series, …). For matrices and data frames this shouldgive a description of each column, preferably as a list or table.SeeLists and tables, for more information.
\source{…}
¶Details of the original source (a reference orURL,seeSpecifying URLs). In addition, section\references
couldgive secondary sources and usages.
Note also that when documenting data setbar,
\usage
entry is alwaysbar
or (for packageswhich do not use lazy-loading of data)data(bar)
. (Inparticular, only document asingle data object perRd file.)\keyword
entry should always be ‘datasets’.Ifbar
is a data frame, documenting it as a data set canbe initiatedviaprompt(bar)
. Otherwise, thepromptData
function may be used.
Next:Documenting packages, Previous:Documenting data sets, Up:Rd format [Contents][Index]
There are special ways to use the ‘?’ operator, namely‘class?topic’ and ‘methods?topic’, to accessdocumentation for S4 classes and methods, respectively. This mechanismdepends on conventions for the topic names used in\alias
entries. The topic names for S4 classes and methods respectively are ofthe form
class-classgeneric,signature_list-method
wheresignature_list contains the names of the classes in thesignature of the method (without quotes) separated by ‘,’ (withoutwhitespace), with ‘ANY’ used for arguments without an explicitspecification. E.g., ‘genericFunction-class’ is the topic name fordocumentation for the S4 class"genericFunction"
, and‘coerce,ANY,NULL-method’ is the topic name for documentation forthe S4 method forcoerce
for signaturec("ANY", "NULL")
.
Skeletons of documentation for S4 classes and methods can be generatedby using the functionspromptClass()
andpromptMethods()
from packagemethods. If it is necessary or desired to provide anexplicit function declaration (in a\usage
section) for an S4method (e.g., if it has “surprising arguments” to be mentionedexplicitly), one can use the special markup
\S4method{generic}{signature_list}(argument_list)
(e.g., ‘\S4method{coerce}{ANY,NULL}(from, to)’).
To make full use of the potential of the on-line documentation system,all user-visible S4 classes and methods in a package should at leasthave a suitable\alias
entry in one of the package’sRd files.If a package has methods for a function defined originally somewhereelse, and does not change the underlying default method for thefunction, the package is responsible for documenting the methods itcreates, but not for the function itself or the default method.
An S4 replacement method is documented in the same way as an S3 one: seethe description of\method
inDocumenting functions.
Seehelp("Documentation", package = "methods")
for moreinformation on using and creating on-line documentation for S4 classes andmethods.
Previous:Documenting S4 classes and methods, Up:Rd format [Contents][Index]
Packages may have an overview help page with an\alias
pkgname-package
, e.g. ‘utils-package’ for theutils package, whenpackage?pkgname
will open thathelp page. If a topic namedpkgname
does not exist inanotherRd file, it is helpful to use this as an additional\alias
.
Skeletons of documentation for a package can be generated using thefunctionpromptPackage()
. If thefinal = TRUE
argumentis used, then theRd file will be generated in final form, containingonly basic information from theDESCRIPTION file. Otherwise (thedefault) comments will be inserted giving suggestions for content.
Apart from the mandatory\name
and\title
and thepkgname-package
alias, the only requirement for the packageoverview page is that it include a\docType{package}
statement.All other content is optional. We suggest that it should be a shortoverview, to give a reader unfamiliar with the package enoughinformation to get started. More extensive documentation is betterplaced into a package vignette (seeWriting package vignettes) andreferenced from this page, or into individual man pages for thefunctions, datasets, or classes.
Next:Marking text, Previous:Rd format, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
To begin a new paragraph or leave a blank line in an example, justinsert an empty line (as in (La)TeX). To break a line, use\cr
.
In addition to the predefined sections (such as\description{}
,\value{}
, etc.), you can “define” arbitrary ones by\section{section_title}{…}
.For example
\section{Warning}{ You must not call this function unless ...}
For consistency with the pre-assigned sections, the section name (thefirst argument to\section
) should be capitalized (but not allupper case) and not end in a period.Whitespace between the first and second braced expressionsis not allowed. Markup (e.g.\code
) within the section titlemay cause problems with the latex conversion (depending on the versionof macro packages such as ‘hyperref’) and so should be avoided.
The\subsection
macro takes arguments in the same format as\section
, but is used within a section, so it may be used tonest subsections within sections or other subsections. There is nopredefined limit on the nesting level, but formatting is not designedfor more than 3 levels (i.e. subsections within subsections withinsections).
Note that additional named sections are always inserted at a fixedposition in the output (before\note
,\seealso
and theexamples), no matter where they appear in the input (but in the sameorder amongst themselves as in the input).
Next:Lists and tables, Previous:Sectioning, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
The following logical markup commands are available for emphasizing orquoting text.
\emph{text}
¶\strong{text}
Emphasizetext usingitalic andbold font ifpossible;\strong
is regarded as stronger (more emphatic).
\bold{text}
¶Settext inbold font where possible.
\sQuote{text}
¶\dQuote{text}
Portably single or double quotetext (without hard-wiring thecharacters used for quotation marks).
Each of the above commands takes LaTeX-like input, so other macrosmay be used withintext.
The following logical markup commands are available for indicatingspecific kinds of text. Except as noted, these take ‘verbatim’ textinput, and so other macros may not be used within them. Some characterswill need to be escaped (seeInsertions).
\code{text}
¶Indicate text that is a literal example of a piece of an R program,e.g., a fragment of R code or the name of an R object. Text isentered in R-like syntax, and displayed usingtypewriter
fontwhere possible. Macros\var
and\link
are interpreted withintext.
\preformatted{text}
¶Indicate text that is a literal example of a piece of a program. Textis displayed usingtypewriter
font where possible. Formatting,e.g. line breaks, is preserved. (Note that this includes a line breakafter the initial {, so typically text should start on the same line asthe command.)
Due to limitations in LaTeX as of this writing, this macro may not benested within other markup macros other than\dQuote
and\sQuote
, as errors or bad formatting may result.
\kbd{keyboard-characters}
¶Indicate keyboard input, usingslanted typewriter font ifpossible, so users can distinguish the characters they are supposed totype from computer output. Text is entered ‘verbatim’.
\samp{text}
¶Indicate text that is a literal example of a sequence of characters,entered ‘verbatim’, to be included within word-wrapped text. Displayedwithin single quotation marks andusingtypewriter
font where possible.
\verb{text}
¶Indicate text that is a literal example of a sequence of characters,entered ‘verbatim’. No wrapping or reformatting will occur. Displayedusingtypewriter
font where possible.
\pkg{package_name}
¶Indicate the name of an R package. LaTeX-like.
\file{file_name}
¶Indicate the name of a file. Text is LaTeX-like, so backslash needsto be escaped. Displayed using a distinct font where possible.
\email{email_address}
¶Indicate an electronic mail address. LaTeX-like, will be rendered asa hyperlink inHTML and PDF conversion. Displayed usingtypewriter
font where possible.
\url{uniform_resource_locator}
¶Indicate a uniform resource locator (URL) for the World WideWeb. The argument is handled as ‘verbatim’ text (with percent andbraces escaped by backslash), and rendered as a hyperlink inHTML andPDF conversion. Line feeds are removed, and leading and trailingwhitespace122 isremoved. SeeSpecifying URLs.
Displayed usingtypewriter
font where possible.
\href{uniform_resource_locator}{text}
¶Indicate a hyperlink to the World Wide Web. The first argument ishandled as ‘verbatim’ text (with percent and braces escaped bybackslash) and is used as theURL in the hyperlink, with thesecond argument of LaTeX-like text displayed to the user. Line feedsare removed from the first argument, and leading and trailing whitespaceis removed.
Note that RFC3986-encoded URLs (e.g. using ‘%28VS.85%29’ inplace of ‘(VS.85)’) may not work correctly in versions of Rbefore 3.1.3 and are best avoided—useURLdecode()
to decodethem.
\var{metasyntactic_variable}
¶Indicate a metasyntactic variable. In most cases this will be rendereddistinctly, e.g. in italic (PDF/HTML) or wrapped in ‘<…>’ (text),but not in all123. LaTeX-like.
\env{environment_variable}
¶Indicate an environment variable. ‘Verbatim’.Displayed usingtypewriter
font where possible
\option{option}
¶Indicate a command-line option. ‘Verbatim’.Displayed usingtypewriter
font where possible.
\command{command_name}
¶Indicate the name of a command. LaTeX-like, so\var
isinterpreted. Displayed usingtypewriter
font where possible.
\dfn{term}
¶Indicate the introductory or defining use of a term. LaTeX-like.
\cite{reference}
¶Indicate a reference without a direct cross-referencevia\link
(seeCross-references), such as the name of a book. LaTeX-like.
\acronym{acronym}
¶Indicate an acronym (an abbreviation written in all capital letters),such asGNU. LaTeX-like.
\abbr{abbr}
¶Indicates an abbreviation. LaTeX-like.
Next:Cross-references, Previous:Marking text, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
The\itemize
and\enumerate
commands take a singleargument, within which there may be one or more\item
commands.The text following each\item
is formatted as one or moreparagraphs, suitably indented and with the first paragraph marked with abullet point (\itemize
) or a number (\enumerate
).
Note that unlike argument lists,\item
in these formats isfollowed by a space and the text (not enclosed in braces). For example
\enumerate{ \item A database consists of one or more records, each with one or more named fields. \item Regular lines start with a non-whitespace character. \item Records are separated by one or more empty lines. }
\itemize
and\enumerate
commands may be nested.
The\describe
command is similar to\itemize
but allowsinitial labels to be specified. Each\item
takes two arguments,the label and the body of the item, in exactly the same way as anargument or value\item
.\describe
commands are mapped to<DL>
lists inHTML and\description
lists in LaTeX.
Using these without any\item
s may cause problems with someconversions and makes little sense.
The\tabular
command takes two arguments. The first gives foreach of the columns the required alignment (‘l’ forleft-justification, ‘r’ for right-justification or ‘c’ forcentring.) The second argument consists of an arbitrary number oflines separated by\cr
, and with fields separated by\tab
.For example:
\tabular{rlll}{ [,1] \tab Ozone \tab numeric \tab Ozone (ppb)\cr [,2] \tab Solar.R \tab numeric \tab Solar R (lang)\cr [,3] \tab Wind \tab numeric \tab Wind (mph)\cr [,4] \tab Temp \tab numeric \tab Temperature (degrees F)\cr [,5] \tab Month \tab numeric \tab Month (1--12)\cr [,6] \tab Day \tab numeric \tab Day of month (1--31) }
There must be the same number of fields on each line as there arealignments in the first argument, and they must be non-empty (but cancontain only spaces). (There is no whitespace between\tabular
and the first argument, nor between the two arguments.)
Next:Mathematics, Previous:Lists and tables, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
The markup\link{foo}
(usually in the combination\code{\link{foo}}
) produces a hyperlink to the help forfoo. Herefoo is atopic, that is the argument of\alias
markup in anotherRd file (possibly in another package).Hyperlinks are supported in some of the formats to whichRd files areconverted, for exampleHTML and PDF, but ignored in others, e.g.the text format.
One main usage of\link
is in the\seealso
section of thehelp page, seeRd format.
Note that whereas leading and trailing spaces are stripped whenextracting a topic from a\alias
, they are not stripped whenlooking up the topic of a\link
.
You can specify a link to a different topic than its name by\link[=dest]{name}
which links to topicdestwith namename. This can be used to refer to the documentationfor S3/4 classes, for example\code{"\link[=abc-class]{abc}"}
would be a way to refer to the documentation of an S4 class"abc"
defined in your package, and\code{"\link[=terms.object]{terms}"}
to the S3"terms"
class (in packagestats). To make these easy to read in thesource file,\code{"\linkS4class{abc}"}
expands to the formgiven above.
There are two other forms with an optional ‘anchor’ argument, specified as\link[pkg]{foo}
and\link[pkg:bar]{foo}
, to link to topicsfoo
andbar
respectively in the packagepkg. They are currently only used inHTML help (andignored for hyperlinks in LaTeX conversions of help pages). Oneshould be careful about topics containing special characters (such asarithmetic operators) as they may result in unresolvable links, andpreferably use a safer alias in the same help page.
Historically (before R version 4.1.0), links of the form\link[pkg]{foo}
and\link[pkg:bar]{foo}
used to be interpreted as linkstofilesfoo.html andbar.html inpackagepkg, respectively. For this reason, theHTML helpsystem looks for filefoo.html in packagepkgif it does not find topicfoo
, and then searches for thetopic in other installed packages. To test that links work both withboth old and new systems, the pre-4.1.0 behaviour can be restored bysetting the environment variable_R_HELP_LINKS_TO_TOPICS_=false
.
Packages referred to by these ‘other forms’ should be declared in theDESCRIPTION file, in the ‘Depends’, ‘Imports’,‘Suggests’ or ‘Enhances’ fields.
Next:Figures, Previous:Cross-references, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
Mathematical formulae should be set beautifully for printeddocumentation and in KaTeX/MathJax-enhancedHTML help (as fromR 4.2.0) yet we still want something useful for plain-text (andlegacyHTML) help. To this end, the two commands\eqn{latex}{ascii}
and\deqn{latex}{ascii}
are used. Whereas\eqn
is used for “inline” formulae (corresponding to TeX’s$…$
),\deqn
gives “displayed equations” (as inLaTeX’sdisplaymath
environment, or TeX’s$$…$$
). Both arguments are treated as ‘verbatim’ text.
Both commands can also be used as\eqn{latexascii}
(onlyone argument) which then is used for bothlatex andascii. No whitespace is allowed between command and the firstargument, nor between the first and second arguments.
The following example is fromPoisson.Rd:
\deqn{p(x) = \frac{\lambda^x e^{-\lambda}}{x!}}{% p(x) = \lambda^x exp(-\lambda)/x!} for \eqn{x = 0, 1, 2, \ldots}.
In plain-text help we get
p(x) = lambda^x exp(-lambda)/x!for x = 0, 1, 2, ....
Note that only basic LaTeX can be used, there being no provision tospecify LaTeX style files, butAMS extensions are supportedas from R 4.2.2.
Next:Insertions, Previous:Mathematics, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
To include figures in help pages, use the\figure
markup. Thereare three forms.
The two commonly used simple forms are\figure{filename}
and\figure{filename}{alternate text}
. This willinclude a copy of the figure in eitherHTML or LaTeX output. In textoutput, the alternate text will be displayed instead. (When the secondargument is omitted, the filename will be used.) Both the filename andthe alternate text will be parsed verbatim, and should not includespecial characters that are significant inHTML or LaTeX.
The expert form is\figure{filename}{options:string}
. (The word ‘options:’ must be typed exactly asshown and followed by at least one space.) In this form, thestring is copied into theHTMLimg
tag as attributesfollowing thesrc
attribute, or into the second argument of the\Figure
macro in LaTeX, which by default is used as options toan\includegraphics
call. As it is unlikely that any singlestring would suffice for both display modes, the expert form wouldnormally be wrapped in conditionals. It is up to the author to makesure that legalHTML/LaTeX is used. For example, to include alogo in bothHTML (using the simple form) and LaTeX (using theexpert form), the following could be used:
\if{html}{\figure{Rlogo.svg}{options: width=100 alt="R logo"}}\if{latex}{\figure{Rlogo.pdf}{options: width=0.5in}}
The files containing the figures should be stored in the directoryman/figures. Files with extensions.jpg,.jpeg,.pdf,.png and.svg from that directory will becopied to thehelp/figures directory at install time. (Figures inPDF format will not display in mostHTML browsers, but might be thebest choice in reference manuals.) Specify the filename relative toman/figures in the\figure
directive.
Next:Indices, Previous:Figures, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
Use\R
for the R system itself. The\dots
macro is a historical alternative to using literal ‘...’for the dots in function argument lists; use\ldots
for ellipsis dots in ordinary text.124 These macros can be followed by{}
, and should be unless followed by whitespace.
After an unescaped ‘%’, you can put your own comments regarding thehelp text. The rest of the line (but not the newline at the end) willbe completely disregarded. Therefore, you can also use it to make partof the “help” invisible.
You can produce a backslash (‘\’) by escaping it by anotherbackslash. (Note that\cr
is used for generating line breaks.)
The “comment” character ‘%’ and unpaired braces125almost always need to be escaped by ‘\’, and ‘\\’ canbe used for backslash and needs to be when there are two or more adjacentbackslashes. In R-like code quoted strings are handled slightlydifferently; see“Parsing Rd files” for details – in particular braces should not beescaped in quoted strings.
All of ‘% { } \’ should be escaped in LaTeX-like text.
Text which might need to be represented differently in differentencodings should be marked by\enc
, e.g.\enc{Jöreskog}{Joreskog}
(with no whitespace between thebraces) where the first argument will be used where encodings areallowed and the second should beASCII (and is used for e.g.the text conversion in locales that cannot represent the encoded form).(This is intended to be used for individual words, not whole sentencesor paragraphs.)
Next:Platform-specific documentation, Previous:Insertions, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
The\alias
command (seeDocumenting functions) is used tospecify the “topics” documented, which should includeall Robjects in a package such as functions and variables, data sets, and S4classes and methods (seeDocumenting S4 classes and methods). Theon-line help system searches the index data base consisting of allalias topics.
In addition, it is possible to provide “concept index entries” using\concept
, which can be used forhelp.search()
lookups.E.g., filecor.test.Rd in the standard packagestatscontains
\concept{Kendall correlation coefficient}\concept{Pearson correlation coefficient}\concept{Spearman correlation coefficient}
so that e.g.??Spearman will succeed in finding thehelp page for the test for association between paired samples usingSpearman’s rho.
(Note thathelp.search()
only uses “sections” of documentationobjects with no additional markup.)
Each\concept
entry should give asingle index term (wordor phrase), and not use any Rd markup.
If you want to cross reference such items from other help filesvia\link
, you need to use\alias
and not\concept
.
Next:Conditional text, Previous:Indices, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
Sometimes the documentation needs to differ by platform. Currently twoOS-specific options are available, ‘unix’ and ‘windows’, andlines in the help source file can be enclosed in
#ifdefOS ...#endif
or
#ifndefOS ...#endif
for OS-specific inclusion or exclusion. Such blocks should not benested, and should be entirely within a block (that, is between theopening and closing brace of a section or item), or at top-level containone or more complete sections.
If the differences between platforms are extensive or the R objectsdocumented are only relevant to one platform, platform-specificRd filescan be put in aunix orwindows subdirectory.
Next:Dynamic pages, Previous:Platform-specific documentation, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
Occasionally the best content for one output format is different fromthe best content for another. For this situation, the\if{format}{text}
or\ifelse{format}{text}{alternate}
markupis used. Hereformat is a comma separated list of formats inwhich thetext should be rendered. Thealternate will berendered if the format does not match. Bothtext andalternate may be any sequence of text and markup.
Currently the following formats are recognized:example
,html
,latex
andtext
. These select output forthe corresponding targets. (Note thatexample
refers toextracted example code rather than the displayed example in some otherformat.) Also accepted areTRUE
(matching all formats) andFALSE
(matching no formats). These could be the outputof the\Sexpr
macro (seeDynamic pages).
The\out{literal}
macro would usually be used withinthetext part of\if{format}{text}
. Itcauses the renderer to output the literal text exactly, with noattempt to escape special characters. For example, usethe following to output the markup necessary to display the Greek letter inLaTeX orHTML, and the text stringalpha
in other formats:
\ifelse{latex}{\out{$\alpha$}}{\ifelse{html}{\out{α}}{alpha}}
Next:User-defined macros, Previous:Conditional text, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
Two macros supporting dynamically generated man pages are\Sexpr
and\RdOpts
. These are modelled after Sweave, and are intendedto contain executable R expressions in theRd file.
The main argument to\Sexpr
must be valid R code that can beexecuted. It may also take options in square brackets before the mainargument. Depending on the options, the code may be executed atpackage build time, package install time, or man page rendering time.
The options follow the same format as in Sweave, but different optionsare supported. Currently the allowed options and their defaults are:
eval=TRUE
Whether the R code should be evaluated.echo=FALSE
Whether the R code should be echoed. IfTRUE
andresults=verbatim
, a display willbe given in a preformatted block. For example,\Sexpr[echo=TRUE,results=verbatim]{ x <- 1 }
will be displayed as> x <- 1
keep.source=TRUE
Whether to keep the author’s formatting when displaying thecode, or throw it away and use a deparsed version.results=text
How should the results be displayed? The possibilitiesare:results=text
Applyas.character()
to the result of the code, and insert itas a text element.results=verbatim
Print the results of the code just as if it was executed at the console,and include the printed results verbatim. (Invisible results will not print.)results=rd
The result is assumed to be a character vector containing markup to bepassed toparse_Rd()
, with the result inserted in place. Thiscould be used to insert computed aliases, for instance.parse_Rd()
is called first withfragment = FALSE
to allowa single Rd section macro to be inserted. If that fails, it is calledagain withfragment = TRUE
, the older behavior.results=hide
Insert no output.strip.white=true
Remove leading and trailing blank lines in verbatimoutput ifstrip.white=true
(orTRUE
). Withstrip.white=all
, remove all blank lines.stage=install
Control when this macro is run. Possible values arestage=build
The macro is run when building a source tarball.stage=install
The macro is run when installing from source.stage=render
The macro is run when displaying the help page.Conditionals such as#ifdef
(seePlatform-specific documentation) are applied after thebuild
macros but before theinstall
macros. In somesituations (e.g. installing directly from a source directory without atarball, or building a binary package) the above description is notliterally accurate, but authors can rely on the sequence beingbuild
,#ifdef
,install
,render
, with allstages executed.
Code is only run once in each stage, so a\Sexpr[results=rd]
macro can output an\Sexpr
macro designed for a later stage,but not for the current one or any earlier stage.
width, height, fig
These options are currently allowed but ignored.The\RdOpts
macro is used to set new defaults for options to applyto following uses of\Sexpr
.
For more details, see the online document“Parsing Rd files”.
Next:Encoding, Previous:Dynamic pages, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
The\newcommand
and\renewcommand
macros allow new macrosto be defined within an Rd file. These are similar but not identical tothe same-named LaTeX macros.
They each take two arguments which are parsed verbatim. The first isthe name of the new macro including the initial backslash, and thesecond is the macro definition. As in LaTeX,\newcommand
requires that the new macro not have been previously defined, whereas\renewcommand
allows existing macros (including all built-inones) to be replaced. (This test is disabled by default, but may beenabled by setting the environment variable_R_WARN_DUPLICATE_RD_MACROS_
to a true value.)
Also as in LaTeX, the new macro may be defined to take arguments,and numeric placeholders such as#1
are used in the macrodefinition. However, unlike LaTeX, the number of arguments isdetermined automatically from the highest placeholder number seen inthe macro definition. For example, a macro definition containing#1
and#3
(but no other placeholders) will define athree argument macro (whose second argument will be ignored). As inLaTeX, at most 9 arguments may be defined. If the#
character is followed by a non-digit it will have no specialsignificance. All arguments to user-defined macros will be parsed asverbatim text, and simple text-substitution will be used to replacethe place-holders, after which the replacement text will be parsed.
A number of macros are defined in the fileshare/Rd/macros/system.Rd of the R source or home directory,and these will normally be available in all.Rd files. Forexample, that file contains the definition
\newcommand{\PR}{\Sexpr[results=rd]{tools:::Rd_expr_PR(#1)}}
which defines\PR
to be a single argument macro; then code(typically used in theNEWS.Rd file) like
\PR{1234}
will expand to
\Sexpr[results=rd]{tools:::Rd_expr_PR(1234)}
when parsed.
Some macros that might be of general use are:
\CRANpkg{pkg}
¶A package on CRAN
\sspace
¶A single space (used after a period that does not end a sentence).
\doi{identifier}
¶A digital object identifier (DOI).
See thesystem.Rd file inshare/Rd/macros for more detailsand macro definitions, including macros\packageTitle
,\packageDescription
,\packageAuthor
,\packageMaintainer
,\packageDESCRIPTION
and\packageIndices
.
Packages may also define their own common macros; these would be storedin an.Rd file inman/macros in the package source andwill be installed intohelp/macros when the package is installed.A package may also use the macros from a different package by listingthe other package in the ‘RdMacros’ field in theDESCRIPTIONfile.
Next:Processing documentation files, Previous:User-defined macros, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
Rd files are text files and so it is impossible to deduce the encodingthey are written in unlessASCII: files with 8-bit characterscould be UTF-8, Latin-1, Latin-9, KOI8-R, EUC-JP,etc. So an\encoding{}
section must be used to specify the encoding if itis notASCII. (The\encoding{}
section must be on aline by itself, and in particular one containing no non-ASCIIcharacters. The encoding declared in theDESCRIPTION file willbe used if none is declared in the file.) TheRd files areconverted to UTF-8 before parsing and so the preferred encoding for thefiles themselves is now UTF-8.
Wherever possible, avoid non-ASCII chars inRd files, andeven symbols such as ‘<’, ‘>’, ‘$’, ‘^’, ‘&’,‘|’, ‘@’, ‘~’, and ‘*’ outside ‘verbatim’environments (since they may disappear in fonts designed to rendertext). (FunctionshowNonASCIIfile
in packagetools can helpin finding non-ASCII bytes in the files.)
For convenience, encoding names ‘latin1’ and ‘latin2’ arealways recognized: these and ‘UTF-8’ are likely to work fairlywidely. However, this does not mean that all characters in UTF-8 willbe recognized, and the coverage of non-Latin characters126 is fairly low. Using LaTeXinputenx
(see?Rd2pdf
in R) will give greater coverageof UTF-8.
The\enc
command (seeInsertions) can be used to providetransliterations which will be used in conversions that do not supportthe declared encoding.
The LaTeX conversion converts the file to UTF-8 from the declaredencoding, and includes a
\inputencoding{utf8}
command, and this needs to be matched by a suitable invocation of the\usepackage{inputenc}
command. The R utilityRCMD Rd2pdf
looks at the converted code and includes the encodings used:it might for example use
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
(Use ofutf8
as an encoding requires LaTeX dated 2003/12/01 orlater. Also, the use of Cyrillic characters in ‘UTF-8’ appears toalso need ‘\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}’, andR CMD Rd2pdf
includes this conditionally on the filet2aenc.def being presentand environment variable_R_CYRILLIC_TEX_
being set.)
Note that this mechanism works best with Latin letters: the coverage ofUTF-8 in LaTeX is quite low.
Next:Editing Rd files, Previous:Encoding, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
There are several commands to process Rd files from the system commandline.
UsingR CMD Rdconv
one can convert R documentation format toother formats, or extract the executable examples for run-time testing.The currently supported conversions are to plain text,HTML andLaTeX as well as extraction of the examples.
R CMD Rd2pdf
generates PDF output from documentation inRdfiles, which can be specified either explicitly or by the path to adirectory with the sources of a package. In the latter case, areference manual for all documented objects in the package is created,including the information in theDESCRIPTION files.
R CMD Sweave
andR CMD Stangle
process vignette-likedocumentation files (e.g. Sweave vignettes with extension‘.Snw’ or ‘.Rnw’, or other non-Sweave vignettes).R CMD Stangle
is used to extract the R code fragments.
The exact usage and a detailed list of available options for all ofthese commands can be obtained by runningR CMDcommand--help
, e.g.,R CMD Rdconv --help. All available commands can belisted usingR --help (orRcmd --help under Windows).
All of these work under Windows. You may need to have installed thethe tools to build packages from source as described in the “RInstallation and Administration” manual, although typically all that isneeded is a LaTeX installation.
Previous:Processing documentation files, Up:Writing R documentation files [Contents][Index]
It can be very helpful to prepare.Rd files using a editor whichknows about their syntax and will highlight commands, indent to show thestructure and detect mis-matched braces, and so on.
The system most commonly used for this is some version ofEmacs
(includingXEmacs
) with theESSpackage (https://ESS.R-project.org/: it is often is installed withEmacs
but may need to be loaded, or even installed,separately).
Another is the Eclipse IDE with the Stat-ET plugin(https://projects.eclipse.org/projects/science.statet), and (onWindows only) Tinn-R(https://sourceforge.net/projects/tinn-r/).
People have also used LaTeX mode in a editor, as.Rd files arerather similar to LaTeX files.
Some R front-ends provide editing support for.Rd files, forexample RStudio (https://posit.co/).
Next:Debugging, Previous:Writing R documentation files, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
R code which is worth preserving in a package and perhaps makingavailable for others to use is worth documenting, tidying up and perhapsoptimizing. The last two of these activities are the subject of thischapter.
R treats function code loaded from packages and code entered by usersdifferently. By default code entered by users has the source code storedinternally, and when the function is listed, the original source isreproduced. Loading code from a package (by default) discards thesource code, and the function listing is re-created from the parse treeof the function.
Normally keeping the source code is a good idea, and in particular itavoids comments being removed from the source. However, we can makeuse of the ability to re-create a function listing from its parse treeto produce a tidy version of the function, for example with consistentindentation and spaces around operators. If the original sourcedoes not follow the standard format this tidied version can be mucheasier to read.
We can subvert the keeping of source in two ways.
keep.source
can be set toFALSE
before the codeis loaded into R.removeSource()
function, for example bymyfun <- removeSource(myfun)
In each case if we then list the function we will get the standardlayout.
Suppose we have a file of functionsmyfuns.R that we want totidy up. Create a filetidy.R containing
source("myfuns.R", keep.source = FALSE)dump(ls(all.names = TRUE), file = "new.myfuns.R")
and run R with this as the source file, for example byR--vanilla < tidy.R or by pasting into an R session. Then the filenew.myfuns.R will contain the functions in alphabetical order inthe standard layout. Warning: comments in your functions will be lost.
The standard format provides a good starting point for further tidying.Although the deparsing cannot do so, we recommend the consistent use ofthe preferred assignment operator ‘<-’ (rather than ‘=’) forassignment. Many package authors use a version of Emacs (on aUnix-alike or Windows) to edit R code, using the ESS[S] mode of theESS Emacs package.SeeR coding standards inR Internalsfor style options within the ESS[S] mode recommended for the source codeof R itself.
Next:Profiling R code for memory use, Previous:Tidying R code, Up:Tidying and profiling R code [Contents][Index]
It is possible to profile R code on Windows and most127 Unix-alike versions ofR.
The commandRprof
is used to control profiling, and its helppage can be consulted for full details. Profiling works by recording atfixed intervals128 (by default every20msecs) which line in which R function is being used, and recordingthe results in a file (defaultRprof.out in the workingdirectory). Then the functionsummaryRprof
or the command-lineutilityR CMD RprofRprof.out
can be used to summarize theactivity.
As an example, consider the following code (from Venables & Ripley,2002, pp. 225–6).
library(MASS); library(boot)storm.fm <- nls(Time ~ b*Viscosity/(Wt - c), stormer, start = c(b=30.401, c=2.2183))st <- cbind(stormer, fit=fitted(storm.fm))storm.bf <- function(rs, i) { st$Time <- st$fit + rs[i] tmp <- nls(Time ~ (b * Viscosity)/(Wt - c), st, start = coef(storm.fm)) tmp$m$getAllPars()}rs <- scale(resid(storm.fm), scale = FALSE) # remove the meanRprof("boot.out")storm.boot <- boot(rs, storm.bf, R = 4999) # slow enough to profileRprof(NULL)
Having run this we can summarize the results by
R CMD Rprof boot.outEach sample represents 0.02 seconds.Total run time: 22.52 seconds.Total seconds: time spent in function and callees.Self seconds: time spent in function alone.
% total % self total seconds self seconds name 100.0 25.22 0.2 0.04 "boot" 99.8 25.18 0.6 0.16 "statistic" 96.3 24.30 4.0 1.02 "nls" 33.9 8.56 2.2 0.56 "<Anonymous>" 32.4 8.18 1.4 0.36 "eval" 31.8 8.02 1.4 0.34 ".Call" 28.6 7.22 0.0 0.00 "eval.parent" 28.5 7.18 0.3 0.08 "model.frame" 28.1 7.10 3.5 0.88 "model.frame.default" 17.4 4.38 0.7 0.18 "sapply" 15.0 3.78 3.2 0.80 "nlsModel" 12.5 3.16 1.8 0.46 "lapply" 12.3 3.10 2.7 0.68 "assign" ...
% self % total self seconds total seconds name 5.7 1.44 7.5 1.88 "inherits" 4.0 1.02 96.3 24.30 "nls" 3.6 0.92 3.6 0.92 "$" 3.5 0.88 28.1 7.10 "model.frame.default" 3.2 0.80 15.0 3.78 "nlsModel" 2.8 0.70 9.8 2.46 "qr.coef" 2.7 0.68 12.3 3.10 "assign" 2.5 0.64 2.5 0.64 ".Fortran" 2.5 0.62 7.1 1.80 "qr.default" 2.2 0.56 33.9 8.56 "<Anonymous>" 2.1 0.54 5.9 1.48 "unlist" 2.1 0.52 7.9 2.00 "FUN" ...
This often producessurprising results and can be used to identify bottlenecks or pieces ofR code that could benefit from being replaced by compiled code.
Two warnings: profiling does impose a small performance penalty, and theoutput files can be very large if long runs are profiled at the defaultsampling interval.
Profiling short runs can sometimes give misleading results. R fromtime to time performsgarbage collection to reclaim unusedmemory, and this takes an appreciable amount of time which profilingwill charge to whichever function happens to provoke it. It may beuseful to compare profiling code immediately after a call togc()
with a profiling run without a preceding call togc
.
More detailed analysis of the output can be achieved by the tools in theCRAN packagesproftools andprofr: inparticular these allow call graphs to be studied.
Next:Profiling compiled code, Previous:Profiling R code for speed, Up:Tidying and profiling R code [Contents][Index]
Measuring memory use in R code is useful either when the code takesmore memory than is conveniently available or when memory allocation andcopying of objects is responsible for slow code. There are three ways toprofile memory use over time in R code. The second and third requireR to have been compiled with--enable-memory-profiling,which is not the default, but is currently used for the macOS andWindows binary distributions. All can be misleading, for differentreasons.
In understanding the memory profiles it is useful to know a little moreabout R’s memory allocation. Looking at the results ofgc()
shows a division of memory intoVcells
used to store the contentsof vectors andNcells
used to store everything else, includingall the administrative overhead for vectors such as type and lengthinformation. In fact the vector contents are divided into twopools. Memory for small vectors (by default 128 bytes or less) isobtained in large chunks and then parcelled out by R; memory forlarger vectors is obtained directly from the operating system.
Some memory allocation is obvious in interpreted code, for example,
y <- x + 1
allocates memory for a new vectory
. Other memory allocation isless obvious and occurs becauseR
is forced to make good on itspromise of ‘call-by-value’ argument passing. When an argument ispassed to a function it is not immediately copied. Copying occurs (ifnecessary) only when the argument is modified. This can lead tosurprising memory use. For example, in the ‘survey’ package we have
print.svycoxph <- function (x, ...){ print(x$survey.design, varnames = FALSE, design.summaries = FALSE, ...) x$call <- x$printcall NextMethod()}
It may not be obvious that the assignment tox$call
will causethe entire objectx
to be copied. This copying to preserve thecall-by-value illusion is usually done by the internal C functionRf_duplicate
.
The main reason that memory-use profiling is difficult is garbagecollection. Memory is allocated at well-defined times in an Rprogram, but is freed whenever the garbage collector happens to run.
Rprof
¶The sampling profilerRprof
described in the previous section canbe given the optionmemory.profiling=TRUE
. It then writes out thetotal R memory allocation in small vectors, large vectors, and conscells or nodes at each sampling interval. It also writes out the numberof calls to the internal functionRf_duplicate
, which is called tocopy R objects.summaryRprof
provides summaries of thisinformation. The main reason that this can be misleading is that thememory use is attributed to the function running at the end of thesampling interval. A second reason is that garbage collection can makethe amount of memory in use decrease, so a function appears to uselittle memory. Running undergctorture
helps with both problems:it slows down the code to effectively increase the sampling frequencyand it makes each garbage collection release a smaller amount of memory.
Next:Tracing copies of an object, Previous:Memory statistics fromRprof
, Up:Profiling R code for memory use [Contents][Index]
The second method of memory profiling uses a memory-allocationprofiler,Rprofmem()
, which writes out a stack trace to anoutput file every time a large vector is allocated (with auser-specified threshold for ‘large’) or a new page of memory isallocated for the R heap. Summary functions for this output are stillbeing designed.
Running the example from the previous section with
> Rprofmem("boot.memprof",threshold=1000)> storm.boot <- boot(rs, storm.bf, R = 4999)> Rprofmem(NULL)
shows that apart from some initial and final work inboot
thereare no vector allocations over 1000 bytes.
Previous:Tracking memory allocations, Up:Profiling R code for memory use [Contents][Index]
The third method of memory profiling involves tracing copies made of aspecific (presumably large) R object. Callingtracemem
on anobject marks it so that a message is printed to standard output whenthe object is copiedviaRf_duplicate
or coercion to another type,or when a new object of the same size is created in arithmeticoperations. The main reason that this can be misleading is thatcopying of subsets or components of an object is not tracked. It maybe helpful to usetracemem
on these components.
In the example above we can runtracemem
on the data framest
> tracemem(st)[1] "<0x9abd5e0>"> storm.boot <- boot(rs, storm.bf, R = 4)memtrace[0x9abd5e0->0x92a6d08]: statistic bootmemtrace[0x92a6d08->0x92a6d80]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x92a6d80->0x92a6df8]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x9abd5e0->0x9271318]: statistic bootmemtrace[0x9271318->0x9271390]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x9271390->0x9271408]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x9abd5e0->0x914f558]: statistic bootmemtrace[0x914f558->0x914f5f8]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x914f5f8->0x914f670]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x9abd5e0->0x972cbf0]: statistic bootmemtrace[0x972cbf0->0x972cc68]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x972cc68->0x972cd08]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x9abd5e0->0x98ead98]: statistic bootmemtrace[0x98ead98->0x98eae10]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic bootmemtrace[0x98eae10->0x98eae88]: $<-.data.frame $<- statistic boot
The object is duplicated fifteen times, three times for each of theR+1
calls tostorm.bf
. This is surprising, since none of the duplications happen insidenls
. Stepping throughstorm.bf
in the debugger shows that all three happen in the line
st$Time <- st$fit + rs[i]
Data frames are slower than matrices and this is an example of why.Usingtracemem(st$Viscosity)
does not reveal any additionalcopying.
Previous:Profiling R code for memory use, Up:Tidying and profiling R code [Contents][Index]
Profiling compiled code is highly system-specific, but this sectioncontains some hints gleaned from various R users. Some methods needto be different for a compiled executable and for dynamic/sharedlibraries/objects as used by R packages.
This chapter is based on reports from users and the information may notbe current.
Next:Profiling on macOS, Up:Profiling compiled code [Contents][Index]
Options include usingsprof
for a shared object, andoprofile
(seehttps://oprofile.sourceforge.io/news/)andperf
(seehttps://perfwiki.github.io/) for anyexecutable or shared object. These seem less widely supplied than theyused to be. There is also ‘Google Performance Tools’, also known asgperftools orgoogle-perftools.
All of these work best when R and any packages have been built withdebugging symbols.
perf
¶This seems the most widely distributed tool.Here is an example onx86_64
Linux using R 4.3.1 built withLTO.
At its simplest
perf record R -f tests/Examples/stats-Ex.Rperf report --sort=dsoperf report --sort=srcfilerm perf.data*
The first report is
75.67% R 9.25% libc.so.6 4.87% [unknown] 3.75% libz.so.1.2.11 3.37% stats.so 1.17% libm.so.6 0.63% libtirpc.so.3.0.0 0.41% graphics.so 0.30% grDevices.so 0.20% libRblas.so 0.09% libpcre2-8.so.0.11.0 0.07% methods.so ...
which shows which shared libraries (DSOs) the time was spent in.
perf annotate
can be used on an application built with GCC and-ggdb: it interleaves disassembled and source code.
oprofile
andoperf
¶Theoprofile
project has two modes of operation. Sinceversion 0.9.8 (August 2012), the preferred mode is to useoperf
, so we discuss only that.
Let us look at theboot example from §3.2 onx86_64
Linuxusing R 4.3.1.
This can be run underoperf
and analysed by commands like
operf R -f boot.Ropreportopreport -l /path/to/R_HOME/bin/exec/Ropreport -l /path/to/R_HOME/library/stats/src/stats.soopannotate --source /path/to/R_HOME/bin/exec/R
The first line had to be done as root.
The first report shows in which library (etc) the time was spent:
CPU_CLK_UNHALT...| samples| %| ------------------ 278341 91.9947 R 18290 6.0450 libc.so.6 2277 0.7526 kallsyms 1426 0.4713 stats.so 739 0.2442 libRblas.so 554 0.1831 libz.so.1.2.11 373 0.1233 libm.so.6 352 0.1163 libtirpc.so.3.0.0 153 0.0506 ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 12 0.0040 methods.so
(kallsyms
is the kernel.)
The rest of the output is voluminous, and only extracts are shown.
Most of the time within R is spent in
samples % image name symbol name52955 19.0574 R bcEval.lto_priv.016484 5.9322 R Rf_allocVector314224 5.1189 R Rf_findVarInFrame312581 4.5276 R CONS_NR8289 2.9830 R Rf_matchArgs_NR8034 2.8913 R Rf_cons7114 2.5602 R R_gc_internal.lto_priv.06552 2.3579 R Rf_eval5969 2.1481 R VECTOR_ELT5684 2.0456 R Rf_applyClosure5497 1.9783 R findVarLocInFrame.part.0.lto_priv.04827 1.7371 R Rf_mkPROMISE4609 1.6587 R Rf_install4317 1.5536 R Rf_findFun34035 1.4521 R getvar.lto_priv.03491 1.2563 R SETCAR3179 1.1441 R Rf_defineVar2892 1.0408 R duplicate1.lto_priv.0
and instats.so
samples % image name symbol name285 24.4845 stats.so termsform284 24.3986 stats.so numeric_deriv213 18.2990 stats.so modelframe114 9.7938 stats.so nls_iter55 4.7251 stats.so ExtractVars47 4.0378 stats.so EncodeVars37 3.1787 stats.so getListElement32 2.7491 stats.so TrimRepeats25 2.1478 stats.so InstallVar20 1.7182 stats.so MatchVar20 1.7182 stats.so isZeroOne15 1.2887 stats.so ConvInfoMsg.isra.0
The profiling data is by default stored in sub-directoryoprofile_data of the current directory, which can be removed atthe end of the session.
sprof
¶You can select shared objects to be profiled withsprof
bysetting the environment variableLD_PROFILE
. For example
% setenv LD_PROFILE /path/to/R_HOME/library/stats/libs/stats.so% R -f boot.R% sprof /path/to/R_HOME/library/stats/libs/stats.so \ /var/tmp/path/to/R_HOME/library/stats/libs/stats.so.profileFlat profile:Each sample counts as 0.01 seconds. % cumulative self self total time seconds seconds calls us/call us/call name 76.19 0.32 0.32 0 0.00 numeric_deriv 16.67 0.39 0.07 0 0.00 nls_iter 7.14 0.42 0.03 0 0.00 getListElement... to clean up ...rm /var/tmp/path/to/R_HOME/library/stats/libs/stats.so.profile
It is possible that root access will be needed to create the directoriesused for the profile data.
Next:Profiling on Windows, Previous:Profiling on Linux, Up:Profiling compiled code [Contents][Index]
Developers have recommendedInstruments
(part ofXcode
,seehttps://help.apple.com/instruments/mac/current/), This had acommand-line version prior to macOS 12.
Previous:Profiling on macOS, Up:Profiling compiled code [Contents][Index]
Very Sleepy
(https://github.com/VerySleepy/verysleepy) has been used on‘x86_64’ Windows. There wereproblems with accessing the debug information, but the best results whichincluded function names were obtained by attaching the profiler to anexistingRterm
process, either via GUI or using/a:(PID obtained viaSys.getpid()
).
Next:System and foreign language interfaces, Previous:Tidying and profiling R code, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
This chapter covers the debugging of R extensions, starting with theways to get useful error information and moving on to how to deal witherrors that crash R.
Next:Debugging R code, Up:Debugging [Contents][Index]
Most of the R-level debugging facilities are based around thebuilt-in browser. This can be used directly by inserting a call tobrowser()
into the code of a function (for example, usingfix(my_function)
). When code execution reaches that point inthe function, control returns to the R console with a special prompt.For example
> fix(summary.data.frame) ## insert browser() call after for() loop> summary(women)Called from: summary.data.frame(women)Browse[1]> ls() [1] "digits" "i" "lbs" "lw" "maxsum" "ncw" "nm" "nr" [9] "nv" "object" "sms" "z"Browse[1]> maxsum[1] 7Browse[1]> c height weight Min. :58.0 Min. :115.0 1st Qu.:61.5 1st Qu.:124.5 Median :65.0 Median :135.0 Mean :65.0 Mean :136.7 3rd Qu.:68.5 3rd Qu.:148.0 Max. :72.0 Max. :164.0> rm(summary.data.frame)
At the browser prompt one can enter any R expression, so for examplels()
lists the objects in the current frame, and entering thename of an object will129 print it. The following commands arealso accepted
n
Enter ‘step-through’ mode. In this mode, hitting the return key (RET) executes thenext line of code (more precisely one line and any continuation lines).Typingc
will continue to the end of the current context, e.g.to the end of the current loop or function.
c
In normal mode, this quits the browser and continues execution, and justreturn works in the same way.cont
is a synonym.
where
This prints the call stack. For example
> summary(women)Called from: summary.data.frame(women)Browse[1]> wherewhere 1: summary.data.frame(women)where 2: summary(women)Browse[1]>
Q
Quit both the browser and the current expression, and return to thetop-level prompt.
Errors in code executed at the browser prompt will normally returncontrol to the browser prompt. Objects can be altered by assignment,and will keep their changed values when the browser is exited. Ifreally necessary, objects can be assigned to the workspace from thebrowser prompt (by using<<-
if the name is not already inscope).
Next:Checking memory access, Previous:Browsing, Up:Debugging [Contents][Index]
Suppose your R program gives an error message. The first thing tofind out is what R was doing at the time of the error, and the mostuseful tool istraceback()
. We suggest that this is run wheneverthe cause of the error is not immediately obvious. Errors are oftenreported to the R mailing lists as being in some package whentraceback()
would show that the error was being reported by someother package or base R. Here is an example from the regressionsuite.
> success <- c(13,12,11,14,14,11,13,11,12)> failure <- c(0,0,0,0,0,0,0,2,2)> resp <- cbind(success, failure)> predictor <- c(0, 5^(0:7))> glm(resp ~ 0+predictor, family = binomial(link="log"))Error: no valid set of coefficients has been found: please supply starting values> traceback()3: stop("no valid set of coefficients has been found: please supply starting values", call. = FALSE)2: glm.fit(x = X, y = Y, weights = weights, start = start, etastart = etastart, mustart = mustart, offset = offset, family = family, control = control, intercept = attr(mt, "intercept") > 0)1: glm(resp ~ 0 + predictor, family = binomial(link ="log"))
The calls to the active frames are given in reverse order (starting withthe innermost). So we see the error message comes from an explicitcheck inglm.fit
. (traceback()
shows you all the lines ofthe function calls, which can be limited by settingoption
"deparse.max.lines".)
Sometimes the traceback will indicate that the error was detected insidecompiled code, for example (from?nls
)
Error in nls(y ~ a + b * x, start = list(a = 0.12345, b = 0.54321), trace = TRUE) : step factor 0.000488281 reduced below 'minFactor' of 0.000976563> traceback()2: .Call(R_nls_iter, m, ctrl, trace)1: nls(y ~ a + b * x, start = list(a = 0.12345, b = 0.54321), trace = TRUE)
This will be the case if the innermost call is to.C
,.Fortran
,.Call
,.External
or.Internal
, butas it is also possible for such code to evaluate R expressions, thisneed not be the innermost call, as in
> traceback()9: gm(a, b, x)8: .Call(R_numeric_deriv, expr, theta, rho, dir)7: numericDeriv(form[[3]], names(ind), env)6: getRHS()5: assign("rhs", getRHS(), envir = thisEnv)4: assign("resid", .swts * (lhs - assign("rhs", getRHS(), envir = thisEnv)), envir = thisEnv)3: function (newPars) { setPars(newPars) assign("resid", .swts * (lhs - assign("rhs", getRHS(), envir = thisEnv)), envir = thisEnv) assign("dev", sum(resid^2), envir = thisEnv) assign("QR", qr(.swts * attr(rhs, "gradient")), envir = thisEnv) return(QR$rank < min(dim(QR$qr))) }(c(-0.00760232418963883, 1.00119632515036))2: .Call(R_nls_iter, m, ctrl, trace)1: nls(yeps ~ gm(a, b, x), start = list(a = 0.12345, b = 0.54321))
Occasionallytraceback()
does not help, and this can be the caseif S4 method dispatch is involved. Consider the following example
> xyd <- new("xyloc", x=runif(20), y=runif(20))Error in as.environment(pkg) : no item called "package:S4nswv"on the search listError in initialize(value, ...) : S language method selection gotan error when called from internal dispatch for function 'initialize'> traceback()2: initialize(value, ...)1: new("xyloc", x = runif(20), y = runif(20))
which does not help much, as there is no call toas.environment
ininitialize
(and the note “called from internal dispatch”tells us so). In this case we searched the R sources for the quotedcall, which occurred in only one place,methods:::.asEnvironmentPackage
. So now we knew where theerror was occurring. (This was an unusually opaque example.)
The error message
evaluation nested too deeply: infinite recursion / options(expressions=)?
can be hard to handle with the default value (5000). Unless you knowthat there actually is deep recursion going on, it can help to setsomething like
options(expressions=500)
and re-run the example showing the error.
Sometimes there is warning that clearly is the precursor to some latererror, but it is not obvious where it is coming from. Settingoptions(warn = 2)
(which turns warnings into errors) can help here.
Once we have located the error, we have some choices. One way to proceedis to find out more about what was happening at the time of the crash bylooking apost-mortem dump. To do so, setoptions(error=dump.frames)
and run the code again. Then invokedebugger()
and explore the dump. Continuing our example:
> options(error = dump.frames)> glm(resp ~ 0 + predictor, family = binomial(link ="log"))Error: no valid set of coefficients has been found: please supply starting values
which is the same as before, but an object calledlast.dump
hasappeared in the workspace. (Such objects can be large, so remove itwhen it is no longer needed.) We can examine this at a later time bycalling the functiondebugger
.
> debugger()Message: Error: no valid set of coefficients has been found: please supply starting valuesAvailable environments had calls:1: glm(resp ~ 0 + predictor, family = binomial(link = "log"))2: glm.fit(x = X, y = Y, weights = weights, start = start, etastart = etastart, mus3: stop("no valid set of coefficients has been found: please supply starting valuesEnter an environment number, or 0 to exit Selection:
which gives the same sequence of calls astraceback
, but inouter-first order and with only the first line of the call, truncated tothe current width. However, we can now examine in more detail what washappening at the time of the error. Selecting an environment opens thebrowser in that frame. So we select the function call which spawned theerror message, and explore some of the variables (and execute twofunction calls).
Enter an environment number, or 0 to exit Selection: 2Browsing in the environment with call: glm.fit(x = X, y = Y, weights = weights, start = start, etasCalled from: debugger.look(ind)Browse[1]> ls() [1] "aic" "boundary" "coefold" "control" "conv" [6] "dev" "dev.resids" "devold" "EMPTY" "eta"[11] "etastart" "family" "fit" "good" "intercept"[16] "iter" "linkinv" "mu" "mu.eta" "mu.eta.val"[21] "mustart" "n" "ngoodobs" "nobs" "nvars"[26] "offset" "start" "valideta" "validmu" "variance"[31] "varmu" "w" "weights" "x" "xnames"[36] "y" "ynames" "z"Browse[1]> eta 1 2 3 4 5 0.000000e+00 -2.235357e-06 -1.117679e-05 -5.588393e-05 -2.794197e-04 6 7 8 9-1.397098e-03 -6.985492e-03 -3.492746e-02 -1.746373e-01Browse[1]> valideta(eta)[1] TRUEBrowse[1]> mu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 81.0000000 0.9999978 0.9999888 0.9999441 0.9997206 0.9986039 0.9930389 0.9656755 90.8397616Browse[1]> validmu(mu)[1] FALSEBrowse[1]> cAvailable environments had calls:1: glm(resp ~ 0 + predictor, family = binomial(link = "log"))2: glm.fit(x = X, y = Y, weights = weights, start = start, etastart = etastart3: stop("no valid set of coefficients has been found: please supply starting vEnter an environment number, or 0 to exit Selection: 0> rm(last.dump)
Becauselast.dump
can be looked at later or even in another Rsession, post-mortem debugging is possible even for batch usage of R.We do need to arrange for the dump to be saved: this can be done eitherusing the command-line flag--save to save the workspace at theend of the run, orvia a setting such as
> options(error = quote({dump.frames(to.file=TRUE); q()}))
See the help ondump.frames
for further options and a workedexample.
An alternative error action is to use the functionrecover()
:
> options(error = recover)> glm(resp ~ 0 + predictor, family = binomial(link = "log"))Error: no valid set of coefficients has been found: please supply starting valuesEnter a frame number, or 0 to exit1: glm(resp ~ 0 + predictor, family = binomial(link = "log"))2: glm.fit(x = X, y = Y, weights = weights, start = start, etastart = etastartSelection:
which is very similar todump.frames
. However, we can examinethe state of the program directly, without dumping and re-loading thedump. As its help page says,recover
can be routinely used asthe error action in place ofdump.calls
anddump.frames
,since it behaves likedump.frames
in non-interactive use.
Post-mortem debugging is good for finding out exactly what went wrong,but not necessarily why. An alternative approach is to take a closerlook at what was happening just before the error, and a good way to dothat is to usedebug
. This inserts a call to the browserat the beginning of the function, starting in step-through mode. So inour example we could use
> debug(glm.fit)> glm(resp ~ 0 + predictor, family = binomial(link ="log"))debugging in: glm.fit(x = X, y = Y, weights = weights, start = start, etastart = etastart, mustart = mustart, offset = offset, family = family, control = control, intercept = attr(mt, "intercept") > 0)debug: {## lists the whole functionBrowse[1]>debug: x <- as.matrix(x)...Browse[1]> start[1] -2.235357e-06debug: eta <- drop(x %*% start)Browse[1]> eta 1 2 3 4 5 0.000000e+00 -2.235357e-06 -1.117679e-05 -5.588393e-05 -2.794197e-04 6 7 8 9-1.397098e-03 -6.985492e-03 -3.492746e-02 -1.746373e-01Browse[1]>debug: mu <- linkinv(eta <- eta + offset)Browse[1]> mu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 81.0000000 0.9999978 0.9999888 0.9999441 0.9997206 0.9986039 0.9930389 0.9656755 90.8397616
(The promptBrowse[1]>
indicates that this is the first level ofbrowsing: it is possible to step into another function that is itselfbeing debugged or contains a call tobrowser()
.)
debug
can be used for hidden functions and S3 methods bye.g.debug(stats:::predict.Arima)
. (It cannot be used for S4methods, but an alternative is given on the help page fordebug
.)Sometimes you want to debug a function defined inside another function,e.g. the functionarimafn
defined insidearima
. To do so,setdebug
on the outer function (herearima
) andstep through it until the inner function has been defined. Thencalldebug
on the inner function (and usec
to get out ofstep-through mode in the outer function).
To remove debugging of a function, callundebug
with the argumentpreviously given todebug
; debugging otherwise lasts for the restof the R session (or until the function is edited or otherwisereplaced).
trace
can be used to temporarily insert debugging code into afunction, for example to insert a call tobrowser()
just beforethe point of the error. To return to our running example
## first get a numbered listing of the expressions of the function> page(as.list(body(glm.fit)), method="print")> trace(glm.fit, browser, at=22)Tracing function "glm.fit" in package "stats"[1] "glm.fit"> glm(resp ~ 0 + predictor, family = binomial(link ="log"))Tracing glm.fit(x = X, y = Y, weights = weights, start = start, etastart = etastart, .... step 22Called from: eval(expr, envir, enclos)Browse[1]> n## and single-step from here.> untrace(glm.fit)
For your own functions, it may be as easy to usefix
to inserttemporary code, buttrace
can help with functions in a namespace(as canfixInNamespace
). Alternatively, usetrace(,edit=TRUE)
to insert code visually.
Next:Debugging compiled code, Previous:Debugging R code, Up:Debugging [Contents][Index]
Errors in memory allocation and reading/writing outside arrays are verycommon causes of crashes (e.g., segfaults) on some machines. Oftenthe crash appears long after the invalid memory access: in particulardamage to the structures which R itself has allocated may only becomeapparent at the next garbage collection (or even at later garbagecollections after objects have been deleted).
Note that memory access errors may be seen with LAPACK, BLAS,OpenMP andJava-using packages: some at least of these seem to be intentional, andsome are related to passing characters to Fortran.
Some of these tools can detect mismatched allocation and deallocation.C++ programmers should note that memory allocated bynew []
mustbe freed bydelete []
, other uses ofnew
bydelete
,and memory allocated bymalloc
,calloc
andrealloc
byfree
. Some platforms will tolerate mismatches (perhaps withmemory leaks) but others will segfault.
gctorture
Next:Using Valgrind, Up:Checking memory access [Contents][Index]
gctorture
¶We can help to detect memory problems in R objects earlier by runninggarbage collection as often as possible. This is achieved bygctorture(TRUE)
, which as described on its help page
Provokes garbage collection on (nearly) every memory allocation.Intended to ferret out memory protection bugs. Also makes R runvery slowly, unfortunately.
The reference to ‘memory protection’ is to missing C-level calls toPROTECT
/UNPROTECT
(seeHandling the effects of garbage collection) which ifmissing allow R objects to be garbage-collected when they are stillin use. But it can also help with other memory-related errors.
Normally running undergctorture(TRUE)
will just produce a crashearlier in the R program, hopefully close to the actual cause. Seethe next section for how to decipher such crashes.
It is possible to run all the examples, tests and vignettes covered byR CMD check
undergctorture(TRUE)
by using the option--use-gct.
The functiongctorture2
provides more refined control over theGCtorture process. Its argumentsstep
,wait
andinhibit_release
are documented on its help page. Environmentvariables can also be used at the start of the R session to turn onGC torture:R_GCTORTURE
corresponds to thestep
argument togctorture2
,R_GCTORTURE_WAIT
towait
, andR_GCTORTURE_INHIBIT_RELEASE
toinhibit_release
.
If R is configured with--enable-strict-barrier then avariety of tests for the integrity of the write barrier are enabled. Inaddition tests to help detect protect issues are enabled:
NEWSXP
on creation.NEWSXP
are markedas typeFREESXP
and their previous type is recorded.SEXP
inputs andSEXP
outputs and signal an error if aFREESXP
is found.The address of the node and the old type are included in the errormessage.R CMD check --use-gct
can be set to usegctorture2(n)
rather thangctorture(TRUE)
by settingenvironment variable_R_CHECK_GCT_N_
to a positive integer valueto be used asn
.
Used with a debugger and withgctorture
orgctorture2
thismechanism can be helpful in isolating memory protect problems.
Next:Using the Address Sanitizer, Previous:Usinggctorture
, Up:Checking memory access [Contents][Index]
If you have access to Linux on a common CPU type or supported versionsof FreeBSD or Solaris130 you can usevalgrind
(https://valgrind.org/, pronounced to rhyme with ‘tinned’) tocheck for possible problems. To run some examples undervalgrind
use something like
R -d valgrind --vanilla < mypkg-Ex.RR -d "valgrind --tool=memcheck --leak-check=full" --vanilla < mypkg-Ex.R
wheremypkg-Ex.R is a set of examples, e.g. the file created inmypkg.Rcheck byR CMD check
. Occasionally this reportsmemory reads of ‘uninitialised values’ that are the result of compileroptimization, so can be worth checking under an unoptimized compile: formaximal information use a build with debugging symbols. We know therewill be some small memory leaks fromreadline
and R itself —these are memory areas that are in use right up to the end of the Rsession. Expect this to run around 20x slower than withoutvalgrind
, and in some cases much slower than that. Severalversions ofvalgrind
were not happy with some optimized BLAS librariesthat useCPU-specific instructions so you may need to build aversion of R specifically to use withvalgrind
.
On platforms wherevalgrind
and its headers131are installed you can build a version of R with extra instrumentationto helpvalgrind
detect errors in the use of memory allocatedfrom the R heap. Theconfigure
option is--with-valgrind-instrumentation=level, wherelevelis 0, 1 or 2. Level 0 is the default and does not add anything. Level1 will detect some uses132 of uninitialised memory and has little impact on speed(compared to level 0). Level 2 will detect many other memory-usebugs133 but make R much slower when running undervalgrind
. Using this in conjunction withgctorture
can beeven more effective (and even slower).
An example ofvalgrind
output is
==12539== Invalid read of size 4==12539== at 0x1CDF6CBE: csc_compTr (Mutils.c:273)==12539== by 0x1CE07E1E: tsc_transpose (dtCMatrix.c:25)==12539== by 0x80A67A7: do_dotcall (dotcode.c:858)==12539== by 0x80CACE2: Rf_eval (eval.c:400)==12539== by 0x80CB5AF: R_execClosure (eval.c:658)==12539== by 0x80CB98E: R_execMethod (eval.c:760)==12539== by 0x1B93DEFA: R_standardGeneric (methods_list_dispatch.c:624)==12539== by 0x810262E: do_standardGeneric (objects.c:1012)==12539== by 0x80CAD23: Rf_eval (eval.c:403)==12539== by 0x80CB2F0: Rf_applyClosure (eval.c:573)==12539== by 0x80CADCC: Rf_eval (eval.c:414)==12539== by 0x80CAA03: Rf_eval (eval.c:362)==12539== Address 0x1C0D2EA8 is 280 bytes inside a block of size 1996 alloc'd==12539== at 0x1B9008D1: malloc (vg_replace_malloc.c:149)==12539== by 0x80F1B34: GetNewPage (memory.c:610)==12539== by 0x80F7515: Rf_allocVector (memory.c:1915)...
This example is from an instrumented version of R, while trackingdown a bug in theMatrix package in 2006. The first lineindicates that R has tried to read 4 bytes from a memory address thatit does not have access to. This is followed by a C stack trace showingwhere the error occurred. Next is a description of the memory that wasaccessed. It is inside a block allocated bymalloc
, called fromGetNewPage
, that is, in the internal R heap. Since thismemory all belongs to R,valgrind
would not (and did not)detect the problem in an uninstrumented build of R. In this examplethe stack trace was enough to isolate and fix the bug, which was intsc_transpose
, and in this example running undergctorture()
did not provide any additional information.
valgrind
is good at spotting the use of uninitialized values:use option--track-origins=yes to show where these originatedfrom. What it cannot detect is the misuse of arrays allocated on thestack: this includes C automatic variables and some134Fortran arrays.
It is possible to run all the examples, tests and vignettes covered byR CMD check
undervalgrind
by using the option--use-valgrind. If you do this you will need to select thevalgrind
options some other way, for example by having a~/.valgrindrc file containing
--leak-check=full--track-origins=yes
or setting the environment variableVALGRIND_OPTS
. As from R4.2.0,--use-valgrind also usesvalgrind
whenre-building the vignettes.
This section has described the use ofmemtest
, the default(and most useful) ofvalgrind
’s tools. There are othersdescribed in its documentation:helgrind
can be useful forthreaded programs.
Next:Using the Undefined Behaviour Sanitizer, Previous:Using Valgrind, Up:Checking memory access [Contents][Index]
AddressSanitizer
(‘ASan’) is a tool with similar aimsto the memory checker invalgrind
. It is available withsuitable builds135 ofgcc
andclang
on common Linux and macOS platforms.Seehttps://clang.llvm.org/docs/UsersManual.html#controlling-code-generation,https://clang.llvm.org/docs/AddressSanitizer.html andhttps://github.com/google/sanitizers.
More thorough checks of C++ code are done if the C++ library has been‘annotated’: at the time of writing this applied tostd::vector
inlibc++
for use withclang
and gives rise to‘container-overflow’136reports.
It requires code to have been compiledand linked with-fsanitize=address and compiling with-fno-omit-frame-pointer
will give more legible reports. It has a runtime penalty of 2–3x,extended compilation times and uses substantially more memory, often1–2GB, at run time. On 64-bit platforms it reserves (but does notallocate) 16–20TB of virtual memory: restrictive shell settings cancause problems. It can be helpful to increase the stack size, forexample to 40MB.
By comparison withvalgrind
,ASan candetect misuse of stack and global variables but not the use ofuninitialized memory.
Recent versions return symbolic addresses for the location of the errorprovidedllvm-symbolizer
137 is on the path: if it is available but noton the path or has been renamed138, one can use an environment variable, e.g.
ASAN_SYMBOLIZER_PATH=/path/to/llvm-symbolizer
An alternative is to pipe the output throughasan_symbolize.py
139 and perhapsthen (for compiled C++ code)c++filt
. (On macOS, you may needto rundsymutil
to get line-number reports.)
The simplest way to make use of this is to build a version of R withsomething like
CC="gcc -std=gnu99 -fsanitize=address"CFLAGS="-fno-omit-frame-pointer -g -O2 -Wall -pedantic -mtune=native"
which will ensure that thelibasan
run-time library is compiledinto the R executable. However this check can be enabled on aper-package basis by using a~/.R/Makevars file like
CC = gcc -std=gnu99 -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointerCXX = g++ -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointerFC = gfortran -fsanitize=address
(Note that-fsanitize=address
has to be part of the compilerspecification to ensure it is used for linking. These settings will notbe honoured by packages which ignore~/.R/Makevars.) It willbe necessary to build R with
MAIN_LDFLAGS = -fsanitize=address
to link the runtime libraries into the R executable if it was notspecified as part of ‘CC’ when R was built. (For some buildswithoutOpenMP,-pthread is also required.)
For options availablevia the environment variableASAN_OPTIONS
seehttps://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/AddressSanitizerFlags.Withgcc
additional control is availablevia the--param flag: see itsman
page.
For more detailed information on an error, R can be run under adebugger with a breakpoint set before the address sanitizer report isproduced: forgdb
orlldb
you could use
break __asan_report_error
(Seehttps://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/AddressSanitizerAndDebugger.)
More recent versions140 added the flag-fsanitize-address-use-after-scope: seehttps://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/AddressSanitizerUseAfterScope.
One of the checks done byASan is thatmalloc/free
and in C++new/delete
andnew[]/delete[]
are used consistently(rather than sayfree
being used to deallocate memory allocated bynew[]
). This matters on some systems but not all: unfortunatelyon some of those where it does not matter, system libraries141 are not consistent. Thecheck can be suppressed by including ‘alloc_dealloc_mismatch=0’ inASAN_OPTIONS
.
Apple provide a version of the address sanitizer in recent versions ofits C/C++ compiler. This will probably give messages about‘malloc: nano zone abandoned’ which are innocuous and can be suppressedby setting environment variableMallocNanoZone
to0
.It can be helpful to install debug symbols (INSTALL --dsym
forthe package under test and particularly for reverse dependencies.
Forx86_64
Linux there is a leak sanitizer, ‘LSan’: seehttps://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/AddressSanitizerLeakSanitizer.This is available on recent versions ofgcc
andclang
, andwhere available is compiled in as part ofASan.
One way to invoke this from anASan-enabled build is by the environmentvariable
ASAN_OPTIONS='detect_leaks=1'
However, this was made the default as from LLVMclang
3.5 andgcc
5.1.0.
WhenLSan is enabled, leaks give the process a failure error status (bydefault23
). For an R package this means the R process,and as the parser retains some memory to the end of the process, if Ritself was built againstASan all runs will have a failure error status(which may include running R as part of building R itself).
To disable this, allocation-mismatch checking and some strict C++checking use
setenv ASAN_OPTIONS 'alloc_dealloc_mismatch=0:detect_leaks=0:detect_odr_violation=0'
The leak sanitizer is not part ofASan in the Appleclang
implementation.
LSan also has a ‘stand-alone’ mode where it is compiled in using-fsanitize=leak and avoids the run-time overhead ofASan.
Next:Other analyses with ‘clang’, Previous:Using the Address Sanitizer, Up:Checking memory access [Contents][Index]
‘Undefined behaviour’ is where the language standard does not requireparticular behaviour from the compiler. Examples include division byzero (where for doubles R requires theISO/IEC 60559 behaviour but C/C++ do not), useof zero-length arrays, shifts too far for signed types (e.g.intx, y; y = x << 31;
), out-of-range coercion, invalid C++ casts andmis-alignment. Not uncommon examples of out-of-range coercion in Rpackages are attempts to coerce aNaN
or infinity to typeint
orNA_INTEGER
to an unsigned type such assize_t
. Also common isy[x - 1]
forgetting thatx
might beNA_INTEGER
.
‘UBSanitizer’ is a tool for C/C++ source code selected by-fsanitize=undefined in suitable builds142ofclang
and GCC. Its (main) runtime library is linked intoeach package’s DLL, so it is less often needed to be included inMAIN_LDFLAGS
. Platforms supported byclang
are listedathttps://clang.llvm.org/docs/UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer.html#supported-platforms:CRAN uses it for C/C++ with both GCC andclang
on‘x86_64’ Linux: the two toolchains often highlight differentthings with more reports fromclang
than GCC.
This sanitizer may be combined with the Address Sanitizer by-fsanitize=undefined,address (where both are supported, and wehave seen library conflicts forclang
17 and later).
Finer control of what is checked can be achieved by other options.
Forclang
seehttps://clang.llvm.org/docs/UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer.html#ubsan-checks.The current set is (on a single line):
-fsanitize=alignment,bool,bounds,builtin,enum,float-cast-overflow,float-divide-by-zero,function,implicit-unsigned-integer-truncation,implicit-signed-integer-truncation,implicit-integer-sign-change,integer-divide-by-zero,nonnull-attribute,null,nullability-arg,nullability-assign,nullability-return,object-size,pointer-overflow,return,returns-nonnull-attribute,shift,signed-integer-overflow,unreachable,unsigned-integer-overflow,unsigned-shift-base,vla-bound,vptr
(plus the more specific versionsarray-bounsds
,local-bounds
,shift-base
andshift-exponent
), oruse something like
-fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize=float-divide-by-zero
where in recent versions-fno-sanitize=float-divide-by-zero
is thedefault.
Optionsreturn
andvptr
apply only to C++: tousevptr
its run-time library needs to be linked into the mainR executable by building the latter with something like
MAIN_LD="clang++ -fsanitize=undefined"
Optionfloat-divide-by-zero
is undesirable for use with Rwhich allow such divisions as part ofIEC 60559arithmetic, and in versions ofclang
since June 2019 it is nolonger part of-fsanitize=undefined.
There are also groups of optionsimplicit-integer-truncation
,mplicit-integer-arithmetic-value-change
,implicit-conversion
,integer
andnullability
.
For GCC seehttps://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Instrumentation-Options.html(or the manual for your version of GCC, installed orviahttps://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/: look for ‘ProgramInstrumentation Options’) for the options supported by GCC: versions 13.xsupported
-fsanitize=alignment,bool,bounds,builtin,enum,integer-divide-by-zero,nonnull-attribute,null,object-size,pointer-overflow,return,returns-nonnull-attribute,shift,signed-integer-overflow,unreachable,vla-bound,vptr
plus the more specific versionsshift-base
andshift-exponent
and non-default options
bounds-strict,float-cast-overflow,float-divide-by-zero
wherefloat-divide-by-zero
is not desirable for R uses andbounds-strict
is an extension ofbounds
.
Other useful flags include
-no-fsanitize-recover
which causes the first report to be fatal (it always is for theunreachable
andreturn
suboptions). For more detailedinformation on where the runtime error occurs, using
setenv UBSAN_OPTIONS 'print_stacktrace=1'
will include a traceback in the report. Beyond that, R canbe run under a debugger with a breakpoint set before the sanitizerreport is produced: forgdb
orlldb
you could use
break __ubsan_handle_float_cast_overflowbreak __ubsan_handle_float_cast_overflow_abort
or similar (there are handlers for each type of undefined behaviour).
There are also the compiler flags-fcatch-undefined-behaviorand-ftrapv, said to be more reliable inclang
thangcc
.
For more details on the topic seehttps://blog.regehr.org/archives/213 andhttps://blog.llvm.org/2011/05/what-every-c-programmer-should-know.html(which has 3 parts).
It may or may not be possible to build R itself with-fsanitize=undefined: problems have in the past been seen withOpenMP-using code withgcc
but there has been successwith LLVMclang
up to version 16.. However, problems have beenseen with LLVMclang
17 and later, including missing entry pointsand R builds hanging. What has succeeded is to useUBSAN just forthe package under test (and not in combination withASAN). To do so,check with an unaltered R, using a customMakevars filesomething like
CC = clang -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize=float-divide-by-zero -fno-omit-frame-pointerCXX = clang++ -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize=float-divide-by-zero -fno-omit-frame-pointer -frttiUBSAN_DIR = /path/to/LLVM18/lib/clang/18/lib/x86_64-unknown-linux-gnuSAN_LIBS = $(UBSAN_DIR)/libclang_rt.ubsan_standalone.a $(UBSAN_DIR)/libclang_rt.ubsan_standalone_cxx.a
which links theUBSAN libraries statically into the package-under-test’sDSO.It is also possible to use the dynamic libraryvia
SAN_LIBS = -L$(UBSAN_DIR) -Wl,-rpath,$(UBSAN_DIR) -lclang_rt.ubsan_standalone
providedUBSAN_DIR
is added to the runtime library path (as shownor usingLD_LIBRARY_PATH
).N.B.: The details, especiallythe paths used, have changed several times recently.
Apple provides a version of the undefined behaviour sanitizer in recentversions of its C/C++ compiler. R was built with Appleclang
16 withconfig.site containing
CC="clang -fsanitize=address,undefined"CXX="clang++ -fsanitize=address,undefined"
and passed its checks.
Next:Other analyses with ‘gcc’, Previous:Using the Undefined Behaviour Sanitizer, Up:Checking memory access [Contents][Index]
Recent versions of LLVMclang
on Linux have‘ThreadSanitizer’(https://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki#threadsanitizer), a‘data race detector for C/C++ programs’, and ‘MemorySanitizer’(https://clang.llvm.org/docs/MemorySanitizer.html,https://github.com/google/sanitizers) for the detection ofuninitialized memory. Both are based on and provide similarfunctionality to tools invalgrind
. The ThreadSanitizeris also available for Appleclang
on macOS.
clang
has a ‘Static Analyzer’ which can be run on the sourcefiles during compilation: seehttps://clang-analyzer.llvm.org/.
Next:Using ‘Dr. Memory’, Previous:Other analyses with ‘clang’, Up:Checking memory access [Contents][Index]
GCC 10 introduced a new flag-fanalyzer which does staticanalysis during compilation, currently for C code. It is regarded asexperimental and it may slow down computation considerably whenproblems are found (and use many GB of resident memory). There is someoverlap with problems detected by the Undefined Behaviour sanitizer, butsome issues are only reported by this tool and as it is a staticanalysis, it does not rely on code paths being exercised.
Seehttps://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-10.1.0/gcc/Static-Analyzer-Options.html(or the documentation for your version ofgcc
if later) andhttps://developers.redhat.com/blog/2020/03/26/static-analysis-in-gcc-10
Next:Fortran array bounds checking, Previous:Other analyses with ‘gcc’, Up:Checking memory access [Contents][Index]
‘Dr. Memory’ fromhttps://drmemory.org/ is a memory checker for(currently) Windows, Linux and macOS with similar aims tovalgrind
. It works with unmodified executables143and detects memory access errors, uninitialized reads and memory leaks.
Previous:Using ‘Dr. Memory’, Up:Checking memory access [Contents][Index]
Most of the Fortran compilers used with R allow code to be compiledwith checking of array bounds: for examplegfortran
has option-fbounds-check. This will give an error when the upper orlower bound is exceeded, e.g.
At line 97 of file .../src/appl/dqrdc2.fFortran runtime error: Index '1' of dimension 1 of array 'x' above upper bound of 0
One does need to be aware that lazy programmers often specify Fortrandimensions as1
rather than*
or a real bound and thesewill be reported (as may*
dimensions)
It is easy to arrange to use this check on just the code in yourpackage: add to~/.R/Makevars something like (forgfortran
)
FFLAGS = -g -O2 -mtune=native -fbounds-check
when you runR CMD check
.
This may report errors with the way that Fortran character variables arepassed, particularly when Fortran subroutines are called from C code andcharacter lengths are not passed (seeFortran character strings).
Next:Using Link-time Optimization, Previous:Checking memory access, Up:Debugging [Contents][Index]
Sooner or later programmers will be faced with the need to debugcompiled code loaded into R. This section is geared to platformsusinggdb
with code compiled bygcc
, but similar thingsare possible with other debuggers such aslldb
(https://lldb.llvm.org/, used on macOS) and Sun’sdbx
:some debuggers have graphical front-ends available.
Consider first ‘crashes’, that is when R terminated unexpectedly withan illegal memory access (a ‘segfault’ or ‘bus error’), illegalinstruction or similar. Unix-alike versions of R use a signalhandler which aims to give some basic information. For example
*** caught segfault ***address 0x20000028, cause 'memory not mapped'Traceback: 1: .identC(class1[[1]], class2) 2: possibleExtends(class(sloti), classi, ClassDef2 = getClassDef(classi,where = where)) 3: validObject(t(cu)) 4: stopifnot(validObject(cu <- as(tu, "dtCMatrix")), validObject(t(cu)),validObject(t(tu)))Possible actions:1: abort (with core dump)2: normal R exit3: exit R without saving workspace4: exit R saving workspaceSelection: 3
Since the R process may be damaged, the only really safe options arethe first or third. (Note that a core dump is only produced whereenabled: a common default in a shell is to limit its size to 0, therebydisabling it.)
A fairly common cause of such crashes is a package which uses.C
or.Fortran
and writes beyond (at either end) one of thearguments it is passed. There is a good way to detect this: usingoptions(CBoundsCheck = TRUE)
(which can be selectedviathe environment variableR_C_BOUNDS_CHECK=yes)
changes the way.C
and.Fortran
work to check if the compiled code writesin the 64 bytes at either end of an argument.
Another cause of a ‘crash’ is to overrun the C stack. R tries totrack that in its own code, but it may happen in third-party compiledcode. For modern POSIX-compliant OSes R can safely catch that andreturn to the top-level prompt, so one gets something like
> .C("aaa")Error: segfault from C stack overflow>
However, C stack overflows are fatal under Windows and normally defeatattempts at debugging on that platform. Further, the size of the stackis set when R is compiled on Windows, whereas on POSIX OSes it can beset in the shell from which R is launched.
If you have a crash which gives a core dump you can use something like
gdb /path/to/R/bin/exec/R core.12345
to examine the core dump. If core dumps are disabled or to catch errorsthat do not generate a dump one can run R directly under a debuggerby for example
$ R -d gdb --vanilla...gdb> run
at which point R will run normally, and hopefully the debugger willcatch the error and return to its prompt. This can also be used tocatch infinite loops or interrupt very long-running code. For a simpleexample
> for(i in 1:1e7) x <- rnorm(100)[hit Ctrl-C]Program received signal SIGINT, Interrupt.0x00397682 in _int_free () from /lib/tls/libc.so.6(gdb) where#0 0x00397682 in _int_free () from /lib/tls/libc.so.6#1 0x00397eba in free () from /lib/tls/libc.so.6#2 0xb7cf2551 in R_gc_internal (size_needed=313) at /users/ripley/R/svn/R-devel/src/main/memory.c:743#3 0xb7cf3617 in Rf_allocVector (type=13, length=626) at /users/ripley/R/svn/R-devel/src/main/memory.c:1906#4 0xb7c3f6d3 in PutRNGstate () at /users/ripley/R/svn/R-devel/src/main/RNG.c:351#5 0xb7d6c0a5 in do_random2 (call=0x94bf7d4, op=0x92580e8, args=0x9698f98, rho=0x9698f28) at /users/ripley/R/svn/R-devel/src/main/random.c:183...
In many cases it is possible to attach a debugger to a running process:this is helpful if an alternative front-end is in use or to investigatea task that seems to be taking far too long. This is done by somethinglike
gdb -ppid
wherepid
is the id of the R executable or front-endprocess and can be found from within a running R process by callingSys.getpid()
or from a process monitor. This stops the processso its state can be examined: usecontinue
to resume execution.
Some “tricks” worth knowing follow:
Under most compilation environments, compiled code dynamically loadedinto R cannot have breakpoints set within it until it is loaded. Touse a symbolic debugger on such dynamically loaded code underUnix-alikes use
dyn.load
orlibrary
to load yourshared object.Under Windows signals may not be able to be used, and if so the procedure ismore complicated. See the rw-FAQ.
Next:Debugging on macOS, Previous:Finding entry points in dynamically loaded code, Up:Debugging compiled code [Contents][Index]
The key to inspecting R objects from compiled code is the functionRf_PrintValue(SEXPs)
which uses the normal R printingmechanisms to print the R object pointed to bys, orR_PV(SEXPs)
which will only print ‘objects’.
One way to make use ofRf_PrintValue
is to insert suitable calls into the code to be debugged.
Another way is to callR_PV
from the symbolic debugger.For example, fromgdb
we can use
(gdb) p R_PV(ab)
using the objectab
from the convolution example, if we haveplaced a suitable breakpoint in the convolution C code.
To examine an arbitrary R object we need to work a little harder.For example, let
R> DF <- data.frame(a = 1:3, b = 4:6)
By setting a breakpoint atdo_get
and typingget("DF") atthe R prompt, one can find out the address in memory ofDF
, forexample
Value returned is $1 = (SEXPREC *) 0x40583e1c(gdb) p *$1$2 = { sxpinfo = {type = 19, obj = 1, named = 1, gp = 0, mark = 0, debug = 0, trace = 0, = 0}, attrib = 0x40583e80, u = { vecsxp = { length = 2, type = {c = 0x40634700 "0>X@D>X@0>X@", i = 0x40634700, f = 0x40634700, z = 0x40634700, s = 0x40634700}, truelength = 1075851272, }, primsxp = {offset = 2}, symsxp = {pname = 0x2, value = 0x40634700, internal = 0x40203008}, listsxp = {carval = 0x2, cdrval = 0x40634700, tagval = 0x40203008}, envsxp = {frame = 0x2, enclos = 0x40634700}, closxp = {formals = 0x2, body = 0x40634700, env = 0x40203008}, promsxp = {value = 0x2, expr = 0x40634700, env = 0x40203008} }}
(Debugger output reformatted for better legibility).
UsingR_PV()
one can “inspect” the values of the variouselements of theSEXP
, for example,
(gdb) p R_PV($1->attrib)$names[1] "a" "b"$row.names[1] "1" "2" "3"$class[1] "data.frame"$3 = void
To find out where exactly the corresponding information is stored, oneneeds to go “deeper”:
(gdb) set $a = $1->attrib(gdb) p $a->u.listsxp.tagval->u.symsxp.pname->u.vecsxp.type.c$4 = 0x405d40e8 "names"(gdb) p $a->u.listsxp.carval->u.vecsxp.type.s[1]->u.vecsxp.type.c$5 = 0x40634378 "b"(gdb) p $1->u.vecsxp.type.s[0]->u.vecsxp.type.i[0]$6 = 1(gdb) p $1->u.vecsxp.type.s[1]->u.vecsxp.type.i[1]$7 = 5
Another alternative is theR_inspect
function which shows thelow-level structure of the objects recursively (addresses differ fromthe above as this example is created on another machine):
(gdb) p R_inspect($1)@100954d18 19 VECSXP g0c2 [OBJ,NAM(2),ATT] (len=2, tl=0) @100954d50 13 INTSXP g0c2 [NAM(2)] (len=3, tl=0) 1,2,3 @100954d88 13 INTSXP g0c2 [NAM(2)] (len=3, tl=0) 4,5,6ATTRIB: @102a70140 02 LISTSXP g0c0 [] TAG: @10083c478 01 SYMSXP g0c0 [MARK,NAM(2),gp=0x4000] "names" @100954dc0 16 STRSXP g0c2 [NAM(2)] (len=2, tl=0) @10099df28 09 CHARSXP g0c1 [MARK,gp=0x21] "a" @10095e518 09 CHARSXP g0c1 [MARK,gp=0x21] "b" TAG: @100859e60 01 SYMSXP g0c0 [MARK,NAM(2),gp=0x4000] "row.names" @102a6f868 13 INTSXP g0c1 [NAM(2)] (len=2, tl=1) -2147483648,-3 TAG: @10083c948 01 SYMSXP g0c0 [MARK,gp=0x4000] "class" @102a6f838 16 STRSXP g0c1 [NAM(2)] (len=1, tl=1) @1008c6d48 09 CHARSXP g0c2 [MARK,gp=0x21,ATT] "data.frame"
In general the representation of each object follows the format:
@<address> <type-nr> <type-name> <gc-info> [<flags>] ...
For a more fine-grained control over the depth of the recursionand the output of vectorsR_inspect3
takes additional two character()parameters: maximum depth and the maximal number of elements that willbe printed for scalar vectors. The defaults inR_inspect
arecurrently -1 (no limit) and 5 respectively.
Previous:Inspecting R objects when debugging, Up:Debugging compiled code [Contents][Index]
To debug code in a package it is easiest to unpack it in a directory andinstall it with
R CMD INSTALL --dsympkgname
as macOS does not store debugging symbols in the.so file. (Itis not necessary to have R built with debugging symbols, althoughcompiling the package should be done including-g inCFLAGS
/CXXFLAGS
/FFLAGS
/FCFLAGS
asappropriate.)
Security measures may prevent running aCRAN binarydistribution of R underlldb
or attaching this as adebugger(https://cran.r-project.org/bin/macosx/RMacOSX-FAQ.html#I-cannot-attach-debugger-to-R),although both were possible on High Sierra and are again from R4.2.0. This can also affect locally compiled builds, where attaching toan interactive R session under Big Sur or Monterey worked in 2022after giving administrator permissionvia a popup-up. (To debugin what Apple deems a non-interactive session, e.g. logged in remotely,seeman DevToolsSecurity
.)
Debugging a local build of R on macOS can raise additional hurdles asenvironment variables such asDYLD_FALLBACK_LIBRARY_PATH
are notusually passed through144 thelldb
process, resulting in messageslike
R -d lldb...(lldb) runProcess 16828 launched: '/path/to/bin/exec/R' (x86_64)dyld: Library not loaded: libR.dylib Referenced from: /path/to/bin/exec/R
A quick workaround is to symlink the dylibs underR_HOME/lib tosomewhere where they will be found such as the current workingdirectory. It would be possible to do as the distributiondoes145 anduseinstall_name_tool
, but that would have to be done for allthe dylibs including those in packages.
It may be simplest to attach the debugger to a running process (seeabove). Specifically, run R and when it is at the prompt just beforea command that is to be debugged, at a terminal
ps -ef | grep exec/R# identify the PIDpid for the next command: it is the second itemlldb -ppid(lldb) continue
and then return to the R console.
For non-interactive use, one may needlldb --batch
.
Previous:Debugging compiled code, Up:Debugging [Contents][Index]
Where supported,link time optimization provides a comprehensiveway to check the consistency of calls between Fortran files or between Cand Fortran. Use thisviaR CMD INSTALL --use-LTO
(butthat does not apply if there is asrc/Makefile file or a Windowsanalogue).
To set up support on a Unix-alike,seeLink-Time Optimization inR Installation and Administration.On Linux using GCC without building R withLTO support,it should suffice to set
LTO_OPT = -fltoLTO_FC_OPT = -fltoAR = gcc-arNM = gcc-nm
in a personal (or site)Makevars file:SeeCustomizing package compilation inR Installation and Administrationfor more information.
For Windows, first edit fileetc/${R_ARCH}/Makeconf to giveLTO_OPT
the value-flto
or do so in a personal/siteMakevars file; see also filesrc/gnuwin32/README.compilation in the sources.
For example:
boot.f:61: warning: type of 'ddot' does not match original declaration [-Wlto-type-mismatch] y(j,i)=ddot(p,x(j,1),n,b(1,j,i),1)crq.f:1023: note: return value type mismatch
where the package author forgot to declare
double precision ddot external ddot
inboot.f. That package had its own copy ofddot
: todetect misuse of the one in R’s BLAS library would have needed Rconfigured with--enable-lto=check.
Further examples:
rkpk2.f:77:5: warning: type of 'dstup' does not match original declaration [-Wlto-type-mismatch] *info, wk)rkpk1.f:2565:5: note: type mismatch in parameter 14 subroutine dstup (s, lds, nobs, nnull, qraux, jpvt, y, q, ldqr,rkpk1.f:2565:5: note: 'dstup' was previously declared here
where the fourteenth argumentdum
was missing in the call.
reg.f:78:33: warning: type of 'dqrdc' does not match original declaration [-Wlto-type-mismatch] call dqrdc (sr, nobs, nobs, nnull, wk, dum, dum, 0)dstup.f:20: note: 'dqrdc' was previously declared here call dqrdc (s, lds, nobs, nnull, qraux, jpvt, work, 1)
dqrdc
is a LINPACK routine from R,jpvt
is an integerarray andwork
is a double precision one sodum
cannotmatch both. (If--enable-lto=check had been used thecomparison would have been with the definition in R.)
For Fortran files all in the package, most inconsistencies can bedetected by concatenating the Fortran files and compiling the result,sometimes with clearer diagnostics than provided byLTO. For our lasttwo examples this gives
all.f:2966:72: *info, work1) 1Warning: Missing actual argument for argument 'dum' at (1)
and
all.f:1663:72: *ipvtwk), wk(ikwk), wk(iwork1), wk(iwork2), info) 1Warning: Type mismatch in argument 'jpvt' at (1); passed REAL(8) to INTEGER(4)
On a Unix-alike for a package with asrc/Makefile file,LTO canbe enabled by including suitable flags in that file, for example
LTO = $(LTO_OPT)LTO_FC = $(LTO_FC_OPT)
and ensuring these are used for compilation, for example as part ofCFLAGS
,CXXFLAGS
orFCFLAGS
. IfR CMDSHLIB
is used for compilation, add--use-LTO to its call.
On Windows for a package with asrc/Makefile.ucrt orsrc/Makefile.win file which includes‘"${R_HOME}/etc${R_ARCH}/Makeconf"’, include
LTO = $(LTO_OPT)
or to always useLTO however R was built,
LTO = -flto
Next:The RAPI: entry points for C code, Previous:Debugging, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Many of the functions described here have entry-point names with aRf_
prefix: if they are called from C code (but not C++ code asfrom R 4.5.0) that prefix can be omitted. Users are encouraged touse the prefix when writing new C code.
.C
and.Fortran
dyn.load
anddyn.unload
.Call
and.External
Access to operating system functions isvia the R functionssystem
andsystem2
.The details will differ by platform (see the on-line help), and aboutall that can safely be assumed is that the first argument will be astringcommand
that will be passed for execution (not necessarilyby a shell) and the second argument tosystem
will beinternal
which if true will collect the output of the commandinto an R character vector.
On POSIX-compliant OSes these commands pass a command-line to a shell:Windows is not POSIX-compliant and there is a separate functionshell
to do so.
The functionsystem.time
is available for timing. Timing on child processes is only available onUnix-alikes, and may not be reliable there.
Next:dyn.load
anddyn.unload
, Previous:Operating system access, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
.C
and.Fortran
¶These two functions provide an interface to compiled code that has beenlinked into R, either at build time orviadyn.load
(seedyn.load
anddyn.unload
). They are primarily intended forcompiled C and Fortran code respectively, but the.C
function canbe used with other languages which can generate C interfaces, forexample C++ (seeInterfacing C++ code).
The first argument to each function is a character string specifying thesymbol name as known146 to C orFortran, that is the function or subroutine name. (That the symbol isloaded can be tested by, for example,is.loaded("cg")
. Use thename you pass to.C
or.Fortran
rather than the translatedsymbol name.)
There can be up to 65 further arguments giving R objects to be passedto compiled code. Normally these are copied before being passed in, andcopied again to an R list object when the compiled code returns. Ifthe arguments are given names, these are used as names for thecomponents in the returned list object (but not passed to the compiledcode).
The following table gives the mapping between the modes of R atomicvectors and the types of arguments to a C function or Fortransubroutine.
R storage mode C type Fortran type logical
int *
INTEGER
integer
int *
INTEGER
double
double *
DOUBLE PRECISION
complex
Rcomplex *
DOUBLE COMPLEX
character
char **
CHARACTER(255)
raw
unsigned char *
none
On all R platformsint
andINTEGER
are 32-bit. Codeported from S-PLUS (which useslong *
forlogical
andinteger
) will not work on all 64-bit platforms (although it mayappear to work on some, including ‘x86_64’ Windows). Note alsothat if your compiled code is a mixture of C functions and Fortransubprograms the argument types must match as given in the table above.
C typeRcomplex
is a structure withdouble
membersr
andi
defined in the header fileR_ext/Complex.h.147 (On most platforms this is stored in a way compatiblewith the C99double complex
type: however, it may not be possibleto passRcomplex
to a C99 function expecting adoublecomplex
argument. Nor need it be compatible with a C++complex
type. Moreover, the compatibility can depend on the optimization levelset for the compiler.)
Only a single character string of fixed length can be passed to or fromFortran (the length is not passed), and the success of this iscompiler-dependent: its use was formally deprecated in 2019. Other Robjects can be passed to.C
, but it is much better to use one ofthe other interfaces.
It is possible to pass numeric vectors of storage modedouble
toC asfloat *
or to Fortran asREAL
by setting theattributeCsingle
, most conveniently by using the R functionsas.single
,single
ormode
. This is intended onlyto be used to aid interfacing existing C or Fortran code.
Logical values are sent as0
(FALSE
),1
(TRUE
) orINT_MIN = -2147483648
(NA
, but only ifNAOK
is true), and the compiled code should return one of thesethree values. (Non-zero values other thanINT_MIN
are mapped toTRUE
.) Note that the use ofint *
for Fortran logical isnot guaranteed to be portable (although people have gotten away with itfor many years): it is better to pass integers and convert to/fromFortran logical in a Fortran wrapper.
Unless formal argumentNAOK
is true, all the other arguments arechecked for missing valuesNA
and for theIEEE specialvaluesNaN
,Inf
and-Inf
, and the presence of anyof these generates an error. If it is true, these values are passedunchecked.
ArgumentPACKAGE
confines the search for the symbol name to aspecific shared object (or use"base"
for code compiled intoR). Its use is highly desirable, as there is no way to avoid twopackage writers using the same symbol name, and such name clashes arenormally sufficient to cause R to crash. (If it is not present andthe call is from the body of a function defined in a package namespace,the shared object loaded by the first (if any)useDynLib
directive will be used.)
Note that the compiled code should not return anything except throughits arguments: C functions should be of typevoid
and Fortransubprograms should be subroutines.
To fix ideas, let us consider a very simple example which convolves twofinite sequences. (This is hard to do fast in interpreted R code, buteasy in C code.) We could do this using.C
by
void convolve(double *a, int *na, double *b, int *nb, double *ab){ int nab = *na + *nb - 1; for(int i = 0; i < nab; i++) ab[i] = 0.0; for(int i = 0; i < *na; i++) for(int j = 0; j < *nb; j++) ab[i + j] += a[i] * b[j];}
called from R by
conv <- function(a, b) .C("convolve", as.double(a), as.integer(length(a)), as.double(b), as.integer(length(b)), ab = double(length(a) + length(b) - 1))$ab
Note that we take care to coerce all the arguments to the correct Rstorage mode before calling.C
; mistakes in matching the typescan lead to wrong results or hard-to-catch errors.
Special care is needed in handlingcharacter
vector arguments inC (or C++). On entry the contents of the elements are duplicated andassigned to the elements of achar **
array, and on exit theelements of the C array are copied to create new elements of a charactervector. This means that the contents of the character strings of thechar **
array can be changed, including to\0
to shortenthe string, but the strings cannot be lengthened. It ispossible148 to allocate a new stringviaR_alloc
and replace an entry in thechar **
array by thenew string. However, when character vectors are used other than in aread-only way, the.Call
interface is much to be preferred.
Passing character strings to Fortran code needs even more care, isdeprecated and should be avoided where possible. Only the first elementof the character vector is passed in, as a fixed-length (255) characterarray. Up to 255 characters are passed back to a length-one charactervector. How well this works (or even if it works at all) depends on theC and Fortran compilers on each platform (including on their options).Often what is being passed to Fortran is one of a small set of possiblevalues (a factor in R terms) which could alternatively be passed asan integer code: similarly Fortran code that wants to generatediagnostic messages could pass an integer code to a C or R wrapperwhich would convert it to a character string.
It is possible to pass some R objects other than atomic vectorsvia.C
, but this is only supported for historical compatibility: usethe.Call
or.External
interfaces for such objects. AnyC/C++ code that includesRinternals.h should be calledvia.Call
or.External
.
.Fortran
is primarily intended for Fortran 77 code, and longprecedes any support for ‘modern’ Fortran. Nowadays implementations ofFortran support the Fortran 2003 moduleiso_c_binding
, a betterway to interface modern Fortran code to R is to use.C
andwrite a C interface usinguse iso_c_binding
.
Next:Registering native routines, Previous:Interface functions.C
and.Fortran
, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
dyn.load
anddyn.unload
¶Compiled code to be used with R is loaded as a shared object(Unix-alikes including macOS, seeCreating shared objects for moreinformation) or DLL (Windows).
The shared object/DLL is loaded bydyn.load
and unloaded bydyn.unload
. Unloading is not normally necessary and is not safein general, but it is needed to allow the DLL to be re-built on someplatforms, including Windows. Unloading a DLL and then re-loading a DLLof the same name may not work: Solaris used the first version loaded. ADLL that registers C finalizers, but fails to unregister them whenunloaded, may cause R to crash after unloading.
The first argument to both functions is a character string giving thepath to the object. Programmers should not assume a specific fileextension for the object/DLL (such as.so) but use a constructionlike
file.path(path1, path2, paste0("mylib", .Platform$dynlib.ext))
for platform independence. On Unix-alike systems the path supplied todyn.load
can be an absolute path, one relative to the currentdirectory or, if it starts with ‘~’, relative to the user’s homedirectory.
Loading is most often done automatically based on theuseDynLib()
declaration in theNAMESPACE file, but may be doneexplicitlyvia a call tolibrary.dynam
.This has the form
library.dynam("libname", package, lib.loc)
wherelibname
is the object/DLL namewith the extensionomitted. Note that the first argument,chname
, shouldnot bepackage
since this will not work if the packageis installed under another name.
Under some Unix-alike systems there is a choice of how the symbols areresolved when the object is loaded, governed by the argumentslocal
andnow
. Only use these if really necessary: inparticular usingnow=FALSE
and then calling an unresolved symbolwill terminate R unceremoniously.
R provides a way of executing some code automatically when a object/DLLis either loaded or unloaded. This can be used, for example, toregister native routines with R’s dynamic symbol mechanism, initializesome data in the native code, or initialize a third party library. Onloading a DLL, R will look for a routine within that DLL namedR_init_lib
wherelib is the name of the DLL file withthe extension removed. For example, in the command
library.dynam("mylib", package, lib.loc)
R looks for the symbol namedR_init_mylib
. Similarly, whenunloading the object, R looks for a routine namedR_unload_lib
, e.g.,R_unload_mylib
. In either case,if the routine is present, R will invoke it and pass it a singleargument describing the DLL. This is a value of typeDllInfo
which is defined in theRdynload.h file in theR_extdirectory.
Note that there are some implicit restrictions on this mechanism as thebasename of the DLL needs to be both a valid file name and valid as partof a C entry point (e.g. it cannot contain ‘.’): for portablecode it is best to confine DLL names to beASCII alphanumericplus underscore. If entry pointR_init_lib
is not found itis also looked for with ‘.’ replaced by ‘_’.
The following example shows templates for the initialization andunload routines for themylib
DLL.
#include <R_ext/Rdynload.h>voidR_init_mylib(DllInfo *info){ /* Register routines, allocate resources. */}voidR_unload_mylib(DllInfo *info){ /* Release resources. */}
If a shared object/DLL is loaded more than once the most recent versionis used.149 More generally, if the same symbol nameappears in several shared objects, the most recently loaded occurrenceis used. ThePACKAGE
argument and registration (see the nextsection) provide good ways to avoid any ambiguity in which occurrence ismeant.
On Unix-alikes the paths used to resolve dynamically-linked dependentlibraries are fixed (for security reasons) when the process is launched,sodyn.load
will only look for such libraries in the locationsset by theR shell script (viaetc/ldpaths) and inthe OS-specific defaults.
Windows allows more control (and less security) over where dependentDLLs are looked for. On all versions this includes thePATH
environment variable, but with lowest priority: note that it does notinclude the directory from which the DLL was loaded. It is possible toadd a single path with quite high priorityvia theDLLpath
argument todyn.load
. This is (by default) used bylibrary.dynam
to include the package’slibs/x64 directory (onIntel) in the DLL search path.
Next:Creating shared objects, Previous:dyn.load
anddyn.unload
, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
By ‘native’ routine, we mean an entry point in compiled code.
In calls to.C
,.Call
,.Fortran
and.External
, R must locate the specified native routine bylooking in the appropriate shared object/DLL. By default, R uses theoperating-system-specific dynamic loader to lookup the symbol inall150 loaded DLLs and the R executableor libraries it is linked to. Alternatively, the author of the DLL canexplicitly register routines with R and use a single,platform-independent mechanism for finding the routines in the DLL. Onecan use this registration mechanism to provide additional informationabout a routine, including the number and type of the arguments, andalso make it available to R programmers under a different name.
Registering routines has two main advantages: it provides afaster151 way tofind the address of the entry pointvia tables stored in the DLLat compilation time, and it provides a run-time check that the entrypoint is called with the right number of arguments and, optionally, theright argument types.
To register routines with R, one calls the C routineR_registerRoutines
. This is typically done when the DLL is firstloaded within the initialization routineR_init_dll name
described indyn.load
anddyn.unload
.R_registerRoutines
takes 5 arguments. The first is theDllInfo
object passed byR to the initialization routine. This is where R stores theinformation about the methods. The remaining 4 arguments are arraysdescribing the routines for each of the 4 different interfaces:.C
,.Call
,.Fortran
and.External
. Eachargument is aNULL
-terminated array of the element types given inthe following table:
.C
R_CMethodDef
.Call
R_CallMethodDef
.Fortran
R_FortranMethodDef
.External
R_ExternalMethodDef
Currently, theR_ExternalMethodDef
type is the same asR_CallMethodDef
type and contains fields for the name of theroutine by which it can be accessed in R, a pointer to the actualnative symbol (i.e., the routine itself), and the number of argumentsthe routine expects to be passed from R. For example, if we had aroutine namedmyCall
defined as
SEXP myCall(SEXP a, SEXP b, SEXP c);
we would describe this as
static const R_CallMethodDef callMethods[] = { {"myCall", (DL_FUNC) &myCall, 3}, {NULL, NULL, 0}};
along with any other routines for the.Call
interface. Forroutines with a variable number of arguments invokedvia the.External
interface, one specifies-1
for the number ofarguments which tells R not to check the actual number passed.
Routines for use with the.C
and.Fortran
interfaces aredescribed with similar data structures, which have one optionaladditional field for describing the type of each argument. Ifspecified, this field should be an array with theSEXP
typesdescribing the expected type of each argument of the routine.(Technically, the elements of the types array are of typeR_NativePrimitiveArgType
which is just an unsigned integer.)The R types and corresponding type identifiers are provided in thefollowing table:
numeric
REALSXP
integer
INTSXP
logical
LGLSXP
single
SINGLESXP
character
STRSXP
list
VECSXP
Consider a C routine,myC
, declared as
void myC(double *x, int *n, char **names, int *status);
We would register it as
static R_NativePrimitiveArgType myC_type[] = { REALSXP, INTSXP, STRSXP, LGLSXP};static const R_CMethodDef cMethods[] = { {"myC", (DL_FUNC) &myC, 4, myC_type}, {NULL, NULL, 0, NULL}};
If registering types, check carefully that the number of types matchesthe number of arguments: as the type array (heremyC_type
) ispassed as a pointer in C, the registration mechanism cannot check thisfor you.
Note that.Fortran
entry points are mapped to lowercase, soregistration should use lowercase only.
Having created the arrays describing each routine, the last step is toactually register them with R. We do this by callingR_registerRoutines
. For example, if we have the descriptionsabove for the routines accessed by the.C
and.Call
we would use the following code:
voidR_init_myLib(DllInfo *info){ R_registerRoutines(info, cMethods, callMethods, NULL, NULL);}
This routine will be invoked when R loads the shared object/DLL namedmyLib
. The last two arguments in the call toR_registerRoutines
are for the routines accessed by.Fortran
and.External
interfaces. In our example, theseare given asNULL
since we have no routines of these types.
When R unloads a shared object/DLL, its registrations are removed.There is no other facility for unregistering a symbol.
Examples of registering routines can be found in the different packagesin the R source tree (e.g.,stats andgraphics). Also,there is a brief, high-level introduction inR News (volume 1/3,September 2001, pages 20–23,https://www.r-project.org/doc/Rnews/Rnews_2001-3.pdf).
Once routines are registered, they can be referred to as R objects ifthis is arranged in theuseDynLib
call in the package’sNAMESPACE file (seeuseDynLib
). So for example thestats package has
# Refer to all C/Fortran routines by their name prefixed by C_useDynLib(stats, .registration = TRUE, .fixes = "C_")
in itsNAMESPACE file, and thenansari.test
’s defaultmethods can contain
pansari <- function(q, m, n) .C(C_pansari, as.integer(length(q)), p = as.double(q), as.integer(m), as.integer(n))$p
This avoids the overhead of looking up an entry point each time it isused, and ensures that the entry point in the package is the one used(without aPACKAGE = "pkg"
argument).
R_init_
routines are often of the form
void attribute_visible R_init_mypkg(DllInfo *dll){ R_registerRoutines(dll, CEntries, CallEntries, FortEntries, ExternalEntries); R_useDynamicSymbols(dll, FALSE); R_forceSymbols(dll, TRUE);...}
TheR_useDynamicSymbols
call says the DLL is not to be searchedfor entry points specified by character strings so.C
etc callswill only find registered symbols: theR_forceSymbols
call onlyallows.C
etc calls which specify entry points by R objectssuch asC_pansari
(and not by character strings). Each providessome protection against accidentally finding your entry points whenpeople supply a character string without a package, and avoids slowingdown such searches. (For the visibility attribute seeControlling visibility.)
In more detail, if a packagemypkg
contains entry pointsreg
andunreg
and the first is registered as a 0-argument.Call
routine, we could use (from code in the package)
.Call("reg").Call("unreg")
Without or with registration, these will both work. IfR_init_mypkg
callsR_useDynamicSymbols(dll, FALSE)
, onlythe first will work. If in addition to registration theNAMESPACE file contains
useDynLib(mypkg, .registration = TRUE, .fixes = "C_")
then we can call.Call(C_reg)
. Finally, ifR_init_mypkg
also callsR_forceSymbols(dll, TRUE)
, only.Call(C_reg)
will work (and not.Call("reg")
). This is usually what we want:it ensures that all of our own.Call
calls go directly to theintended code in our package and that no one else accidentally finds ourentry points. (Should someone need to call our code from outside thepackage, for example for debugging, they can use.Call(mypkg:::C_reg)
.)
Next:Example: converting a package to use registration, Up:Registering native routines [Contents][Index]
Sometimes registering native routines or using aPACKAGE
argumentcan make a large difference. The results can depend quite markedly onthe OS (and even if it is 32- or 64-bit), on the version of R andwhat else is loaded into R at the time.
To fix ideas, first considerx86_64
OS 10.7 and R 2.15.2. Asimple.Call
function might be
foo <- function(x) .Call("foo", x)
with C code
#include <Rinternals.h>SEXP foo(SEXP x){ return x;}
If we compile with byR CMD SHLIB foo.c
, load the code bydyn.load("foo.so")
and runfoo(pi)
it took around 22microseconds (us). Specifying the DLL by
foo2 <- function(x) .Call("foo", x, PACKAGE = "foo")
reduced the time to 1.7 us.
Now consider making these functions part of a package whoseNAMESPACE file usesuseDynlib(foo)
. This immediatelyreduces the running time as"foo"
will be preferentially lookedforfoo.dll. Without specifyingPACKAGE
it took about 5us (it needs to fathom out the appropriate DLL each time it is invokedbut it does not need to search all DLLs), and with thePACKAGE
argument it is again about 1.7 us.
Next suppose the package has registered the native routinefoo
.Thenfoo()
still has to find the appropriate DLL but can get tothe entry point in the DLL faster, in about 4.2 us. Andfoo2()
now takes about 1 us. If we register the symbols in theNAMESPACE file and use
foo3 <- function(x) .Call(C_foo, x)
then the address for the native routine is looked up just once when thepackage is loaded, andfoo3(pi)
takes about 0.8 us.
Versions using.C()
rather than.Call()
took about 0.2 uslonger.
These are all quite small differences, but C routines are not uncommonlyinvoked millions of times for run times of a few microseconds each, andthose doing such things may wish to be aware of the differences.
On Linux and Solaris there is a smaller overhead in looking upsymbols.
Symbol lookup on Windows used to be far slower, so R maintains asmall cache. If the cache is currently empty enough that the symbol canbe stored in the cache then the performance is similar to Linux andSolaris: if not it may be slower. R’s own code always usesregistered symbols and so these never contribute to the cache: howevermany other packages do rely on symbol lookup.
In more recent versions of R all the standard packages registernative symbols and do not allow symbol search, so in a new sessionfoo()
can only look infoo.so and may be as fast asfoo2()
. This will no longer apply when many contributed packagesare loaded, and generally those last loaded are searched first. Forexample, consider R 3.3.2 on x86_64 Linux. In an empty R session,bothfoo()
andfoo2()
took about 0.75 us; however afterpackagesigraph andspatstat had been loaded (whichloaded another 12 DLLs),foo()
took 3.6 us butfoo2()
still took about 0.80 us. Using registration in a package reduced thisto 0.55 us andfoo3()
took 0.40 us, times which were unchangedwhen further packages were loaded.
Next:Linking to native routines in other packages, Previous:Speed considerations, Up:Registering native routines [Contents][Index]
Thesplines package was converted to use symbol registration in2001, but we can use it as an example152 of what needs to be done for a small package.
nm -g /path/to/splines.so | grep " T "0000000000002670 T _spline_basis0000000000001ec0 T _spline_value
This indicates that there are two relevant entry points. (They may ormay not have a leading underscore, as here. Fortran entry points willhave a trailing underscore on all current platforms.) Check in the Rcode that they are called by the package and how: in this case they areused by.Call
.
Alternatively, examine the package’s R code for all.C
,.Fortran
,.Call
and.External
calls.
extern "C"
):#include <stdlib.h> // for NULL#include <R_ext/Rdynload.h>#define CALLDEF(name, n) {#name, (DL_FUNC) &name, n}static const R_CallMethodDef R_CallDef[] = { CALLDEF(spline_basis, ?), CALLDEF(spline_value, ?), {NULL, NULL, 0}};void R_init_splines(DllInfo *dll){ R_registerRoutines(dll, NULL, R_CallDef, NULL, NULL);}
and then replace the?
in the skeleton with the actual numbers ofarguments. You will need to add declarations (also known as‘prototypes’) of the functions unless appending to the only C sourcefile. Some packages will already have these in a header file, or youcould create one and include it ininit.c, for examplesplines.h containing
#include <Rinternals.h> // for SEXPextern SEXP spline_basis(SEXP knots, SEXP order, SEXP xvals, SEXP derivs);extern SEXP spline_value(SEXP knots, SEXP coeff, SEXP order, SEXP x, SEXP deriv);
Tools are available to extract declarations, at least for C and C++code: see the help file forpackage_native_routine_registration_skeleton
in packagetools. Here we could have used
cproto -I/path/to/R/include -e splines.c
For examples of registering other types of calls, see packagesgraphics andstats. In particular, when registering entrypoints for.Fortran
one needs declarations as if called from C,such as
#include <R_ext/RS.h>void F77_NAME(supsmu)(int *n, double *x, double *y, double *w, int *iper, double *span, double *alpha, double *smo, double *sc, double *edf);
gfortran
8.4, 9.2 and later can help generate such prototypeswith its flag-fc-prototypes-external (although one will needto replace the hard-coded trailing underscore with theF77_NAME
macro).
One can get away with inaccurate argument lists in the declarations: itis easy to specify the arguments for.Call
(allSEXP
) and.External
(oneSEXP
) and as the arguments for.C
and.Fortran
are all pointers, specifying them asvoid *
suffices. (For most platforms one can omit all the arguments, althoughlink-time optimization will warn, as will compilers set up to warn onstrict prototypes – and C23 requires correct arguments.)
Using-fc-prototypes-external will give a prototype usingint_least32_t *lgl
for FortranLOGICAL LGL
, but this isnot portable and traditionally it has been assumed that the C/C++equivalent wasint *lgl
. If adding a declaration just toregister a.Fortran
call, the most portable version isvoid*lgl
.
.Call
etc to use thesymbols you chose to register by editingsrc/init.c to containvoid R_init_splines(DllInfo *dll){ R_registerRoutines(dll, NULL, R_CallDef, NULL, NULL); R_useDynamicSymbols(dll, FALSE);}
A skeleton for the steps so far can be made usingpackage_native_routine_registration_skeleton
in packagetools. This will optionally create declarations based on theusage in the R code.
The remaining steps are optional but recommended.
useDynLib(splines, .registration = TRUE, .fixes = "C_")
temp <- .Call("spline_basis", knots, ord, x, derivs, PACKAGE = "splines")y[accept] <- .Call("spline_value", knots, coeff, ord, x[accept], deriv, PACKAGE = "splines")y = .Call("spline_value", knots, coef(object), ord, x, deriv, PACKAGE = "splines")
to
temp <- .Call(C_spline_basis, knots, ord, x, derivs)y[accept] <- .Call(C_spline_value, knots, coeff, ord, x[accept], deriv)y = .Call(C_spline_value, knots, coef(object), ord, x, deriv)
Check that there is noexportPattern
directive whichunintentionally exports the newly created R objects.
.Call
to use the R symbols by editingsrc/init.c to containvoid R_init_splines(DllInfo *dll){ R_registerRoutines(dll, NULL, R_CallDef, NULL, NULL); R_useDynamicSymbols(dll, FALSE); R_forceSymbols(dll, TRUE);}
nm -g /path/to/splines.so | grep " T "0000000000002e00 T _R_init_splines00000000000025e0 T _spline_basis0000000000001e20 T _spline_value
If there were any entry points not intended to be used by the package weshould try to avoid exporting them, for example by making themstatic
. Now that the two relevant entry points are only accessedvia the registration table, we can hide them. There are two waysto do so on some153 Unix-alikes. We can hide individual entry pointsvia
#include <R_ext/Visibility.h>SEXP attribute_hiddenspline_basis(SEXP knots, SEXP order, SEXP xvals, SEXP derivs)...SEXP attribute_hiddenspline_value(SEXP knots, SEXP coeff, SEXP order, SEXP x, SEXP deriv)...
Alternatively, we can change the default visibility for all C symbols byincluding
PKG_CFLAGS = $(C_VISIBILITY)
insrc/Makevars, and then we need to allow registration bydeclaringR_init_splines
to be visible:
#include <R_ext/Visibility.h>void attribute_visibleR_init_splines(DllInfo *dll)...
SeeControlling visibility for more details, including using Fortrancode and ways to restrict visibility on Windows.
#include <stdlib.h>#include <R_ext/Rdynload.h>#include <R_ext/Visibility.h> // optional#include "splines.h"#define CALLDEF(name, n) {#name, (DL_FUNC) &name, n}static const R_CallMethodDef R_CallDef[] = { CALLDEF(spline_basis, 4), CALLDEF(spline_value, 5), {NULL, NULL, 0}};voidattribute_visible // optionalR_init_splines(DllInfo *dll){ R_registerRoutines(dll, NULL, R_CallDef, NULL, NULL); R_useDynamicSymbols(dll, FALSE); R_forceSymbols(dll, TRUE);}
Previous:Example: converting a package to use registration, Up:Registering native routines [Contents][Index]
In addition to registering C routines to be called by R, it can attimes be useful for one package to make some of its C routines availableto be called by C code in another package. The interface consists oftwo routines declared in headerR_ext/Rdynload.h as
void R_RegisterCCallable(const char *package, const char *name, DL_FUNC fptr);DL_FUNC R_GetCCallable(const char *package, const char *name);
A packagepackA that wants to make a C routinemyCfun
available to C code in other packages would include the call
R_RegisterCCallable("packA", "myCfun", myCfun);
in its initialization functionR_init_packA
. A packagepackB that wants to use this routine would retrieve the functionpointer with a call of the form
p_myCfun = R_GetCCallable("packA", "myCfun");
As the typeDL_FUNC
is only appropriate for functions with noarguments, other users will need to cast to an appropriate type. Forexample
typedef SEXP (*na_omit_xts_func) (SEXP x);... na_omit_xts_func fun = (na_omit_xts_func) R_GetCCallable("xts", "na_omit_xts"); return fun(x);
The author ofpackB is responsible for ensuring thatp_myCfun
has an appropriate declaration. In the future R mayprovide some automated tools to simplify exporting larger numbers ofroutines.
A package that wishes to make use of header files in other packagesneeds to declare them as a comma-separated list in the field‘LinkingTo’ in theDESCRIPTION file. This then arrangesfor theinclude directories in the installed linked-to packagesto be added to the include paths for C and C++ code.
It must specify154‘Imports’ or ‘Depends’ of those packages, for they have to beloaded155 prior to this one(so the path to their compiled code has been registered).
CRAN examples of the use of this mechanism includecoxmelinking tobdsmatrix andxts linking tozoo.
NB: this mechanism is fragile, as changes to the interfaceprovided bypackA have to be recognised bypackB. Theconsequences of not doing so have included serious corruption to thememory pool of the R session. EitherpackB has to depend onthe exact version ofpackA or there needs to be a mechanism forpackB to test at runtime the version ofpackA it is linkedto matches that it was compiled against.
On rare occasions in can be useful for C code in one package todynamically look up the address in another package. This can be doneusingR_FindSymbol
:
DL_FUNC R_FindSymbol(char const *name, char const *pkg, R_RegisteredNativeSymbol *symbol);
Next:Interfacing C++ code, Previous:Registering native routines, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
Shared objects for loading into R can be created usingR CMDSHLIB
. This accepts as arguments a list of files which must be objectfiles (with extension.o) or sources for C, C++, Fortran,Objective C or Objective C++ (with extensions.c,.cc or.cpp,.f (fixed-form Fortran),.f90 or.f95(free-form),.m, and.mm or.M, respectively), orcommands to be passed to the linker. SeeR CMD SHLIB --help (orthe R help forSHLIB
) for usage information. Note that filesintended for the Fortran pre-processor with extension.F are notaccepted.
If compiling the source files does not work “out of the box”, you canspecify additional flags by setting some of the variablesPKG_CPPFLAGS
(for the C/C++ preprocessor, mainly ‘-I’,‘-D’ and ‘-U’ flags),PKG_CFLAGS
,PKG_CXXFLAGS
,PKG_FFLAGS
,PKG_OBJCFLAGS
, andPKG_OBJCXXFLAGS
(for the C, C++, Fortran, Objective C, and Objective C++compilers, respectively) in the fileMakevars in the compilationdirectory (or, of course, create the object files directly from thecommand line).Similarly, variablePKG_LIBS
inMakevars can be used foradditional ‘-l’ and ‘-L’ flags to be passed to the linker whenbuilding the shared object. (Supplying linker commands as arguments toR CMD SHLIB
will take precedence overPKG_LIBS
inMakevars.)
It is possible to arrange to include compiled code from other languagesby setting the macro ‘OBJECTS’ in fileMakevars, togetherwith suitable rules to make the objects.
Flags that are already set (for example in fileetcR_ARCH/Makeconf) can be overridden by the environmentvariableMAKEFLAGS
(at least for systems using a POSIX-compliantmake
), as in (Bourne shell syntax)
MAKEFLAGS="CFLAGS=-O3" R CMD SHLIB *.c
It is also possible to set such variables in personalMakevarsfiles, which are read after the localMakevars and the systemmakefiles or in a site-wideMakevars.site file.SeeCustomizing package compilation inR Installation and Administrationfor more information.
Note that asR CMD SHLIB
uses Make, it will not remake a sharedobject just because the flags have changed, and iftest.c andtest.f both exist in the current directory
R CMD SHLIB test.f
will compiletest.c!
If thesrc subdirectory of an add-on package contains source codewith one of the extensions listed above or a fileMakevars butnot a fileMakefile,R CMD INSTALL
creates ashared object (for loading into R throughuseDynlib
in theNAMESPACE, or in the.onLoad
function of the package)using theR CMD SHLIB
mechanism. If fileMakevarsexists it is read first, then the system makefile and then any personalMakevars files.
If thesrc subdirectory of package contains a fileMakefile, this is used byR CMD INSTALL
in place of theR CMD SHLIB
mechanism.make
is called with makefilesR_HOME/etcR_ARCH/Makeconf,src/Makefile andany personalMakevars files (in that order). The first targetfound insrc/Makefile is used.
It is better to make use of aMakevars file rather than aMakefile: the latter should be needed only exceptionally.
Under Windows the same commands work, butMakevars.win will beused in preference toMakevars, and onlysrc/Makefile.winwill be used byR CMD INSTALL
withsrc/Makefile beingignored. Since R 4.2.0,Makevars.ucrt will be used in preference toMakevars.win andsrc/Makefile.ucrt will be used in preferencetosrc/Makefile.win.For past experiences of building DLLs with a variety ofcompilers, see file ‘README.packages’.Under Windows you can supply an exports definitions file calleddllname-win.def: otherwise all entry points in objects (butnot libraries) supplied toR CMD SHLIB
will be exported from theDLL. An example isstats-win.def for thestats package: aCRAN example in packagefastICA.
If you feel tempted to read the source code and subvert thesemechanisms, please resist. Far too much developer time has been wastedin chasing down errors caused by failures to follow this documentation,and even more by package authors demanding explanations as to why theirpackages no longer work.In particular, undocumented environment ormake
variables arenot for use by package writers and are subject to change without notice.
Next:Fortran I/O, Previous:Creating shared objects, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
Suppose we have the following hypothetical C++ library, consisting ofthe two filesX.h andX.cpp, and implementing the twoclassesX
andY
which we want to use in R.
// X.hclass X {public: X (); ~X ();};class Y {public: Y (); ~Y ();};
// X.cpp#include <R.h>#include "X.h"static Y y;X::X() { REprintf("constructor X\n"); }X::~X() { REprintf("destructor X\n"); }Y::Y() { REprintf("constructor Y\n"); }Y::~Y() { REprintf("destructor Y\n"); }
To use with R, the only thing we have to do is writing a wrapperfunction and ensuring that the function is enclosed in
extern "C" {}
For example,
// X_main.cpp:#include "X.h"extern "C" {void X_main () { X x;}} // extern "C"
Compiling and linking should be done with the C++ compiler-linker(rather than the C compiler-linker or the linker itself); otherwise, theC++ initialization code (and hence the constructor of the staticvariableY
) are not called. On a properly configured system, onecan simply use
R CMD SHLIB X.cpp X_main.cpp
to create the shared object, typicallyX.so (the file nameextension may be different on your platform). Now starting R yields
R version 2.14.1 Patched (2012-01-16 r58124)Copyright (C) 2012 The R Foundation for Statistical Computing...Type "q()" to quit R.
R> dyn.load(paste("X", .Platform$dynlib.ext, sep = ""))constructor YR> .C("X_main")constructor Xdestructor Xlist()R> q()Save workspace image? [y/n/c]: ydestructor Y
The R for WindowsFAQ (rw-FAQ) contains details of howto compile this example under Windows.
Earlier versions of this example used C++ iostreams: this is bestavoided. There is no guarantee that the output will appear in the Rconsole, and indeed it will not on the R for Windows console. UseR code or the C entry points (seePrinting) for all I/O if at allpossible. Examples have been seen where merely loading a DLL thatcontained calls to C++ I/O upset R’s own C I/O (for example byresetting buffers on open files).
Most R header files can be included within C++ programs but theyshouldnot be included within anextern "C"
block (asthey include system headers156).
Quite a lot of external C++ software is header-only (e.g. most of theBoost ‘libraries’ including all those supplied by packageBH,and most of Armadillo as supplied by packageRcppArmadillo)and so is compiled when an R package which uses it is installed.This causes few problems.
A small number of external libraries used in R packages have a C++interface to a library of compiled code, e.g. packagessfandrjags. This raises many more problems! The C++ interfaceuses name-mangling and theABI157may depend on the compiler, version and even C++ defines158,so requires the package C++ code to be compiled in exactly the same wayas the library (and what that was is often undocumented).
Even fewer external libraries use C++ internally but present a Cinterface, such as GEOS used bysf and other packages. Theserequire the C++ runtime library to be linked into the package’s sharedobject/DLL, and this is best done by including a dummy C++ file in thepackage sources.
There is a trend to link to the C++ interfaces offered by C softwaresuch ashdf5,pcre andImageMagick. Their Cinterfaces are much preferred for portability (and can be used from C++code). Also, the C++ interfaces are often optional in the softwarebuild or packaged separately and so users installing from packagesources are less likely to already have them installed.
Next:Linking to other packages, Previous:Interfacing C++ code, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
We have already warned against the use of C++ iostreams not leastbecause output is not guaranteed to appear on the R console, and thiswarning applies equally to Fortran output to units*
and6
. SeePrinting from Fortran, which describes workarounds.
When R was first developed, most Fortran compilers implemented I/O ontop of the C I/O system and so the two interworked successfully. Thiswas true ofg77
, but no longer ofgfortran
as usedingcc
4 and later. In particular, any package that makes useof Fortran I/O will when compiled on Windows interfere with C I/O: whenthe Fortran I/O support code is initialized (typically when the packageis loaded) the Cstdout
andstderr
are switched toLF line endings. (Functioninit
in filesrc/modules/lapack/init_win.c shows how to mitigate this. In apackage this would look something like
#ifdef _WIN32# include <fcntl.h>#endifvoid R_init_mypkgname(DllInfo *dll){ // Native symbol registration calls#ifdef _WIN32 // gfortran I/O initialization sets these to _O_BINARY setmode(1, _O_TEXT); /* stdout */ setmode(2, _O_TEXT); /* stderr */#endif}
in the file used for native symbol registration.)
Next:Handling R objects in C, Previous:Fortran I/O, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
It is not in general possible to link a DLL in packagepackA to aDLL provided by packagepackB (for the security reasons mentionedindyn.load
anddyn.unload
, and also because some platformsdistinguish between shared objects and dynamic libraries), but it is onWindows.
Note that there can be tricky versioning issues here, as packagepackB could be re-installed after packagepackA — it isdesirable that the API provided by packagepackB remainsbackwards-compatible.
Shipping a static library in packagepackB for other packages tolink to avoids most of the difficulties.
Next:Windows, Up:Linking to other packages [Contents][Index]
It is possible to link a shared object in packagepackA to alibrary provided by packagepackB under limited circumstanceson a Unix-alike OS. There are severe portability issues, so this is notrecommended for a distributed package.
This is easiest ifpackB provides a static librarypackB/lib/libpackB.a. (Note using directorylib ratherthanlibs is conventional, and architecture-specificsub-directories may be needed and are assumed in the sample codebelow. The code in the static library will need to be compiled withPIC
flags on platforms where it matters.) Then as the code frompackagepackB is incorporated when packagepackA isinstalled, we only need to find the static library at install time forpackagepackA. The only issue is to find packagepackB, andfor that we can ask R by something like (long lines broken fordisplay here)
PKGB_PATH=`echo 'library(packB); cat(system.file("lib", package="packB", mustWork=TRUE))' \ | "${R_HOME}/bin/R" --vanilla --no-echo`PKG_LIBS="$(PKGB_PATH)$(R_ARCH)/libpackB.a"
For a dynamic librarypackB/lib/libpackB.so(packB/lib/libpackB.dylib on macOS: note that you cannot link toa shared object,.so, on that platform) we could use
PKGB_PATH=`echo 'library(packB); cat(system.file("lib", package="packB", mustWork=TRUE))' \ | "${R_HOME}/bin/R" --vanilla --no-echo`PKG_LIBS=-L"$(PKGB_PATH)$(R_ARCH)" -lpackB
This will work for installation, but very likely not when packagepackB
is loaded, as the path to packagepackB’slibdirectory is not in theld.so
159 search path. You can arrange toput it therebefore R is launched by setting (on someplatforms)LD_RUN_PATH
orLD_LIBRARY_PATH
or adding to theld.so
cache (seeman ldconfig
). On platforms thatsupport it, the path to the directory containing the dynamic library canbe hardcoded at install time (which assumes that the location of packagepackB will not be changed nor the package updated to a changedAPI). On systems with thegcc
orclang
and theGNU linker (e.g. Linux) and some others this can be done bye.g.
PKGB_PATH=`echo 'library(packB); cat(system.file("lib", package="packB", mustWork=TRUE)))' \ | "${R_HOME}/bin/R" --vanilla --no-echo`PKG_LIBS=-L"$(PKGB_PATH)$(R_ARCH)" -Wl,-rpath,"$(PKGB_PATH)$(R_ARCH)" -lpackB
Some other systems (e.g. Solaris with its native linker) use-Rdir rather than-rpath,dir (and this is accepted bythe compiler as well as the linker).
It may be possible to figure out what is required semi-automaticallyfrom the result ofR CMD libtool --config
(look for‘hardcode’).
Making headers provided by packagepackB available to the code tobe compiled in packagepackA can be done by theLinkingTo
mechanism (seeRegistering native routines).
Previous:Unix-alikes, Up:Linking to other packages [Contents][Index]
Suppose packagepackA wants to make use of compiled code providedbypackB in DLLpackB/libs/exB.dll, possibly the package’sDLLpackB/libs/packB.dll. (This can be extended to linking tomore than one package in a similar way.) There are three issues to beaddressed:
This is done by theLinkingTo
mechanism (seeRegistering native routines).
packA.dll
to link topackB/libs/exB.dll.This needs an entry inMakevars.win orMakevars.ucrt of the form
PKG_LIBS= -L<something> -lexB
and one possibility is that<something>
is the path to theinstalledpkgB/libs directory. To find that we need to ask Rwhere it is by something like
PKGB_PATH=`echo 'library(packB); cat(system.file("libs", package="packB", mustWork=TRUE))' \ | rterm --vanilla --no-echo`PKG_LIBS= -L"$(PKGB_PATH)$(R_ARCH)" -lexB
Another possibility is to use an import library, shipping with packagepackA an exports fileexB.def. ThenMakevars.win (orMakevars.ucrt)could contain
PKG_LIBS= -L. -lexBall: $(SHLIB) beforebefore: libexB.dll.alibexB.dll.a: exB.def
and then installing packagepackA will make and use the importlibrary forexB.dll. (One way to prepare the exports file is tousepexports.exe.)
IfexB.dll
was used by packagepackB (because it is in factpackB.dll orpackB.dll depends on it) andpackB hasbeen loaded beforepackA, then nothing more needs to be done asexB.dll will already be loaded into the R executable. (Thisis the most common scenario.)
More generally, we can use theDLLpath
argument tolibrary.dynam
to ensure thatexB.dll
is found, for exampleby setting
library.dynam("packA", pkg, lib, DLLpath = system.file("libs", package="packB"))
Note thatDLLpath
can only set one path, and so for linking totwo or more packages you would need to resort to setting environmentvariablePATH
.
Next:Interface functions.Call
and.External
, Previous:Linking to other packages, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
Using C code to speed up the execution of an R function is often veryfruitful. Traditionally this has been donevia the.C
function in R. However, if a user wants to write C code usinginternal R data structures, then that can be done using the.Call
and.External
functions. The syntax for the callingfunction in R in each case is similar to that of.C
, but thetwo functions have different C interfaces. Generally the.Call
interface is simpler to use, but.External
is a little moregeneral.
A call to.Call
is very similar to.C
, for example
.Call("convolve2", a, b)
The first argument should be a character string giving a C symbol nameof code that has already been loaded into R. Up to 65 R objectscan passed as arguments. The C side of the interface is
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h>SEXP convolve2(SEXP a, SEXP b) ...
A call to.External
is almost identical
.External("convolveE", a, b)
but the C side of the interface is different, having only one argument
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h>SEXP convolveE(SEXP args) ...
Hereargs
is aLISTSXP
, a Lisp-style pairlist from whichthe arguments can be extracted.
In each case the R objects are available for manipulationviaa set of functions and macros defined in the header fileRinternals.h or some S-compatibility macros160 SeeInterface functions.Call
and.External
for details on.Call
and.External
.
Before you decide to use.Call
or.External
, you shouldlook at other alternatives. First, consider working in interpreted Rcode; if this is fast enough, this is normally the best option. Youshould also see if using.C
is enough. If the task to beperformed in C is simple enough involving only atomic vectors andrequiring no call to R,.C
suffices. A great deal of usefulcode was written using just.C
before.Call
and.External
were available. These interfaces allow much morecontrol, but they also impose much greater responsibilities so need tobe used with care. Neither.Call
nor.External
copy theirarguments: you should treat arguments you receive through theseinterfaces as read-only.
To handle R objects from within C code we use the macros and functionsthat have been used to implement the core parts of R. Apublic161 subset of these is defined in the header fileRinternals.h in the directoryR_INCLUDE_DIR (defaultR_HOME/include) that should be available on any Rinstallation.
A substantial amount of R, including the standard packages, isimplemented using the functions and macros described here, so the Rsource code provides a rich source of examples and “how to do it”: domake use of the source code for inspirational examples.
It is necessary to know something about how R objects are handled inC code. All the R objects you will deal with will be handled withthe typeSEXP162, which is apointer to a structure with typedefSEXPREC
. Think of thisstructure as avariant type that can handle all the usual typesof R objects, that is vectors of various modes, functions,environments, language objects and so on. The details are given laterin this section and inR Internal Structures inR Internals,but for mostpurposes the programmer does not need to know them. Think rather of amodel such as that used by Visual Basic, in which R objects arehanded around in C code (as they are in interpreted R code) as thevariant type, and the appropriate part is extracted for, for example,numerical calculations, only when it is needed. As in interpreted Rcode, much use is made of coercion to force the variant object to theright type.
Next:Allocating storage, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
We need to know a little about the way R handles memory allocation.The memory allocated for R objects is not freed by the user; instead,the memory is from time to timegarbage collected. That is, someor all of the allocated memory not being used is freed or marked asre-usable.
The R object types are represented by a C structure defined by atypedefSEXPREC
inRinternals.h. It contains severalthings among which are pointers to data blocks and to otherSEXPREC
s. ASEXP
is simply a pointer to aSEXPREC
.
If you create an R object in your C code, you must tell R that youare using the object by using thePROTECT
macro on a pointer tothe object. This tells R that the object is in use so it is notdestroyed during garbage collection. Notice that it is the object whichis protected, not the pointer variable. It is a common mistake tobelieve that if you invokedPROTECT(p)
at some point thenp is protected from then on, but that is not true once a newobject is assigned top.
Protecting an R object automatically protects all the R objectspointed to in the correspondingSEXPREC
, for example all elementsof a protected list are automatically protected.
The programmer is solely responsible for housekeeping the calls toPROTECT
. There is a corresponding macroUNPROTECT
thattakes as argument anint
giving the number of objects tounprotect when they are no longer needed. The protection mechanism isstack-based, soUNPROTECT(n)
unprotects the lastnobjects which were protected. The calls toPROTECT
andUNPROTECT
must balance when the user’s code returns and shouldbalance in all functions. R will warn about"stack imbalance in .Call"
(or.External
) if thehousekeeping is wrong.
Here is a small example of creating an R numeric vector in C code:
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h> SEXP ab; .... ab = PROTECT(RF_allocVector(REALSXP, 2)); REAL(ab)[0] = 123.45; REAL(ab)[1] = 67.89; UNPROTECT(1);
Now, the reader may ask how the R object could possibly get removedduring those manipulations, as it is just our C code that is running.As it happens, we can do without the protection in this example, but ingeneral we do not know (nor want to know) what is hiding behind the Rmacros and functions we use, and any of them might cause memory to beallocated, hence garbage collection and hence our objectab
to beremoved. It is usually wise to err on the side of caution and assumethat any of the R macros and functions might remove the object.
In some cases it is necessary to keep better track of whether protectionis really needed. Be particularly aware of situations where a largenumber of objects are generated. The pointer protection stack has afixed size (default 10,000) and can become full. It is not a good ideathen to justPROTECT
everything in sight andUNPROTECT
several thousand objects at the end. It will almost invariably bepossible to either assign the objects as part of another object (whichautomatically protects them) or unprotect them immediately after use.
There is a less-used macroUNPROTECT_PTR(s)
that unprotects theobject pointed to by theSEXP
s, even if it is not the top itemon the pointer protection stack. This macro was introduced for use in theparser, where the code interfacing with the R heap is generated and thegenerator cannot be configured to insert proper calls toPROTECT
andUNPROTECT
. However,UNPROTECT_PTR
is dangerous to use incombination withUNPROTECT
when the same object has been protectedmultiple times. It has been superseded by multi-set based functionsR_PreserveInMSet
andR_ReleaseFromMSet
, which protect objectsin a multi-set created byR_NewPreciousMSet
and typically itselfprotected usingPROTECT
. These functions should not be neededoutside parsers.
Sometimes an object is changed (for example duplicated, coerced orgrown) yet the current value needs to be protected. For these casesPROTECT_WITH_INDEX
saves an index of the protection location thatcan be used to replace the protected value usingREPROTECT
.For example (from the internal code foroptim
)
PROTECT_INDEX ipx; .... PROTECT_WITH_INDEX(s = Rf_eval(OS->R_fcall, OS->R_env), &ipx); REPROTECT(s = Rf_coerceVector(s, REALSXP), ipx);
Note that it is dangerous to mixUNPROTECT_PTR
also withPROTECT_WITH_INDEX
, as the former changes the protectionlocations of objects that were protected after the one beingunprotected.
There is another way to avoid the effects of garbage collection: a calltoR_PreserveObject
adds an object to an internal list of objectsnot to be collected, and a subsequent call toR_ReleaseObject
removes it from that list. This provides a way for objects which arenot returned as part of R objects to be protected across calls tocompiled code: on the other hand it becomes the user’s responsibility torelease them when they are no longer needed (and this often requires theuse of a finalizer). It is less efficient than the normal protectionmechanism, and should be used sparingly.
For functions from packages as well as R to safely co-operate inprotecting objects, certain rules have to be followed:
PROTECT
andUNPROTECT
should balance in each function. A function may only callUNPROTECT
orREPROTECT
on objects it has itself protected. Note that the pointerprotection stack balance is restored automatically on non-local transfer ofcontrol (SeeCondition handling and cleanup code.), as if a call toUNPROTECT
was invoked with the right argument.PROTECT
andUNPROTECT
calls.It is always safe and recommended to follow those rules. In fact, severalR functions and macros protect their own arguments and some functions donot allocate or do not allocate when used in a certain way, but that issubject to change, so relying on that may be fragile.PROTECT
andPROTECT_WITH_INDEX
can be safely called with unprotected argumentsandUNPROTECT
does not allocate.
Next:Details of R types, Previous:Handling the effects of garbage collection, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
For many purposes it is sufficient to allocate R objects andmanipulate those. There are quite a fewRf_allocXxx
functionsdefined inRinternals.h—you may want to explore them.
One that is commonly used isRf_allocVector
, the C-level equivalentof R-levelvector()
and its wrappers such asinteger()
andcharacter()
. One distinction is that whereas the Rfunctions always initialize the elements of the vector,Rf_allocVector
only does so for lists, expressions and charactervectors (the cases where the elements are themselves R objects).Other useful allocation functions areRf_alloc3DArray
,Rf_allocArray
, andRf_allocMatrix
.
At times it can be useful to allocate a larger initial result vector andresize it to a shorter length if that is sufficient. The functionsRf_lengthgets
andRf_xlengthgets
accomplish this; they areanalogous to usinglength(x) <- n
in R. Typically thesefunctions return a freshly allocated object, but in some cases they mayre-use the supplied object.
When creating new result objects it can be useful to fill them in withvalues from an existing object. The functionsRf_copyVector
andRf_copyMatrix
can be used for this.Rf_copyMostAttributes
canalso simplify setting up a result object; it is used internally forresults of arithmetic operations.
If storage is required for C objects during the calculations this isbest allocated by callingR_alloc
; seeMemory allocation.All of these memory allocation routines do their own error-checking, sothe programmer may assume that they will raise an error and not returnif the memory cannot be allocated.
Next:Attributes, Previous:Allocating storage, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
Users of theRinternals.h macros will need to know how the Rtypes are known internally. The different R data types arerepresented in C bySEXPTYPE. Some of these are familiar fromR and some are internal data types. The usual R object modes aregiven in the table.
SEXPTYPE R equivalent REALSXP
numeric with storage mode double
INTSXP
integer CPLXSXP
complex LGLSXP
logical STRSXP
character VECSXP
list (generic vector) LISTSXP
pairlist DOTSXP
a ‘…’ object NILSXP
NULL SYMSXP
name/symbol CLOSXP
function or function closure ENVSXP
environment
Among the important internalSEXPTYPE
s areLANGSXP
,CHARSXP
,PROMSXP
, etc. (N.B.: although it ispossible to return objects of internal types, it is unsafe to do so asassumptions are made about how they are handled which may be violated atuser-level evaluation.) More details are given inR Internal Structures inR Internals.
Unless you are very sure about the type of the arguments, the codeshould check the data types. Sometimes it may also be necessary tocheck data types of objects created by evaluating an R expression inthe C code. You can use functions likeRf_isReal
,Rf_isInteger
andRf_isString
to do type checking.Other such functions declared in the header fileRinternals.hincludeRf_iisNull
,Rf_iisSymbol
,Rf_iisLogical
,Rf_iisComplex
,Rf_iisExpression
, andRf_iisEnvironment
.All of these take aSEXP
as argument and return 1 or 0 toindicateTRUE orFALSE.
What happens if theSEXP
is not of the correct type? Sometimesyou have no other option except to generate an error. You can use thefunctionRf_error
for this. It is usually better to coerce theobject to the correct type. For example, if you find that anSEXP
is of the typeINTEGER
, but you need aREAL
object, you can change the type by using
newSexp = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(oldSexp, REALSXP));
Protection is needed as a newobject is created; the objectformerly pointed to by theSEXP
is still protected but nowunused.163
All the coercion functions do their own error-checking, and generateNA
s with a warning or stop with an error as appropriate.
Note that these coercion functions arenot the same as callingas.numeric
(and so on) in R code, as they do not dispatch onthe class of the object. Thus it is normally preferable to do thecoercion in the calling R code.
So far we have only seen how to create and coerce R objects from Ccode, and how to extract the numeric data from numeric R vectors.These can suffice to take us a long way in interfacing R objects tonumerical algorithms, but we may need to know a little more to createuseful return objects.
Next:Classes, Previous:Details of R types, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
Many R objects have attributes: some of the most useful are classesand thedim
anddimnames
that mark objects as matrices orarrays. It can also be helpful to work with thenames
attributeof vectors.
To illustrate this, let us write code to take the outer product of twovectors (whichouter
and%o%
already do). As usual theR code is simple
out <- function(x, y){ storage.mode(x) <- storage.mode(y) <- "double" .Call("out", x, y)}
where we expectx
andy
to be numeric vectors (possiblyinteger), possibly with names. This time we do the coercion in thecalling R code.
C code to do the computations is
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h>SEXP out(SEXP x, SEXP y){ int nx = Rf_length(x), ny = Rf_length(y); SEXP ans = PROTECT(Rf_allocMatrix(REALSXP, nx, ny)); double *rx = REAL(x), *ry = REAL(y), *rans = REAL(ans); for(int i = 0; i < nx; i++) { double tmp = rx[i]; for(int j = 0; j < ny; j++) rans[i + nx*j] = tmp * ry[j]; } UNPROTECT(1); return ans;}
Note the wayREAL
is used: as it is a function call it can beconsiderably faster to store the result and index that.
However, we would like to set thedimnames
of the result. We can use
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h>
SEXP out(SEXP x, SEXP y){ int nx = Rf_length(x), ny = Rf_length(y); SEXP ans = PROTECT(Rf_allocMatrix(REALSXP, nx, ny)); double *rx = REAL(x), *ry = REAL(y), *rans = REAL(ans); for(int i = 0; i < nx; i++) { double tmp = rx[i]; for(int j = 0; j < ny; j++) rans[i + nx*j] = tmp * ry[j]; } SEXP dimnames = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(VECSXP, 2)); SET_VECTOR_ELT(dimnames, 0, Rf_getAttrib(x, R_NamesSymbol)); SET_VECTOR_ELT(dimnames, 1, Rf_getAttrib(y, R_NamesSymbol)); Rf_setAttrib(ans, R_DimNamesSymbol, dimnames);
UNPROTECT(2); return ans;}
This example introduces several new features. TheRf_getAttrib
andRf_setAttrib
functions get and set individual attributes. Their second argument is aSEXP
defining the name in the symbol table of the attribute wewant; these and many such symbols are defined in the header fileRinternals.h.
There are shortcuts here too: the functionsRf_namesgets
,Rf_dimgets
andRf_dimnamesgets
are the internal versions of thedefault methods ofnames<-
,dim<-
anddimnames<-
(for vectors and arrays), and there are functions such asRf_GetColNames
,Rf_GetRowNames
,Rf_GetMatrixDimnames
andRf_GetArrayDimnames
.
What happens if we want to add an attribute that is not pre-defined? Weneed to add a symbol for itvia a call toRf_install
. Suppose for illustration we wanted to add an attribute"version"
with value3.0
. We could use
SEXP version;version = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(REALSXP, 1));REAL(version)[0] = 3.0;Rf_setAttrib(ans, Rf_install("version"), version);UNPROTECT(1);
UsingRf_install
when it is not needed is harmless and provides asimple way to retrieve the symbol from the symbol table if it is alreadyinstalled. However, the lookup takes a non-trivial amount of time, soconsider code such as
static SEXP VerSymbol = NULL;...if (VerSymbol == NULL) VerSymbol = Rf_install("version");
if it is to be done frequently.
This example can be simplified by another convenience function:
SEXP version = PROTECT(Rf_ScalarReal(3.0));Rf_setAttrib(ans, Rf_install("version"), version);UNPROTECT(1);
If a result is to be a vector with all elements named, thenRf_mkNamed
can be used to allocate a vector of a specified type.Names are provided as a C vector of strings terminated by an emptystring:
const char *nms[] = {"xi", "yi", "zi", ""};Rf_mkNamed(VECSXP, nms);
Symbols can also be installed or retrieved based on a name in aCHARSXP
object using eitherRf_installChar
orRf_installTrChar
. These used to differ in handling characterencoding but have been identical since R 4.0.0.
Next:S4 objects, Previous:Attributes, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
In R the class is just the attribute named"class"
so it canbe handled as such, but there is a shortcutRf_classgets
. Supposewe want to give the return value in our example the class"mat"
.We can use
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h> .... SEXP ans, dim, dimnames, class; .... class = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(STRSXP, 1)); SET_STRING_ELT(class, 0, Rf_mkChar("mat")); Rf_classgets(ans, class); UNPROTECT(4); return ans;}
As the value is a character vector, we have to know how to create thatfrom a C character array, which we do using the functionRf_mkChar
.
Next:Handling lists, Previous:Classes, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
Several functions are available for working with S4 objects and classesin C, including:
SEXP Rf_allocS4Object(void);SEXP Rf_asS4(SEXP, Rboolean, int);int R_check_class_etc(SEXP x, const char **valid);SEXP R_do_MAKE_CLASS(const char *what);SEXP R_do_new_object(SEXP class_def);SEXP R_do_slot(SEXP obj, SEXP name);SEXP R_do_slot_assign(SEXP obj, SEXP name, SEXP value);SEXP R_getClassDef (const char *what);int R_has_slot(SEXP obj, SEXP name);
Next:Handling character data, Previous:S4 objects, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
Some care is needed with lists, as R moved early on from usingLISP-like lists (now called “pairlists”) to S-like generic vectors.As a result, the appropriate test for an object of modelist
isRf_isNewList
, and we needRf_allocVector(VECSXP,n
) andnotRf_allocList(n)
.
List elements can be retrieved or set by direct access to the elementsof the generic vector. Suppose we have a list object
a <- list(f = 1, g = 2, h = 3)
Then we can accessa$g
asa[[2]]
by
double g; .... g = REAL(VECTOR_ELT(a, 1))[0];
This can rapidly become tedious, and the following function (based onone in packagestats) is very useful:
/* get the list element named str (ASCII), or return NULL */SEXP getListElement(SEXP list, const char *str){ SEXP elmt = R_NilValue, names = Rf_getAttrib(list, R_NamesSymbol);
for (int i = 0; i < Rf_length(list); i++) if(strcmp(CHAR(STRING_ELT(names, i)), str) == 0) { /* ASCII only */ elmt = VECTOR_ELT(list, i); break; } return elmt;}
and enables us to say
double g; g = REAL(getListElement(a, "g"))[0];
This code only works for names that are ASCII (seeCharacter encoding issues).
Next:Working with closures, Previous:Handling lists, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
R character vectors are stored asSTRSXP
s, a vector type likeVECSXP
where every element is of typeCHARSXP
. TheCHARSXP
elements ofSTRSXP
s are accessed usingSTRING_ELT
andSET_STRING_ELT
.
CHARSXP
s are read-only objects and must never be modified. Inparticular, the C-style string contained in aCHARSXP
should betreated as read-only and for this reason theCHAR
function usedto access the character data of aCHARSXP
returns(constchar *)
(this also allows compilers to issue warnings about improperuse). SinceCHARSXP
s are immutable, the sameCHARSXP
canbe shared by anySTRSXP
needing an element representing the samestring. R maintains a global cache ofCHARSXP
s so that thereis only ever oneCHARSXP
representing a given string in memory.It most cases it is easier to useRf_translateChar
orRf_translateCharUTF8
to obtain the C string and it is saferagainst potential future changes in R (seeCharacter encoding issues).
You can obtain aCHARSXP
by callingRf_mkChar
and providing aNUL-terminated C-style string. This function will return a pre-existingCHARSXP
if one with a matching string already exists, otherwiseit will create a new one and add it to the cache before returning it toyou. The variantRf_mkCharLen
can be used to create aCHARSXP
from part of a buffer and will ensure null-termination.
Note that R character strings are restricted to2^31 - 1
bytes, and hence so should the input toRf_mkChar
be (C allowslonger strings on 64-bit platforms).
Next:Finding and setting variables, Previous:Handling character data, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
New function closure objects can be created withR_mkClosure
:
SEXP R_mkClosure(SEXP formals, SEXP body, SEXP rho);
The components of a closure can be extracted withR_ClosureFormals
,R_ClosureBody
, andR_ClosureEnv
.For a byte compiled closureR_ClosureBody
returns the compiledbody.R_ClosureExpr
returns the body expression for bothcompiled and uncompiled closures. The expression for a compiled objectcan be obtained withR_BytecodeExpr
.
Next:Some convenience functions, Previous:Working with closures, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
It will be usual that all the R objects needed in our C computationsare passed as arguments to.Call
or.External
, but it ispossible to find the values of R objects from within the C giventheir names. The following code is the equivalent ofget(name,envir = rho)
.
SEXP getvar(SEXP name, SEXP rho){ SEXP ans; if (!Rf_isString(name) || Rf_length(name) != 1) Rf_error("name is not a single string"); if (!Rf_isEnvironment(rho)) Rf_error("rho should be an environment"); ans = R_getVar(Rf_installChar(STRING_ELT(name, 0)), rho, TRUE); if (TYPEOF(ans) != REALSXP || Rf_length(ans) == 0) Rf_error("value is not a numeric vector with at least one element"); Rprintf("first value is %f\n", REAL(ans)[0]); return R_NilValue;}
The main work is done byR_getVar
, but to use it we need to installname
as a namein the symbol table. As we wanted the value for internal use, we returnNULL
.
R_getVar
is similar to the R functionget
. It signalsan error if there is no binding for the variable in theenvironment.R_getVarEx
can be used to return a default value ifno binding is found; this corresponds to the R functionget0
.The third argument toR_getVar
andR_getVarEx
correspondsto theinherits
argument to the R functionget
.
Functions with syntax
void Rf_defineVar(SEXP symbol, SEXP value, SEXP rho)void Rf_setVar(SEXP symbol, SEXP value, SEXP rho)
can be used to assign values to R variables.Rf_defineVar
creates a new binding or changes the value of an existing binding in thespecified environment frame; it is the analogue ofassign(symbol,value, envir = rho, inherits = FALSE)
, but unlikeassign
,Rf_defineVar
does not make a copy of the objectvalue
.164Rf_setVar
searches for an existingbinding forsymbol
inrho
or its enclosing environments.If a binding is found, its value is changed tovalue
. Otherwise,a new binding with the specified value is created in the globalenvironment. This corresponds toassign(symbol, value, envir =rho, inherits = TRUE)
.
At times it may also be useful to create a new environment frame in C code.R_NewEnv
is a C version of the R functionnew.env
:
SEXP R_NewEnv(SEXP enclos, int hash, int size)
Next:Named objects and copying, Previous:Finding and setting variables, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
Some operations are done so frequently that there are conveniencefunctions to handle them. (All these are providedvia the headerfileRinternals.h.)
Suppose we wanted to pass a single logical argumentignore_quotes
: we could use
int ign = Rf_asLogical(ignore_quotes); if(ign == NA_LOGICAL) Rf_error("'ignore_quotes' must be TRUE or FALSE");
which will do any coercion needed (at least from a vector argument), andreturnNA_LOGICAL
if the value passed wasNA
or coercionfailed. There are alsoRf_asInteger
,Rf_asReal
andRf_asComplex
. The functionRf_asChar
returns aCHARSXP
.All of these functions ignore any elements of an input vector after thefirst.
Rf_asRboolean
is a stricter version ofRf_asLogical
introduced in R 4.5.0. It returns typeRboolean
andgives an error for an input of length other than one, and forcoercion failure.Rf_asBool
is a variant returning theC99/C23/C++ typebool
.
The functionRf_asCharacterFactor
converts a factor to a charactervector.
To return a length-one real vector we can use
double x; ... return Rf_ScalarReal(x);
and there are versions of this for all the atomic vector types (those fora length-one character vector beingRf_ScalarString
with argument aCHARSXP
andRf_mkString
with argumentconst char *
).
SEXP Rf_ScalarReal(double);SEXP Rf_ScalarInteger(int);SEXP Rf_ScalarLogical(int)SEXP Rf_ScalarRaw(Rbyte);SEXP Rf_ScalarComplex(Rcomplex);SEXP Rf_ScalarString(SEXP);SEXP Rf_mkString(const char *);
Some of theRf_isXXXX
functions differ from their apparentR-level counterparts: for exampleRf_isVector
is true for anyatomic vector type (Rf_isVectorAtomic
) and for lists and expressions(Rf_isVectorList
) (with no check on attributes).Rf_isMatrix
isa test of a length-2"dim"
attribute.
Rboolean Rf_isVector(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isVectorAtomic(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isVectorList(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isMatrix(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isPairList(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isPrimitive(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isTs(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isNumeric(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isArray(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isFactor(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isObject(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isFunction(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isLanguage(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isNewList(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isList(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isOrdered(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isUnordered(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isS4(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isNumber(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_isDataFrame (SEXP);
Rboolean Rf_isBlankString(const char *);Rboolean Rf_StringBlank(SEXP);Rboolean Rf_StringFalse(const char *);Rboolean Rf_StringTrue(const char *);int IS_LONG_VEC(SEXP);int IS_SCALAR(SEXP, int);
There are a series of small macros/functions to help construct pairlistsand language objects (whose internal structures just differ bySEXPTYPE
). FunctionCONS(u, v)
is the basic buildingblock: it constructs a pairlist fromu
followed byv
(which is a pairlist orR_NilValue
).LCONS
is a variantthat constructs a language object. FunctionsRf_list1
toRf_list6
construct a pairlist from one to six items, andRf_lang1
toRf_lang6
do the same for a language object (afunction to call plus zero to five arguments).FunctionsRf_elt
andRf_lastElt
find thei-th element andthe last element of a pairlist, andRf_nthcdr
returns a pointer tothen-th position in the pairlist (whoseCAR
is then-th item).
FunctionsRf_str2type
andRf_type2str
map R length-onecharacter strings to and fromSEXPTYPE
numbers, andRf_type2char
maps numbers to C character strings.Rf_type2str_nowarn
does not issue a warning if theSEXPTYPE
is invalid.
There is quite a collection of functions that may be used in your C codeif you are willing to adapt to rare API changes.These typically contain the “workhorses” of their R counterparts.
FunctionsRf_any_duplicated
andRf_any_duplicated3
are fastversions of R’sany(duplicated(.))
.
FunctionR_compute_identical
corresponds to R’sidentical
function.FunctionR_BindingIsLocked
corresponds to R’sbindingIsLocked
function.FunctionR_ParentEnv
corresponds to R’sparent.env
.
The C functionsRf_inherits
andRf_topenv
correspond tothe R functions of the same base name. The C functionRf_GetOption1
corresponds to the R functiongetOption
without specifying a default.Rf_GetOptionWidth
returns the value of thewidth
option as anint
.The C functionRf_nlevels
returns the number of levels of a factor.Unlike its R counterpart it always returns zero for non-factors.
For vectors the C functionRf_duplicated
returns a logical vectorindicating for each element whether it is duplicated or not. A secondargument specifies the direction of the search.
The C functionR_lsInternal3
returns a character vector of thenames of variables in an environment. The second and third argumentsspecify whether all names are desired and whether the result should besorted.
Some convenience functions for working with pairlist objects includeRf_copyListMatrix
,Rf_listAppend
,Rf_isVectorizable
,Rf_VectorToPairList
, andRf_PairToVectorList
Some convenience functions for working with name spaces and environmentsincludeR_existsVarInFrame
,R_removeVarFromFrame
,R_PackageEnvName
,R_IsPackageEnv
,R_FindNamespace
,R_IsNamespaceEnv
, andR_NamespaceEnvSpec
.
The C functionsRf_match
andRf_pmatch
correspond to the Rfunctions of the same base name.The C-level workhorse for partial matching is provided byRf_psmatch
.
The C functionsR_forceAndCall
andRf_isUnsorted
correspondto the R functionsforceAndCall
andis.unsorted
.
Previous:Some convenience functions, Up:Handling R objects in C [Contents][Index]
[TheNAMED
mechanism has been replaced by reference counting.]
When assignments are done in R such as
x <- 1:10y <- x
the named object is not necessarily copied, so after those twoassignmentsy
andx
are bound to the sameSEXPREC
(the structure aSEXP
points to). This means that any code whichalters one of them has to make a copy before modifying the copy if theusual R semantics are to apply. Note that whereas.C
and.Fortran
do copy their arguments,.Call
and.External
do not. SoRf_duplicate
is commonly called onarguments to.Call
before modifying them. If only the top levelis modified it may suffice to callRf_shallow_duplicate
.
At times it may be necessary to copy attributes from one object toanother. This can be done usingDUPLICATE_ATTRIB
orSHALLOW_DUPLICATE_ATTRIB
ANY_ATTRIB
checks whether there are any attributes andCLEAR_ATTRIB
removes all attributes.
However, at least some of this copying is unneeded. In the firstassignment shown,x <- 1:10
, R first creates an object withvalue1:10
and then assigns it tox
but ifx
ismodified no copy is necessary as the temporary object with value1:10
cannot be referred to again. R distinguishes betweennamed and unnamed objectsvia a field in aSEXPREC
thatcan be accessedvia the macrosNAMED
andSET_NAMED
. Thiscan take values
0
The object is not bound to any symbol
1
The object has been bound to exactly one symbol
>= 2
The object has potentially been bound to two or more symbols, and oneshould act as if another variable is currently bound to this value.The maximal value isNAMEDMAX
.
Note the past tenses: R does not do currently do full referencecounting and there may currently be fewer bindings.
It is safe to modify the value of anySEXP
for whichNAMED(foo)
is zero, and ifNAMED(foo)
is two or more, thevalue should be duplicated (via a call toRf_duplicate
)before any modification. Note that it is the responsibility of theauthor of the code making the modification to do the duplication, evenif it isx
whose value is being modified aftery <- x
.
The caseNAMED(foo) == 1
allows some optimization, but it can beignored (and duplication done wheneverNAMED(foo) > 0
). (Thisoptimization is not currently usable in user code.) It is intendedfor use within replacement functions. Suppose we used
x <- 1:10foo(x) <- 3
which is computed as
x <- 1:10x <- "foo<-"(x, 3)
Then inside"foo<-"
the object pointing to the current value ofx
will haveNAMED(foo)
as one, and it would be safe tomodify it as the only symbol bound to it isx
and that will berebound immediately. (Provided the remaining code in"foo<-"
make no reference tox
, and no one is going to attempt a directcall such asy <- "foo<-"(x)
.)
This mechanism was replaced in R 4.0.0. Tosupport future changes, package code should useNO_REFERENCES
,MAYBE_REFERENCED
,NOT_SHARED
,MAYBE_SHARED
, andMARK_NOT_MUTABLE
.
Next:Evaluating R expressions from C, Previous:Handling R objects in C, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
.Call
and.External
¶In this section we consider the details of the R/C interfaces.
These two interfaces have almost the same functionality..Call
isbased on the interface of the same name in S version 4, and.External
is based on R’s.Internal
..External
is more complex but allows a variable number of arguments.
.Call
¶Let us convert our finite convolution example to use.Call
. Thecalling function in R is
conv <- function(a, b) .Call("convolve2", a, b)
which could hardly be simpler, but as we shall see all the typecoercion is transferred to the C code, which is
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h>SEXP convolve2(SEXP a, SEXP b){ int na, nb, nab; double *xa, *xb, *xab; SEXP ab; a = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(a, REALSXP)); b = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(b, REALSXP)); na = Rf_length(a); nb = Rf_length(b); nab = na + nb - 1; ab = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(REALSXP, nab)); xa = REAL(a); xb = REAL(b); xab = REAL(ab); for(int i = 0; i < nab; i++) xab[i] = 0.0; for(int i = 0; i < na; i++) for(int j = 0; j < nb; j++) xab[i + j] += xa[i] * xb[j]; UNPROTECT(3); return ab;}
Next:Missing and special values, Previous:Calling.Call
, Up:Interface functions.Call
and.External
[Contents][Index]
.External
¶We can use the same example to illustrate.External
. The Rcode changes only by replacing.Call
by.External
conv <- function(a, b) .External("convolveE", a, b)
but the main change is how the arguments are passed to the C code, thistime as a single SEXP. The only change to the C code is how we handlethe arguments.
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h>SEXP convolveE(SEXP args){ int i, j, na, nb, nab; double *xa, *xb, *xab; SEXP a, b, ab; a = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(CADR(args), REALSXP)); b = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(CADDR(args), REALSXP)); ...}
Once again we do not need to protect the arguments, as in the R sideof the interface they are objects that are already in use. The macros
first = CADR(args); second = CADDR(args); third = CADDDR(args); fourth = CAD4R(args); fifth = CAD5R(args);
provide convenient ways to access the first five arguments. Moregenerally we can use theCDR
andCAR
macros as in
args = CDR(args); a = CAR(args); args = CDR(args); b = CAR(args);
which clearly allows us to extract an unlimited number of arguments(whereas.Call
has a limit, albeit at 65 not a small one).
More usefully, the.External
interface provides an easy way tohandle calls with a variable number of arguments, aslength(args)
will give the number of arguments supplied (of which the first isignored). We may need to know the names (‘tags’) given to the actualarguments, which we can by using theTAG
macro and usingsomething like the following example, that prints the names and the firstvalue of its arguments if they are vector types.
SEXP showArgs(SEXP args){ void *vmax = vmaxget(); args = CDR(args); /* skip 'name' */ for(int i = 0; args != R_NilValue; i++, args = CDR(args)) { const char *name = Rf_isNull(TAG(args)) ? "" : Rf_translateChar(PRINTNAME(TAG(args))); SEXP el = CAR(args); if (length(el) == 0) { Rprintf("[%d] '%s' R type, length 0\n", i+1, name); continue; }
switch(TYPEOF(el)) { case REALSXP: Rprintf("[%d] '%s' %f\n", i+1, name, REAL(el)[0]); break;
case LGLSXP: case INTSXP: Rprintf("[%d] '%s' %d\n", i+1, name, INTEGER(el)[0]); break;
case CPLXSXP: { Rcomplex cpl = COMPLEX(el)[0]; Rprintf("[%d] '%s' %f + %fi\n", i+1, name, cpl.r, cpl.i); } break;
case STRSXP: Rprintf("[%d] '%s' %s\n", i+1, name, Rf_translateChar(STRING_ELT(el, 0))); break;
default: Rprintf("[%d] '%s' R type\n", i+1, name); } } vmaxset(vmax); return R_NilValue;}
This can be called by the wrapper function
showArgs <- function(...) invisible(.External("showArgs", ...))
Note that this style of programming is convenient but not necessary, asan alternative style is
showArgs1 <- function(...) invisible(.Call("showArgs1", list(...)))
The (very similar) C code is in the scripts.
Additional functions for accessing pairlist components areCAAR
,CDAR
,CDDR
, andCDDDR
.These components can be modified withSETCAR
,SETCDR
,SETCADR
,SETCADDR
,SETCADDDR
, andSETCAD4R
.
Previous:Calling.External
, Up:Interface functions.Call
and.External
[Contents][Index]
One piece of error-checking the.C
call does (unlessNAOK
is true) is to check for missing (NA
) andIEEE specialvalues (Inf
,-Inf
andNaN
) and give an error if anyare found. With the.Call
interface these will be passed to ourcode. In this example the special values are no problem, asIEC 60559 arithmetic will handle them correctly. In the currentimplementation this is also true ofNA
as it is a type ofNaN
, but it is unwise to rely on such details. Thus we willre-write the code to handleNA
s using macros defined inR_ext/Arith.h included byR.h.
The code changes are the same in any of the versions ofconvolve2
orconvolveE
:
... for(int i = 0; i < na; i++) for(int j = 0; j < nb; j++) if(ISNA(xa[i]) || ISNA(xb[j]) || ISNA(xab[i + j])) xab[i + j] = NA_REAL; else xab[i + j] += xa[i] * xb[j]; ...
Note that theISNA
macro, and the similar macrosISNAN
(which checks forNaN
orNA
) andR_FINITE
(which isfalse forNA
and all the special values), only apply to numericvalues of typedouble
. Missingness of integers, logicals andcharacter strings can be tested by equality to the constantsNA_INTEGER
,NA_LOGICAL
andNA_STRING
. These andNA_REAL
can be used to set elements of R vectors toNA
.
The constantsR_NaN
,R_PosInf
andR_NegInf
can beused to setdouble
s to the special values.
Next:Parsing R code from C, Previous:Interface functions.Call
and.External
, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
The main function we will use is
SEXP Rf_eval(SEXP expr, SEXP rho);
the equivalent of the interpreted R codeeval(expr, envir =rho)
(sorho
must be an environment), although we can also makeuse ofRf_findVar
,Rf_defineVar
andRf_findFun
(whichrestricts the search to functions).
To see how this might be applied, here is a simplified internal versionoflapply
for expressions, used as
a <- list(a = 1:5, b = rnorm(10), test = runif(100)).Call("lapply", a, quote(sum(x)), new.env())
with C code
SEXP lapply(SEXP list, SEXP expr, SEXP rho){ int n = Rf_length(list); SEXP ans; if(!Rf_isNewList(list)) Rf_error("'list' must be a list"); if(!Rf_isEnvironment(rho)) Rf_error("'rho' should be an environment"); ans = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(VECSXP, n)); for(int i = 0; i < n; i++) { Rf_defineVar(Rf_install("x"), VECTOR_ELT(list, i), rho); SET_VECTOR_ELT(ans, i, Rf_eval(expr, rho)); } Rf_setAttrib(ans, R_NamesSymbol, Rf_getAttrib(list, R_NamesSymbol)); UNPROTECT(1); return ans;}
It would be closer tolapply
if we could pass in a functionrather than an expression. One way to do this isvia interpretedR code as in the next example, but it is possible (if somewhatobscure) to do this in C code. The following is based on the code insrc/main/optimize.c.
SEXP lapply2(SEXP list, SEXP fn, SEXP rho){ int n = length(list); SEXP R_fcall, ans; if(!Rf_isNewList(list)) Rf_error("'list' must be a list"); if(!Rf_isFunction(fn)) Rf_error("'fn' must be a function"); if(!Rf_isEnvironment(rho)) Rf_error("'rho' should be an environment"); R_fcall = PROTECT(Rf_lang2(fn, R_NilValue)); ans = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(VECSXP, n)); for(int i = 0; i < n; i++) { SETCADR(R_fcall, VECTOR_ELT(list, i)); SET_VECTOR_ELT(ans, i, Rf_eval(R_fcall, rho)); } Rf_setAttrib(ans, R_NamesSymbol, Rf_getAttrib(list, R_NamesSymbol)); UNPROTECT(2); return ans;}
used by
.Call("lapply2", a, sum, new.env())
FunctionRf_lang2
creates an executable pairlist of two elements, butthis will only be clear to those with a knowledge of a LISP-likelanguage.
As a more comprehensive example of constructing an R call in C codeand evaluating, consider the following fragment. Similar code appears inthe definition ofdo_docall
insrc/main/coerce.c.
SEXP s, t; t = s = PROTECT(RF_allocLang(3)); SETCAR(t, Rf_install("print")); t = CDR(t); SETCAR(t, CAR(a)); t = CDR(t); SETCAR(t, Rf_ScalarInteger(digits)); SET_TAG(t, Rf_install("digits")); Rf_eval(s, env); UNPROTECT(1);
The functionRf_allocLang
is available as of R 4.4.1; for olderversions replaceRf_allocLang(3)
with
LCONS(R_NilValue, Rf_allocList(2))
At this pointCAR(a)
is the R object to be printed, thecurrent attribute. There are three steps: the call is constructed asa pairlist of length 3, the list is filled in, and the expressionrepresented by the pairlist is evaluated.
A pairlist is quite distinct from a generic vector list, the onlyuser-visible form of list in R. A pairlist is a linked list (withCDR(t)
computing the next entry), with items (accessed byCAR(t)
) and names or tags (set bySET_TAG
). In this callthere are to be three items, a symbol (pointing to the function to becalled) and two argument values, the first unnamed and the second named.Setting the type toLANGSXP
makes this a call which can be evaluated.
Customarily, the evaluation environment is passed from the callingR code (seerho
above). In special cases it is possible thatthe C code may need to obtain the current evaluation environmentwhich can be done viaR_GetCurrentEnv()
function.
In this section we re-work the example of Becker, Chambers &Wilks (1988, pp.~205–10) on finding a zero of a univariatefunction. The R code and an example are
zero <- function(f, guesses, tol = 1e-7) { f.check <- function(x) { x <- f(x) if(!is.numeric(x)) stop("Need a numeric result") as.double(x) } .Call("zero", body(f.check), as.double(guesses), as.double(tol), new.env())}cube1 <- function(x) (x^2 + 1) * (x - 1.5)zero(cube1, c(0, 5))
where this time we do the coercion and error-checking in the R code.The C code is
SEXP mkans(double x){ // no need for PROTECT() here, as REAL(.) does not allocate: SEXP ans = Rf_allocVector(REALSXP, 1); REAL(ans)[0] = x; return ans;}
double feval(double x, SEXP f, SEXP rho){ // a version with (too) much PROTECT()ion .. "better safe than sorry" SEXP symbol, value; PROTECT(symbol = Rf_install("x")); PROTECT(value = mkans(x)); Rf_defineVar(symbol, value, rho); UNPROTECT(2); return(REAL(Rf_eval(f, rho))[0]);}
SEXP zero(SEXP f, SEXP guesses, SEXP stol, SEXP rho){ double x0 = REAL(guesses)[0], x1 = REAL(guesses)[1], tol = REAL(stol)[0]; double f0, f1, fc, xc;
if(tol <= 0.0) Rf_error("non-positive tol value"); f0 = feval(x0, f, rho); f1 = feval(x1, f, rho); if(f0 == 0.0) return mkans(x0); if(f1 == 0.0) return mkans(x1); if(f0*f1 > 0.0) error("x[0] and x[1] have the same sign");
for(;;) { xc = 0.5*(x0+x1); if(fabs(x0-x1) < tol) return mkans(xc); fc = feval(xc, f, rho); if(fc == 0) return mkans(xc); if(f0*fc > 0.0) { x0 = xc; f0 = fc; } else { x1 = xc; f1 = fc; } }}
Previous:Zero-finding, Up:Evaluating R expressions from C [Contents][Index]
We will use a longer example (by Saikat DebRoy) to illustrate the use ofevaluation and.External
. This calculates numerical derivatives,something that could be done as effectively in interpreted R code butmay be needed as part of a larger C calculation.
An interpreted R version and an example are
numeric.deriv <- function(expr, theta, rho=sys.frame(sys.parent())){ eps <- sqrt(.Machine$double.eps) ans <- eval(substitute(expr), rho) grad <- matrix(, length(ans), length(theta), dimnames=list(NULL, theta)) for (i in seq_along(theta)) { old <- get(theta[i], envir=rho) delta <- eps * max(1, abs(old)) assign(theta[i], old+delta, envir=rho) ans1 <- eval(substitute(expr), rho) assign(theta[i], old, envir=rho) grad[, i] <- (ans1 - ans)/delta } attr(ans, "gradient") <- grad ans}omega <- 1:5; x <- 1; y <- 2numeric.deriv(sin(omega*x*y), c("x", "y"))
whereexpr
is an expression,theta
a character vector ofvariable names andrho
the environment to be used.
For the compiled version the call from R will be
.External("numeric_deriv",expr,theta,rho)
with example usage
.External("numeric_deriv", quote(sin(omega*x*y)), c("x", "y"), .GlobalEnv)
Note the need to quote the expression to stop it being evaluated in thecaller.
Here is the complete C code which we will explain section by section.
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h>#include <float.h> /* for DBL_EPSILON */SEXP numeric_deriv(SEXP args){ SEXP theta, expr, rho, ans, ans1, gradient, par, dimnames; double tt, xx, delta, eps = sqrt(DBL_EPSILON), *rgr, *rans; int i, start;
expr = CADR(args); if(!Rf_isString(theta = CADDR(args))) Rf_error("theta should be of type character"); if(!Rf_isEnvironment(rho = CADDDR(args))) Rf_error("rho should be an environment");
ans = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(eval(expr, rho), REALSXP)); gradient = PROTECT(Rf_allocMatrix(REALSXP, LENGTH(ans), LENGTH(theta))); rgr = REAL(gradient); rans = REAL(ans);
for(i = 0, start = 0; i < LENGTH(theta); i++, start += LENGTH(ans)) { par = PROTECT(Rf_findVar(Rf_installChar(STRING_ELT(theta, i)), rho)); tt = REAL(par)[0]; xx = fabs(tt); delta = (xx < 1) ? eps : xx*eps; REAL(par)[0] += delta; ans1 = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(Rf_eval(expr, rho), REALSXP)); for(int j = 0; j < LENGTH(ans); j++) rgr[j + start] = (REAL(ans1)[j] - rans[j])/delta; REAL(par)[0] = tt; UNPROTECT(2); /* par, ans1 */ }
dimnames = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(VECSXP, 2)); SET_VECTOR_ELT(dimnames, 1, theta); Rf_dimnamesgets(gradient, dimnames); Rf_setAttrib(ans, Rf_install("gradient"), gradient); UNPROTECT(3); /* ans gradient dimnames */ return ans;}
The code to handle the arguments is
expr = CADR(args); if(!Rf_isString(theta = CADDR(args))) Rf_error("theta should be of type character"); if(!Rf_isEnvironment(rho = CADDDR(args))) Rf_error("rho should be an environment");
Note that we check for correct types oftheta
andrho
butdo not check the type ofexpr
. That is becauseeval
canhandle many types of R objects other thanEXPRSXP
. There isno useful coercion we can do, so we stop with an error message if thearguments are not of the correct mode.
The first step in the code is to evaluate the expression in theenvironmentrho
, by
ans = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(eval(expr, rho), REALSXP));
We then allocate space for the calculated derivative by
gradient = PROTECT(Rf_allocMatrix(REALSXP, LENGTH(ans), LENGTH(theta)));
The first argument toRf_allocMatrix
gives theSEXPTYPE
ofthe matrix: here we want it to beREALSXP
. The other twoarguments are the numbers of rows and columns. (Note thatLENGTH
is intended to be used for vectors:Rf_length
is more generallyapplicable.)
for(i = 0, start = 0; i < LENGTH(theta); i++, start += LENGTH(ans)) { par = PROTECT(Rf_findVar(Rf_installChar(STRING_ELT(theta, i)), rho));
Here, we are entering a for loop. We loop through each of thevariables. In thefor
loop, we first create a symbolcorresponding to thei
-th element of theSTRSXP
theta
. Here,STRING_ELT(theta, i)
accesses thei
-th element of theSTRSXP
theta
.installChar()
installs the element as a name andRf_findVar
finds its value.
tt = REAL(par)[0]; xx = fabs(tt); delta = (xx < 1) ? eps : xx*eps; REAL(par)[0] += delta; ans1 = PROTECT(Rf_coerceVector(eval(expr, rho), REALSXP));
We first extract the real value of the parameter, then calculatedelta
, the increment to be used for approximating the numericalderivative. Then we change the value stored inpar
(inenvironmentrho
) bydelta
and evaluateexpr
inenvironmentrho
again. Because we are directly dealing withoriginal R memory locations here, R does the evaluation for thechanged parameter value.
for(int j = 0; j < LENGTH(ans); j++) rgr[j + start] = (REAL(ans1)[j] - rans[j])/delta; REAL(par)[0] = tt; UNPROTECT(2); }
Now, we compute thei
-th column of the gradient matrix. Note howit is accessed: R stores matrices by column (like Fortran).
dimnames = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(VECSXP, 2)); SET_VECTOR_ELT(dimnames, 1, theta); Rf_dimnamesgets(gradient, dimnames); Rf_setAttrib(ans, install("gradient"), gradient); UNPROTECT(3); return ans;}
First we add column names to the gradient matrix. This is done byallocating a list (aVECSXP
) whose first element, the row names,isNULL
(the default) and the second element, the column names,is set astheta
. This list is then assigned as the attributehaving the symbolR_DimNamesSymbol
. Finally we set the gradientmatrix as the gradient attribute ofans
, unprotect the remainingprotected locations and return the answerans
.
Next:External pointers and weak references, Previous:Evaluating R expressions from C, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
Suppose an R extension wants to accept an R expression from theuser and evaluate it. The previous section covered evaluation, but theexpression will be entered as text and needs to be parsed first. Asmall part of R’s parse interface is declared in header fileR_ext/Parse.h165.
An example of the usage can be found in the (example) Windows packagewindlgs included in the R source tree. The essential part is
#include <R.h>#include <Rinternals.h>#include <R_ext/Parse.h>SEXP menu_ttest3(){ char cmd[256]; SEXP cmdSexp, cmdexpr, ans = R_NilValue; ParseStatus status; ... if(done == 1) { cmdSexp = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(STRSXP, 1)); SET_STRING_ELT(cmdSexp, 0, Rf_mkChar(cmd)); cmdexpr = PROTECT(R_ParseVector(cmdSexp, -1, &status, R_NilValue)); if (status != PARSE_OK) { UNPROTECT(2); Rf_error("invalid call %s", cmd); } /* Loop is needed here as EXPSEXP will be of length > 1 */ for(int i = 0; i < Rf_length(cmdexpr); i++) ans = Rf_eval(VECTOR_ELT(cmdexpr, i), R_GlobalEnv); UNPROTECT(2); } return ans;}
Note that a single line of text may give rise to more than one Rexpression.
R_ParseVector
is essentially the code used to implementparse(text=)
at R level. The first argument is a charactervector (corresponding totext
) and the second the maximalnumber of expressions to parse (corresponding ton
). The thirdargument is a pointer to a variable of an enumeration type, and it isnormal (asparse
does) to regard all values other thanPARSE_OK
as an error. Other values which might be returned arePARSE_INCOMPLETE
(an incomplete expression was found) andPARSE_ERROR
(a syntax error), in both cases the value returnedbeingR_NilValue
. The fourth argument is a length one charactervector to be used as a filename in error messages, asrcfile
object or the RNULL
object (as in the example above). If asrcfile
object was used, asrcref
attribute would beattached to the result, containing a list ofsrcref
objects ofthe same length as the expression, to allow it to be echoed with itsoriginal formatting.
Two higher-level alternatives areR_ParseString
andR_ParseEvalString
:
SEXP
R_ParseString(const char *str)
¶SEXP
R_ParseEvalString(const char *str, SEXPenv)
¶R_ParseString
Parses the code instr and returns theresulting expression. An error is signaled if parsingstr producesmore than one R expression.R_ParseEvalString
first parsesstr
, then evaluates the expression in the environmentenv,and returns the result.
An example fromsrc/main/objects.c:
call = R_ParseString("base::nameOfClass(X)");
The source references added by the parser are recorded by R’s evaluatoras it evaluates code. Two functionsmake these available to debuggers running C code:
SEXP R_GetCurrentSrcref(int skip);
This function checks the current evaluation stackfor entries that contain source reference information. Thereare two modes of operation.Ifskip == NA_INTEGER
, theR_Srcref
entry is checkedfollowed by entries in the call stack, until asrcref
is found. Otherwise, theskip
argument tells how manycalls to skip (counting from the top of the stack) beforereturning theSEXP
of the call’ssrcref
object orNULL
if that call did not have one. Ifskip < 0
,abs(skip)
locations are counted up from the bottom of thestack. If too few or no source references are found,NULL
is returned.
SEXP R_GetSrcFilename(SEXP srcref);
This function extracts the filename from the source reference fordisplay, returning a length 1 character vector containing thefilename. If no name is found,""
is returned.
Next:Vector accessor functions, Previous:Parsing R code from C, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
TheSEXPTYPE
sEXTPTRSXP
andWEAKREFSXP
can beencountered at R level, but are created in C code.
External pointerSEXP
s are intended to handle references to Cstructures such as ‘handles’, and are used for this purpose in packageRODBC for example. They are unusual in their copying semantics inthat when an R object is copied, the external pointer object is notduplicated. (For this reason external pointers should only be used aspart of an object with normal semantics, for example an attribute or anelement of a list.)
An external pointer is created by
SEXP R_MakeExternalPtr(void *p, SEXP tag, SEXP prot);
wherep
is the pointer (and hence this cannot portably be afunction pointer), andtag
andprot
are references toordinary R objects which will remain in existence (be protected fromgarbage collection) for the lifetime of the external pointer object. Auseful convention is to use thetag
field for some form of typeidentification and theprot
field for protecting the memory thatthe external pointer represents, if that memory is allocated from theR heap. Bothtag
andprot
can beR_NilValue
,and often are.
An alternative way to create an external pointer from a function pointeris
typedef void * (*R_DL_FUNC)();SEXP R_MakeExternalPtrFn(R_DL_FUNC p, SEXP tag, SEXP prot);
The elements of an external pointer can be accessed and setvia
void *R_ExternalPtrAddr(SEXP s);DL_FUNC R_ExternalPtrAddrFn(SEXP s);SEXP R_ExternalPtrTag(SEXP s);SEXP R_ExternalPtrProtected(SEXP s);void R_ClearExternalPtr(SEXP s);void R_SetExternalPtrAddr(SEXP s, void *p);void R_SetExternalPtrTag(SEXP s, SEXP tag);void R_SetExternalPtrProtected(SEXP s, SEXP p);
Clearing a pointer sets its value to the CNULL
pointer.
An external pointer object can have afinalizer, a piece of codeto be run when the object is garbage collected. This can be R codeor C code, and the various interfaces are, respectively.
void R_RegisterFinalizer(SEXP s, SEXP fun);void R_RegisterFinalizerEx(SEXP s, SEXP fun, Rboolean onexit);typedef void (*R_CFinalizer_t)(SEXP);void R_RegisterCFinalizer(SEXP s, R_CFinalizer_t fun);void R_RegisterCFinalizerEx(SEXP s, R_CFinalizer_t fun, Rboolean onexit);
The R function indicated byfun
should be a function of asingle argument, the object to be finalized. R does not perform agarbage collection when shutting down, and theonexit
argument ofthe extended forms can be used to ask that the finalizer be run during anormal shutdown of the R session. It is suggested that it is goodpractice to clear the pointer on finalization.
The only R level function for interacting with external pointers isreg.finalizer
which can be used to set a finalizer.
It is probably not a good idea to allow an external pointer to besave
d and then reloaded, but if this happens the pointer will beset to the CNULL
pointer.
Finalizers can be run at many places in the code base and much of it,including the R interpreter, is not re-entrant. So great care isneeded in choosing the code to be run in a finalizer. Finalizers aremarked to be run at garbage collection but only run at a somewhat safepoint thereafter.
Weak references are used to allow the programmer to maintain informationon entities without preventing the garbage collection of the entitiesonce they become unreachable.
A weak reference contains a key and a value. The value is reachableif it is either reachable directly orvia weak references with reachablekeys. Once a value is determined to be unreachable during garbagecollection, the key and value are set toR_NilValue
and thefinalizer will be run later in the garbage collection.
Weak reference objects are created by one of
SEXP R_MakeWeakRef(SEXP key, SEXP val, SEXP fin, Rboolean onexit);SEXP R_MakeWeakRefC(SEXP key, SEXP val, R_CFinalizer_t fin, Rboolean onexit);
where the R or C finalizer are specified in exactly the same way asfor an external pointer object (whose finalization interface isimplementedvia weak references).
The parts can be accessedvia
SEXP R_WeakRefKey(SEXP w);SEXP R_WeakRefValue(SEXP w);void R_RunWeakRefFinalizer(SEXP w);
A toy example of the use of weak references can be found athttps://homepage.stat.uiowa.edu/~luke/R/references/weakfinex.html,but that is used to add finalizers to external pointers which can now bedone more directly. At the time of writing noCRAN orBioconductor package used weak references.
PackageRODBC uses external pointers to maintain itschannels, connections to databases. There can be severalconnections open at once, and the status information for each is storedin a C structure (pointed to bythisHandle
in the code extractbelow) that is returnedvia an external pointer as part of theRODBC‘channel’ (as the"handle_ptr"
attribute). The external pointeris created by
SEXP ans, ptr; ans = PROTECT(Rf_allocVector(INTSXP, 1)); ptr = R_MakeExternalPtr(thisHandle, Rf_install("RODBC_channel"), R_NilValue); PROTECT(ptr); R_RegisterCFinalizerEx(ptr, chanFinalizer, TRUE); ... /* return the channel no */ INTEGER(ans)[0] = nChannels; /* and the connection string as an attribute */ Rf_setAttrib(ans, Rf_install("connection.string"), constr); Rf_setAttrib(ans, Rf_install("handle_ptr"), ptr); UNPROTECT(3); return ans;
Note the symbol given to identify the usage of the external pointer, andthe use of the finalizer. Since the final argument when registering thefinalizer isTRUE
, the finalizer will be run at the end of theR session (unless it crashes). This is used to close and clean upthe connection to the database. The finalizer code is simply
static void chanFinalizer(SEXP ptr){ if(!R_ExternalPtrAddr(ptr)) return; inRODBCClose(R_ExternalPtrAddr(ptr)); R_ClearExternalPtr(ptr); /* not really needed */}
Clearing the pointer and checking for aNULL
pointer avoids anypossibility of attempting to close an already-closed channel.
R’s connections provide another example of using external pointers,in that case purely to be able to use a finalizer to close and destroy theconnection if it is no longer is use.
Next:Character encoding issues, Previous:External pointers and weak references, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
The vector accessors likeREAL
,INTEGER
,LOGICAL
,RAW
,COMPLEX
, andVECTOR_ELT
arefunctionswhen used in R extensions. (For efficiency they may be macros orinline functions when used in the R source code, apart fromSET_STRING_ELT
andSET_VECTOR_ELT
which are alwaysfunctions. When used outside the R source code all vector accessorsare functions.)There are also read-only versions that return aconst
data pointer.For example, the return type ofREAL_RO
isconst double *
.These accessor functions check that they are being used on anappropriate type ofSEXP
. ForVECSXP
andSTRSXP
objects only read-only pointers are available as modifying their datadirectly would violate assumptions the memory manager depends on.DATAPTR_RO
returns a generic read-only data pointer for anyvector object.
N.B. These will return a valid data pointer only for vectors ofpositive length. Zero-length vectors have no ‘data’ and these accessorswill usually return an invalid pointer, for example to address0x000000000001
. So usages such as
memcpy(REAL(newx), REAL_RO(x), LENGTH(x) * sizeof(double));
are undefined behaviour without a prior check on the length ofx
.
Formerly it was possible for packages to obtain internal versions ofsome accessors by defining ‘USE_RINTERNALS’ before includingRinternals.h. This is no longer the case. Defining‘USE_RINTERNALS’ now has no effect.
Atomic vector elements can also be accessed and set using element-wiseoperations likeINTEGER_ELT
andSET_INTEGER_ELT
. Forobjects with a compact representation using these may avoid fullymaterializing the object. In contrast, obtaining a data pointer willhave to fully materialize the object.
Next:Writing compact-representation-friendly code, Previous:Vector accessor functions, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
CHARSXP
s can be marked as coming from a known encoding (Latin-1or UTF-8). This is mainly intended for human-readable output, and mostpackages can just treat suchCHARSXP
s as a whole. However, ifthey need to be interpreted as characters or output at C level then itwould normally be correct to ensure that they are converted to theencoding of the current locale: this can be done by accessing the datain theCHARSXP
byRf_translateChar
rather than byCHAR
. If re-encoding is needed this allocates memory withR_alloc
which thus persists to the end of the.Call
/.External
call unlessvmaxset
is used(seeTransient storage allocation).
There is a similar functionRf_translateCharUTF8
which converts toUTF-8: this has the advantage that a faithful translation is almostalways possible (whereas only a few languages can be represented in theencoding of the current locale unless that is UTF-8).
BothRf_translateChar
andRf_translateCharUTF8
will translateany input, using escapes such as ‘<A9>’ and ‘<U+0093>’ torepresent untranslatable parts of the input.
There is a public interface to the encoding marked onCHARSXPs
via
typedef enum {CE_NATIVE, CE_UTF8, CE_LATIN1, CE_BYTES, CE_SYMBOL, CE_ANY} cetype_t;cetype_t Rf_getCharCE(SEXP);SEXP Rf_mkCharCE(const char *, cetype_t);
OnlyCE_UTF8
andCE_LATIN1
are marked onCHARSXPs
(and soRf_getCharCE
will only return one of the first three),and these should only be used on non-ASCII strings. ValueCE_BYTES
is used to makeCHARSXP
s which should be regardedas a set of bytes and not translated. ValueCE_SYMBOL
is usedinternally to indicate Adobe Symbol encoding. ValueCE_ANY
isused to indicate a character string that will not need re-encoding –this is used for character strings known to be inASCII, andcan also be used as an input parameter where the intention is that thestring is treated as a series of bytes. (See the comments underRf_mkChar
about the length of input allowed.)
Function
Rboolean Rf_charIsASCII(SEXP);
can be used to detect whether a givenCHARSXP
represents an ASCIIstring. The implementation is equivalent to checking individual characters,but may be faster.
Function
Rboolean Rf_charIsUTF8(SEXP);
can be used to detect whether the internal representation of a givenCHARSXP
accessed viaCHAR
is UTF-8 (including ASCII). Thisfunction is rarely needed and specifically is not needed withRf_translateCharUTF8
, because such check is already included. However,when needed, it is better to use it in preference ofRf_getCharCE
, as itis safer against future changes in the semantics of encoding marks andcovers strings internally represented in the native encoding. NotethatRf_charIsUTF8()
is not equivalent togetCharCE() == CE_UTF8
.
Similarly, function
Rboolean Rf_charIsLatin1(SEXP);
can be used to detect whether the internal representation of a givenCHARSXP
accessed viaCHAR
is latin1 (including ASCII). It isnot equivalent toRf_getCharCE() == CE_LATIN1
.
Function
const char *Rf_reEnc(const char *x, cetype_t ce_in, cetype_t ce_out, int subst);
can be used to re-encode character strings: likeRf_translateChar
itreturns a string allocated byR_alloc
. This can translate fromCE_SYMBOL
toCE_UTF8
, but not conversely. Argumentsubst
controls what to do with untranslatable characters orinvalid input: this is done byte-by-byte with1
indicates tooutput hex of the form<a0>
, and2
to replace by.
,with any other value causing the byte to produce no output.
There is also
SEXP Rf_mkCharLenCE(const char *, int, cetype_t);
to create marked character strings of a given length.
Previous:Character encoding issues, Up:System and foreign language interfaces [Contents][Index]
A simple way to iterate in C over the elements of an atomic vector is toobtain a data pointer and index into that pointer with standard Cindexing. However, if the object has a compact representation, thenobtaining the data pointer will force the object to be fullymaterialized. An alternative is to use one of the following functions toquery whether a data pointer is available.
const int *
LOGICAL_OR_NULL(SEXPx)
¶const int *
INTEGER_OR_NULL(SEXPx)
¶const double *
REAL_OR_NULL(SEXPx)
¶const Rcomplex *
COMPLEX_OR_NULL(SEXPx)
¶const Rbyte *
RAW_OR_NULL(SEXPx)
¶const void *
DATAPTR_OR_NULL(SEXPx)
¶These functions will return a data pointer if one is available. Forvectors with a compact representation these functions will returnNULL
.
If a data pointer is not available, then code can access elements one ata time with functions likeREAL_ELT
. This is often sufficient,but in some cases can be inefficient. An alternative is to request datafor contiguous blocks of elements. For a good choice of block size thiscan be nearly as efficient as direct pointer access.
R_xlen_t
INTEGER_GET_REGION(SEXPsx, R_xlen_ti, R_xlen_tn, int *buf)
¶R_xlen_t
LOGICAL_GET_REGION(SEXPsx, R_xlen_ti, R_xlen_tn, int *buf)
¶R_xlen_t
REAL_GET_REGION(SEXPsx, R_xlen_ti, R_xlen_tn, double *buf)
¶R_xlen_t
COMPLEX_GET_REGION(SEXPsx, R_xlen_ti, R_xlen_tn, Rcomplex *buf)
¶R_xlen_t
RAW_GET_REGION(SEXPsx, R_xlen_ti, R_xlen_tn, Rbyte *buf)
¶These functions copy a contiguous set of up ton
elementsstarting with elementi
into a bufferbuf
. The returnvalue is the actual number of elements copied, which may be less thann
.
Macros inR_ext/Itermacros.h may help in implementing aniteration strategy.
Some functions useful in implementing new alternate representationclasses, beyond those defined inR_ext/Altrep.h, includeALTREP
,ALTREP_CLASS
,R_altrep_data1
,R_set_altrep_data1
,R_altrep_data2
, andR_set_altrep_data2
.
For some objects it may be possible to very efficiently determinewhether the object is sorted or contains noNA
values. Thesefunctions can be used to query this information:
int
LOGICAL_NO_NA(SEXPx)
¶int
INTEGER_NO_NA(SEXPx)
¶int
REAL_NO_NA(SEXPx)
¶int
STRING_NO_NA(SEXPx)
¶ATRUE
result means it is known that there are noNA
values. AFALSE
result means it is not known whether there areanyNA
values.
int
INTEGER_IS_SORTED(SEXPx)
¶int
REAL_IS_SORTED(SEXPx)
¶int
STRING_IS_SORTED(SEXPx)
¶These functions return one ofSORTED_DECR
,SORTED_INCR
, orUNKNOWN_SORTEDNESS
.
Next:Generic functions and methods, Previous:System and foreign language interfaces, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
There are a large number of entry points in the R executable/DLL thatcan be called from C code (and a few that can be called from Fortrancode). Only those documented here are stable enough that they will onlybe changed with considerable notice.
As explained elsewhere in this manual, these functions should only becalled from the main thread of the R process. (Doing otherwise canresult in memory corruption and very hard-to-debug segfaults.)
The recommended procedure to use these is to include the header fileR.h in your C code by
#include <R.h>
This will include several other header files from the directoryR_INCLUDE_DIR/R_ext, and there are other header filesthere that can be included too, but many of the features they containshould be regarded as undocumented and unstable.
Most of these header files, including all those included byR.h,can be used from C++ code. (However, they cannot safely be included inaextern "C" { }
block as they may include C++ headers whenincluded from C++ code—and whether this succeeds is system-specific).
Note: Because R re-maps many of its external names to avoid clashes withsystem or user code, it isessential to include the appropriateheader files when using these entry points.
This remapping can cause problems166,and can be eliminated by definingR_NO_REMAP
(before includingany R headers) and prepending ‘Rf_’ toall the functionnames used fromRinternals.h andR_ext/Error.h. Theseproblems can usually be avoided by including other headers (such assystem headers and those for external software used by the package)before any R headers. (Headers from other packages may include Rheaders directly orvia inclusion from further packages, and maydefineR_NO_REMAP
with or without includingRinternals.h.)
As from R 4.5.0,R_NO_REMAP
is always defined when the Rheaders are included from C++ code.
If you decide to defineR_NO_REMAP
in your code, do usesomething like
#ifndef R_NO_REMAP# define R_NO_REMAP#endif
to avoid distracting compiler warnings.
Some of these entry points are declared in headerRmath.h, mostof which are remapped there. That remapping can be eliminated bydefiningR_NO_REMAP_RMATH
(before including any R headers) andprepending ‘Rf_’ to the function names used from that header except
exp_rand norm_rand unif_rand signrank_free wilcox_free
We can classify the entry points as
Entry points which are documented in this manual and declared in aninstalled header file. These can be used in distributed packages andideally will only be changed after deprecation. SeeAPI index.
Entry points declared in an installed header file that are exported onall R platforms but are not documented and subject to change withoutnotice. Do not use these in distributed code. Their declarations willeventually be moved out of installed header files.
Entry points that are used when building R and exported on all Rplatforms but are not declared in the installed header files.Do not use these in distributed code.
Entry points that are where possible (Windows and some modern Unix-alikecompilers/loaders when using R as a shared library) not exported.
Entry points declared in an installed header file that are part of anexperimental API, such asR_ext/Altrep.h. These are subject tochange, so package authors wishing to use these should be prepared toadapt. SeeExperimental API index.
Entry points intended primarily for embedding and creating newfront-ends. It is not clear that this needs to be a separate categorybut it may be useful to keep it separate for now. SeeEmbedding API index.
If you would like to use an entry point or variable that is notidentified as part of the API in this document, or is currently hidden,you can make a request for it to be made available. Entry points orvariables not identified as in the API may be changed or removed with nonotice as part of efforts to improve aspects of R.
Work in progress: Currently Entry points in the API areidentified in the source for this document with@apifun
,@eapifun
, and@embfun
entries. Similarly,@apivar
,@eapivar
, and@embvar
identifyvariables, and@apihdr
,@eapihdr
, and@embhdr
identify headers in the API.@forfun
identifies entry points tobe called as Fortran subroutines. This could be used for programmaticextraction, but the specific format is work in progress and even the waythis document is produced is subject to change.
There are two types of memory allocation available to the C programmer,one in which R manages the clean-up and the other in which usershave full control (and responsibility).
These functions are declared in headerR_ext/RS.h which isincluded byR.h.
Next:User-controlled memory, Up:Memory allocation [Contents][Index]
Here R will reclaim the memory at the end of the call to.C
,.Call
or.External
. Use
char *R_alloc(size_tn, intsize)
which allocatesn units ofsize bytes each. A typical usage(from packagestats) is
x = (int *) R_alloc(nrows(merge)+2, sizeof(int));
(size_t
is defined instddef.h which the header definingR_alloc
includes.)
There is a similar call,S_alloc
(named for compatibility with olderversions of S) which zeroes the memory allocated,
char *S_alloc(longn, intsize)
and
char *S_realloc(char *p, longnew, longold, intsize)
which (fornew >old
) changes the allocation sizefromold tonew units, and zeroes the additional units. NB:these calls are best avoided aslong
is insufficient for largememory allocations on 64-bit Windows (where it is limited to 2^31-1bytes).
This memory is taken from the heap, and released at the end of the.C
,.Call
or.External
call. Users can also manageit, by noting the current position with a call tovmaxget
andsubsequently clearing memory allocated by a call tovmaxset
. Anexample might be
void *vmax = vmaxget()// a loop involving the use of R_alloc at each iterationvmaxset(vmax)
This is only recommended for experts.
Note that this memory will be freed on error or user interrupt(if allowed: seeAllowing interrupts).
The memory returned is only guaranteed to be aligned as required fordouble
pointers: take precautions if casting to a pointer whichneeds more. There is also
long double *R_allocLD(size_tn)
which is guaranteed to have the 16-byte alignment needed forlongdouble
pointers on some platforms.
These functions should only be used in code called by.C
etc,never from front-ends. They are not thread-safe.
Previous:Transient storage allocation, Up:Memory allocation [Contents][Index]
The other form of memory allocation is an interface tomalloc
,the interface providing R error signaling. This memory lasts untilfreed by the user and is additional to the memory allocated for the Rworkspace.
The interface macros are
type* R_Calloc(size_tn,type)type* R_Realloc(any *p, size_tn,type)void R_Free(any *p)
providing analogues ofcalloc
,realloc
andfree
.If there is an error during allocation it is handled by R, so ifthese return the memory has been successfully allocated or freed.R_Free
will set the pointerp toNULL
.
Users should arrange toR_Free
this memory when no longer needed,including on error or user interrupt. This can often be done mostconveniently from anon.exit
action in the calling R function– seepwilcox
for an example.
Do not assume that memory allocated byR_Calloc
/R_Realloc
comes from the same pool as used bymalloc
:167 in particular do not usefree
orstrdup
with it.
Memory obtained by these macros should be aligned in the same way asmalloc
, that is ‘suitably aligned for any kind of variable’.
Historically the macrosCalloc
,Free
andRealloc
were used but have been removed in \R 4.5.0.
R_Calloc
,R_Realloc
, andR_Free
are currentlyimplemented as macros expanding to calls toR_chk_calloc
,R_chk_realloc
, andR_chk_free
, respectively. These shouldnot be called directly as they may be removed in the future.
char * CallocCharBuf(size_tn)void * Memcpy(q,p,n)void * Memzero(p,n)
CallocCharBuf(n)
is shorthand forR_Calloc(n+1, char)
to allowfor thenul
terminator.Memcpy
andMemzero
taken
items from arrayp
and copy them to arrayq
orzero them respectively.
Next:Random number generation, Previous:Memory allocation, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The basic error signaling routines are the equivalents ofstop
andwarning
in R code, and use the same interface.
void Rf_error(const char *format, ...);void Rf_warning(const char *format, ...);void Rf_errorcall(SEXPcall, const char *format, ...);void Rf_warningcall(SEXPcall, const char *format, ...);void Rf_warningcall_immediate(SEXPcall, const char *format, ...);
These have the same call sequences as calls toprintf
, but in thesimplest case can be called with a single character string argumentgiving the error message. (Don’t do this if the string contains ‘%’or might otherwise be interpreted as a format.)
These are defined in headerR_ext/Error.h included byR.h.NB: whenR_NO_REMAP
is defined (as is done forC++ code),Rf_error
etc must be used.
HeaderR_ext/Error.h defines a macroNORET
intended to beused only from C code (C++ code can use the[[noreturn]]
attribute). This covers various ways to signal to the compiler that thefunction never returns. Because the usages of those ways differ by Cstandard, it should always be used at the beginning of a functiondeclaration, including beforestatic
and attributes such asattribute_hidden
.
Up:Error signaling [Contents][Index]
There are two interface function provided to callRf_error
andRf_warning
from Fortran code, in each case with a simple characterstring argument. They are defined as
subroutine rexit(message)subroutine rwarn(message)
Messages of more than 255 characters are truncated, with a warning.
Next:Missing andIEEE special values, Previous:Error signaling, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The interface to R’s internal random number generation routines is
double unif_rand();double norm_rand();double exp_rand();double R_unif_index(double);
giving one uniform, normal or exponential pseudo-random variate.However, before these are used, the user must call
GetRNGstate();
and after all the required variates have been generated, call
PutRNGstate();
These essentially read in (or create).Random.seed
and write itout after use.
These are defined in headerR_ext/Random.h. These functions arenever remapped.
The random number generator is private to R; there is no way toselect the kind of RNG nor set the seed except by evaluating calls tothe R functions which do so.
The C code behind R’srxxx
functions can be accessed byincluding the header fileRmath.h; SeeDistribution functions.Those calls should also be preceded and followed by calls toGetRNGstate
andPutRNGstate
.
It was explained earlier that Fortran random-number generators shouldnot be used in R packages, not least as packages cannot safelyinitialize them. Rather a package should call R’s built-ingenerators: one way to do so is to use C wrappers like
#include <R_ext/RS.h>#include <R_ext/Random.h>void F77_SUB(getRNGseed)(void) { GetRNGstate();}void F77_SUB(putRNGseed)(void) { PutRNGstate();}double F77_SUB(unifRand)(void) { return(unif_rand());}
called from Fortran code like
... double precision X call getRNGseed() X = unifRand() ... call putRNGseed()
Alternatively one could use Fortran 2003’siso_c_binding
moduleby something like (fixed-form Fortran 90 code):
module rngfuncs use iso_c_binding interface double precision * function unifRand() bind(C, name = "unif_rand") end function unifRand subroutine getRNGseed() bind(C, name = "GetRNGstate") end subroutine getRNGseed subroutine putRNGseed() bind(C, name = "PutRNGstate") end subroutine putRNGseed end interface end module rngfuncs subroutine testit use rngfuncs double precision X call getRNGseed() X = unifRand() print *, X call putRNGSeed() end subroutine testit
Next:Printing, Previous:Random number generation, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
A set of functions is provided to test forNA
,Inf
,-Inf
andNaN
. These functions are accessedvia macros:
ISNA(x)True for R’sNA
onlyISNAN(x)True for R’sNA
andIEEENaN
R_FINITE(x)False forInf
,-Inf
,NA
,NaN
andvia functionR_IsNaN
which is true forNaN
but notNA
.
Do useR_FINITE
rather thanisfinite
orfinite
; thelatter is often mendacious andisfinite
is only available on asome platforms, on whichR_FINITE
is a macro expanding toisfinite
.
Currently in C codeISNAN
is a macro callingisnan
.(Since this gives problems on some C++ systems, if the R headers arecalled from C++ code a function call is used.)
You can check forInf
or-Inf
by testing equality toR_PosInf
orR_NegInf
, and set (but not test) anNA
asNA_REAL
.
All of the above apply todouble variables only. For integervariables there is a variable accessed by the macroNA_INTEGER
which can used to set or test for missingness.
These are defined in headerR_ext/Arith.h included byR.h.
Next:Calling C from Fortran and vice versa, Previous:Missing andIEEE special values, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The most useful function for printing from a C routine compiled intoR isRprintf
. This is used in exactly the same way asprintf
, but is guaranteed to write to R’s output (which mightbe aGUI console rather than a file, and can be re-directed bysink
). It is wise to write complete lines (including the"\n"
) before returning to R. It is defined inR_ext/Print.h.
The functionREprintf
is similar but writes on the error stream(stderr
) which may or may not be different from the standardoutput stream.
FunctionsRvprintf
andREvprintf
are analogues using thevprintf
interface. Because that is a C99168 interface, they are only defined byR_ext/Print.h in C++code if the macroR_USE_C99_IN_CXX
is defined before it isincluded or (as from R 4.0.0) a C++11 compiler is used.
Another circumstance when it may be important to use these functions iswhen using parallel computation on a cluster of computational nodes, astheir output will be re-directed/logged appropriately.
On many systems Fortranwrite
andprint
statements can beused, but the output may not interleave well with that of C, and may beinvisible onGUI interfaces. They are not portable and bestavoided.
Some subroutines are provided to ease the output of information fromFortran code.
subroutine dblepr(label,nchar,data,ndata)subroutine realpr(label,nchar,data,ndata)subroutine intpr (label,nchar,data,ndata)
subroutine labelpr(label,nchar)subroutine dblepr1(label,nchar,var)subroutine realpr1(label,nchar,var)subroutine intpr1 (label,nchar,var)
Herelabel is a character label of up to 255 characters,nchar is its length (which can be-1
if the whole label isto be used),data is an array of length at leastndata ofthe appropriate type (double precision
,real
andinteger
respectively) andvar is a (scalar) variable.These routines print the label on one line and then printdata orvar as if it were an R vector on subsequent line(s). Note thatsome compilers will give an error or warning unlessdata is anarray: others will accept a scalar whenndata has value one orzero.NB: There is no check on the type ofdata orvar, so usingreal
(including a real constant) instead ofdouble precision
will give incorrect answers.
intpr
works with zerondata so can be used to print alabel in earlier versions of R.
Next:Numerical analysis subroutines, Previous:Printing, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
Naming conventions for symbols generated by Fortran differ by platform:it is not safe to assume that Fortran names appear to C with a trailingunderscore. To help cover up the platform-specific differences there isa set of macros169 that should be used.
F77_SUB(name)
to define a function in C to be called from Fortran
F77_NAME(name)
to declare a Fortran routine in C before use
F77_CALL(name)
to call a Fortran routine from C
On current platforms these are the same, but it is unwise torely on this. Note that names containing underscores were not legal inFortran 77, and are not portably handled by the above macros. (Also,all Fortran names for use by R are lower case, but this is notenforced by the macros.)
For example, suppose we want to call R’s normal random numbers fromFortran. We need a C wrapper along the lines of
#include <R.h>void F77_SUB(rndstart)(void) { GetRNGstate(); }void F77_SUB(rndend)(void) { PutRNGstate(); }double F77_SUB(normrnd)(void) { return norm_rand(); }
to be called from Fortran as in
subroutine testit() double precision normrnd, x call rndstart() x = normrnd() call dblepr("X was", 5, x, 1) call rndend() end
Note that this is not guaranteed to be portable, for the returnconventions might not be compatible between the C and Fortran compilersused. (Passing valuesvia arguments is safer.)
The standard packages, for examplestats, are a rich source offurther examples.
Where supported,link time optimization provides a reliable wayto check the consistency of calls to C from Fortran orviceversa.SeeUsing Link-time Optimization.One place where this occurs is the registration of.Fortran
callsin C code (seeRegistering native routines). For example
init.c:10:13: warning: type of 'vsom_' does not match original declaration [-Wlto-type-mismatch] extern void F77_NAME(vsom)(void *, void *, void *, void *, void *, void *, void *, void *, void *);vsom.f90:20:33: note: type mismatch in parameter 9 subroutine vsom(neurons,dt,dtrows,dtcols,xdim,ydim,alpha,train)vsom.f90:20:33: note: 'vsom' was previously declared here
shows that a subroutine has been registered with 9 arguments (as that iswhat the.Fortran
call used) but only has 8.
Passing character strings from C to Fortran orvice versa isnot portable, but can be done with care. The internal representationsare different: a character array in C (or C++) isNUL-terminated so itslength can be computed bystrlen
. Fortran character arrays aretypically stored as an array of bytes and a length. This matters whenpassing strings from C to Fortran orvice versa: in many casesone has been able to get away with passing the string but not thelength. However, in 2019 this changed forgfortran
, startingwith version 9 but backported to versions 7 and 8. Several monthslater,gfortran
9.2 introduced an option
-ftail-call-workaround
and made it the current default but said it might be withdrawn in future.
Suppose we want a function to report a message from Fortran to R’sconsole (one could uselabelpr
, orintpr
with dummy data,but this might be the basis of a custom reporting function). Suppose theequivalent in Fortran would be
subroutine rmsg(msg) character*(*) msg print *.msg end
in filermsg.f. Usinggfortran
9.2 and later we canextract the C view by
gfortran -c -fc-prototypes-external rmsg.f
which gives
void rmsg_ (char *msg, size_t msg_len);
(wheresize_t
applies to version 8 and later). We could re-writethat portably in C as
#ifndef USE_FC_LEN_T# define USE_FC_LEN_T#endif#include <Rconfig.h> // included by R.h, so define USE_FC_LEN_T earlyvoid F77_NAME(rmsg)(char *msg, FC_LEN_T msg_len){ char cmsg[msg_len+1]; strncpy(cmsg, msg, msg_len); cmsg[msg_len] = '\0'; // nul-terminate the string, to be sure // do something with 'cmsg'}
in code depending onR(>= 3.6.2)
. For earlier versions of R wecould just assume thatmsg
isNUL-terminated (not guaranteed, butpeople have been getting away with it for many years), so the complete Cside might be
#ifndef USE_FC_LEN_T# define USE_FC_LEN_T#endif#include <Rconfig.h>#ifdef FC_LEN_Tvoid F77_NAME(rmsg)(char *msg, FC_LEN_T msg_len){ char cmsg[msg_len+1]; strncpy(cmsg, msg, msg_len); cmsg[msg_len] = '\0'; // do something with 'cmsg'}#elsevoid F77_NAME(rmsg)(char *msg){ // do something with 'msg'}#endif
(USE_FC_LEN_T
is the default as from R 4.3.0.)
An alternative is to use Fortran 2003 features to set up the Fortranroutine to pass a C-compatible character string. We could use somethinglike
module cfuncs use iso_c_binding, only: c_char, c_null_char interface subroutine cmsg(msg) bind(C, name = 'cmsg') use iso_c_binding, only: c_char character(kind = c_char):: msg(*) end subroutine cmsg end interface end module subroutine rmsg(msg) use cfuncs character(*) msg call cmsg(msg//c_null_char) ! need to concatenate a nul terminator end subroutine rmsg
where the C side is simply
void cmsg(const char *msg){ // do something with nul-terminated string 'msg'}
If you usebind
to a C function as here, the only way to checkthat the bound definition is correct is to compile the package withLTO(which requires compatible C and Fortran compilers, usuallygcc
andgfortran
).
Passing a variable-length string from C to Fortran is trickier, buthttps://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/docs/fortran-compiler/developer-guide-reference/2023-0/bind-c.htmlprovides a recipe. However, all the uses in BLAS and LAPACK are of asingle character, and for these we can write a wrapper in Fortranalong the lines of
subroutine c_dgemm(transa, transb, m, n, k, alpha, + a, lda, b, ldb, beta, c, ldc) + bind(C, name = 'Cdgemm') use iso_c_binding, only : c_char, c_int, c_double character(c_char), intent(in) :: transa, transb integer(c_int), intent(in) :: m, n, k, lda, ldb, ldc real(c_double), intent(in) :: alpha, beta, a(lda, *), b(ldb, *) real(c_double), intent(out) :: c(ldc, *) call dgemm(transa, transb, m, n, k, alpha, + a, lda, b, ldb, beta, c, ldc) end subroutine c_dgemm
which is then called from C with declaration
voidCdgemm(const char *transa, const char *transb, const int *m, const int *n, const int *k, const double *alpha, const double *a, const int *lda, const double *b, const int *ldb, const double *beta, double *c, const int *ldc);
Alternatively, do as R does and pass the character length(s) from Cto Fortran. A portable way to do this is
// before any R headers, or define in PKG_CPPFLAGS#ifndef USE_FC_LEN_T# define USE_FC_LEN_T#endif#include <Rconfig.h>#include <R_ext/BLAS.h>#ifndef FCONE# define FCONE#endif... F77_CALL(dgemm)("N", "T", &nrx, &ncy, &ncx, &one, x, &nrx, y, &nry, &zero, z, &nrx FCONE FCONE);
(Note there is no comma before or between theFCONE
invocations.)Packages which call from C/C++ BLAS/LAPACK routines with characterarguments must adopt this approach: packages not using it will now failto install.
Next:Passing functions, Previous:Fortran character strings, Up:Calling C from Fortran and vice versa [Contents][Index]
Passing Fortran LOGICAL variables to/from C/C++ is potentiallycompiler-dependent. Fortran compilers have long used a 32-bit integertype so it is pretty portable to useint *
on the C/C++ side.However, recent versions ofgfortran
via the option-fc-prototypes-external say the C equivalent isint_least32_t *
: ‘Link-Time Optimization’ will reportint*
as a mismatch. It is possible to useiso_c_binding
in Fortran2003 to map LOGICAL variables to the C99 type_Bool
, but it isusually simpler to pass integers.
Previous:Fortran LOGICAL, Up:Calling C from Fortran and vice versa [Contents][Index]
A number of packages call C functions passed as arguments to Fortrancode along the lines of
c subroutine fcn(m,n,x,fvec,iflag)c integer m,n,iflagc double precision x(n),fvec(m)... subroutine lmdif(fcn, ...
where the C declaration and call are
void fcn_lmdif(int *m, int *n, double *par, double *fvec, int *iflag);void F77_NAME(lmdif)(void (*fcn_lmdif)(int *m, int *n, double *par, double *fvec, int *iflag), ...F77_CALL(lmdif)(&fcn_lmdif, ...
This works on most platforms but depends on the C and Fortran compilersagreeing on calling conventions: this have been seen to fail. The mostportable solution seems to be to convert the Fortran code to C, perhapsusingf2c
.
Next:Optimization, Previous:Calling C from Fortran and vice versa, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
R contains a large number of mathematical functions for its own use,for example numerical linear algebra computations and special functions.
The header filesR_ext/BLAS.h,R_ext/Lapack.h andR_ext/Linpack.h contain declarations of the BLAS, LAPACK andLINPACK linear algebra functions included in R. These are expressedas calls to Fortran subroutines, and they will also be usable fromusers’ Fortran code. Although not part of the officialAPI,this set of subroutines is unlikely to change (but might besupplemented).
The header fileRmath.h lists many other functions that areavailable and documented in the following subsections. Many of these areC interfaces to the code behind R functions, so the R functiondocumentation may give further details.
IfR_NO_REMAP_RMATH
most of these will need to be prefixed byRf_
: see the header file for which ones.
The routines used to calculate densities, cumulative distributionfunctions and quantile functions for the standard statisticaldistributions are available as entry points.
The arguments for the entry points follow the pattern of those for thenormal distribution:
double dnorm(doublex, doublemu, doublesigma, intgive_log);double pnorm(doublex, doublemu, doublesigma, intlower_tail, intgive_log);double qnorm(doublep, doublemu, doublesigma, intlower_tail, intlog_p);double rnorm(doublemu, doublesigma);
That is, the first argument gives the position for the density and CDFand probability for the quantile function, followed by thedistribution’s parameters. Argumentlower_tail should beTRUE
(or1
) for normal use, but can beFALSE
(or0
) if the probability of the upper tail is desired or specified.
Finally,give_log should be non-zero if the result is required onlog scale, andlog_p should be non-zero ifp has beenspecified on log scale.
Note that you directly get the cumulative (or “integrated”)hazard function, H(t) = - log(1 -F(t)), by using
- pdist(t, ..., /*lower_tail = */ FALSE, /* give_log = */ TRUE)
or shorter (and more cryptic)- pdist(t, ..., 0, 1)
.
The random-variate generation routinernorm
returns one normalvariate. SeeRandom number generation, for the protocol in using therandom-variate routines.
Note that these argument sequences are (apart from the names and thatrnorm
has non) mainly the same as the corresponding Rfunctions of the same name, so the documentation of the R functionscan be used. Note that the exponential and gamma distributions areparametrized byscale
rather thanrate
.
For reference, the following table gives the basic name (to be prefixedby ‘d’, ‘p’, ‘q’ or ‘r’ apart from the exceptionsnoted) and distribution-specific arguments for the complete set ofdistributions.
beta beta
a
,b
non-central beta nbeta
a
,b
,ncp
binomial binom
n
,p
Cauchy cauchy
location
,scale
chi-squared chisq
df
non-central chi-squared nchisq
df
,ncp
exponential exp
scale
(andnotrate
)F f
n1
,n2
non-central F nf
n1
,n2
,ncp
gamma gamma
shape
,scale
geometric geom
p
hypergeometric hyper
NR
,NB
,n
logistic logis
location
,scale
lognormal lnorm
logmean
,logsd
negative binomial nbinom
size
,prob
normal norm
mu
,sigma
Poisson pois
lambda
Student’s t t
n
non-central t nt
df
,delta
Studentized range tukey
(*)rr
,cc
,df
uniform unif
a
,b
Weibull weibull
shape
,scale
Wilcoxon rank sum wilcox
m
,n
Wilcoxon signed rank signrank
n
Entries marked with an asterisk only have ‘p’ and ‘q’functions available, and none of the non-central distributions have‘r’ functions.
(If remapping is suppressed, the Normal distribution names areRf_dnorm4
,Rf_pnorm5
andRf_qnorm5
.)
Additionally, amultivariate RNG for the multinomial distribution is
void Rf_rmultinom(int n, double* prob, int K, int* rN)
whereK = length(prob)
,sum(prob[.]) == 1andrN
must point to a length-K
integer vectorn1 n2 .. nK where each entrynj=rN[j]
is “filled” by a random binomial fromBin(n; prob[j]),constrained to sum(rN[.]) == n.
After calls todwilcox
,pwilcox
orqwilcox
thefunctionwilcox_free()
should be called, and similarlysignrank_free()
for the signed rank functions.Sincewilcox_free()
andsignrank_free()
were only added toRmath.h in R 4.2.0, their use requires something like
#include "Rmath.h"#include "Rversion.h"#if R_VERSION < R_Version(4, 2, 0)extern void wilcox_free(void);extern void signrank_free(void);#endif
For the negative binomial distribution (‘nbinom’), in addition to the(size, prob)
parametrization, the alternative(size, mu)
parametrization is provided as well by functions ‘[dpqr]nbinom_mu()’,see?NegBinomial in R.
Functionsdpois_raw(x, *)
anddbinom_raw(x, *)
are versions of thePoisson and binomial probability mass functions which work continuously inx
, whereasdbinom(x,*)
anddpois(x,*)
only return nonzero values for integerx
.
double dbinom_raw(double x, double n, double p, double q, int give_log)double dpois_raw (double x, double lambda, int give_log)
Note thatdbinom_raw()
returns both p and q = 1-p which may be advantageous when one of them is close to 1.
Next:Numerical Utilities, Previous:Distribution functions, Up:Numerical analysis subroutines [Contents][Index]
double
gammafn(doublex)
¶double
lgammafn(doublex)
¶double
digamma(doublex)
¶double
trigamma(doublex)
¶double
tetragamma(doublex)
¶double
pentagamma(doublex)
¶double
psigamma(doublex, doublederiv)
¶void
dpsifn(doublex, intn, intkode, intm, double*ans, int*nz, int*ierr)
¶The Gamma function, the natural logarithm of its absolute value andfirst four derivatives and the n-th derivative of Psi, the digammafunction, which is the derivative oflgammafn
. In other words,digamma(x)
is the same aspsigamma(x,0)
,trigamma(x) == psigamma(x,1)
, etc.The underlying workhorse,dpsifn()
, is useful, e.g., when several derivatives oflog Gamma=lgammafn
are desired. It computes andreturns inans[]
the length-m sequence(-1)^(k+1) / gamma(k+1) * psi(k;x) fork = n ... n+m-1, where psi(k;x)is the k-th derivative of Psi(x), i.e.,psigamma(x,k)
. For more details, see the comments insrc/nmath/polygamma.c.
double
beta(doublea, doubleb)
¶double
lbeta(doublea, doubleb)
¶The (complete) Beta function and its natural logarithm.
double
choose(doublen, doublek)
¶double
lchoose(doublen, doublek)
¶The number of combinations ofk items chosen fromn andthe natural logarithm of its absolute value, generalized to arbitrary realn.k is rounded to the nearest integer (with a warning ifneeded).
double
bessel_i(doublex, doublenu, doubleexpo)
¶double
bessel_j(doublex, doublenu)
¶double
bessel_k(doublex, doublenu, doubleexpo)
¶double
bessel_y(doublex, doublenu)
¶Bessel functions of types I, J, K and Y with indexnu. Forbessel_i
andbessel_k
there is the option to returnexp(-x) I(x; nu) or exp(x) K(x; nu) ifexpo is 2. (Useexpo == 1
for unscaledvalues.)
Next:Mathematical constants, Previous:Mathematical functions, Up:Numerical analysis subroutines [Contents][Index]
There are a few other numerical utility functions available as entry points.
double
R_pow(doublex, doubley)
¶double
R_pow_di(doublex, inti)
¶double
pow1p(doublex, doubley)
¶R_pow(x,y)
andR_pow_di(x,i)
computex^y
andx^i
, respectivelyusingR_FINITE
checks and returning the proper result (the sameas R) for the cases wherex,y ori are 0 ormissing or infinite orNaN
.
pow1p(x,y)
computes(1 +x)^y
, accuratelyeven for smallx, i.e., |x| << 1.
double
log1p(doublex)
¶Computeslog(1 +x)
(log 1plus x), accuratelyeven for smallx, i.e., |x| << 1.
This should be provided by your platform, in which case it is notincluded inRmath.h, but is (probably) inmath.h whichRmath.h includes (except under C++, so it may not be declared forC++98).
double
log1pmx(doublex)
¶Computeslog(1 +x) -x
(log 1plus xminusx),accurately even for smallx, i.e., |x| << 1.
double
log1pexp(doublex)
¶Computeslog(1 + exp(x))
(log 1plusexp),accurately, notably for largex, e.g., x > 720.
double
log1mexp(doublex)
¶Computeslog(1 - exp(-x))
(log 1minusexp),accurately, carefully for two regions ofx, optimally cuttingoff at log 2 (= 0.693147..), using((-x) > -M_LN2 ? log(-expm1(-x)) : log1p(-exp(-x)))
.
double
expm1(doublex)
¶Computesexp(x) - 1
(exp xminus 1), accuratelyeven for smallx, i.e., |x| << 1.
This should be provided by your platform, in which case it is notincluded inRmath.h, but is (probably) inmath.h whichRmath.h includes (except under C++, so it may not be declared forC++98).
double
lgamma1p(doublex)
¶Computeslog(gamma(x + 1))
(log(gamma(1plus x))),accurately even for smallx, i.e., 0 < x < 0.5.
double
cospi(doublex)
¶Computescos(pi * x)
(wherepi
is 3.14159...),accurately, notably for half integerx.
This might be provided by your platform170, in which case it is not included inRmath.h, but isinmath.h whichRmath.h includes. (Ensure thatneithermath.h norcmath is included beforeRmath.h or define
#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__ 1
before the first inclusion.)
double
sinpi(doublex)
¶Computessin(pi * x)
accurately, notably for (half) integerx.
This might be provided by your platform, in which case it is notincluded inRmath.h, but is inmath.h whichRmath.hincludes (but see the comments forcospi
).
double
Rtanpi(doublex)
¶Computestan(pi * x)
accurately, notably for integerx, givingNaN for half integerx and exactly +1 or -1 for (non half)quarter integers.
double
tanpi(doublex)
¶Computestan(pi * x)
accurately for integerx with possiblyplatform dependent behavior for half (and quarter) integers.This might be provided by your platform, in which case it is not includedinRmath.h, but is inmath.h whichRmath.h includes(but see the comments forcospi
).
double
logspace_add(doublelogx, doublelogy)
¶double
logspace_sub(doublelogx, doublelogy)
¶double
logspace_sum(const double*logx, intn)
¶Compute the log of a sum or difference from logs of terms, i.e., “x +y” aslog (exp(logx) + exp(logy))
and “x - y” aslog (exp(logx) - exp(logy))
,and “sum_i x[i]” aslog (sum[i = 1:n exp(logx[i])] )
without causing unnecessary overflows or throwing away too much accuracy.
int
imax2(intx, inty)
¶int
imin2(intx, inty)
¶double
fmax2(doublex, doubley)
¶double
fmin2(doublex, doubley)
¶Return the larger (max
) or smaller (min
) of two integer ordouble numbers, respectively. Note thatfmax2
andfmin2
differ from C99/C++11’sfmax
andfmin
when one of thearguments is aNaN
: these versions returnNaN
.
double
sign(doublex)
¶Compute thesignum function, where sign(x) is 1, 0, or-1, whenx is positive, 0, or negative, respectively, andNaN
ifx
is aNaN
.
double
fsign(doublex, doubley)
¶Performs “transfer of sign” and is defined as |x| * sign(y).
double
fprec(doublex, doubledigits)
¶Returns the value ofx rounded todigitssignificantdecimal digits.
This is the function used by R’ssignif()
.
double
fround(doublex, doubledigits)
¶Returns the value ofx rounded todigits decimal digits(after the decimal point).
This is the function used by R’sround()
. (Note that C99/C++11provide around
function but C++98 need not.)
double
ftrunc(doublex)
¶Returns the value ofx truncated (to an integer value) towardszero.
Previous:Numerical Utilities, Up:Numerical analysis subroutines [Contents][Index]
R has a set of commonly used mathematical constants encompassingconstants defined by POSIX and usually found in headersmath.handcmath, as well as further ones that are used in statisticalcomputations. These are defined to (at least) 30 digits accuracy inRmath.h. The following definitions useln(x)
for thenatural logarithm (log(x)
in R).
Name Definition ( ln = log
)round(value, 7) M_E
e 2.7182818 M_LOG2E
log2(e) 1.4426950 M_LOG10E
log10(e) 0.4342945 M_LN2
ln(2) 0.6931472 M_LN10
ln(10) 2.3025851 M_PI
pi 3.1415927 M_PI_2
pi/2 1.5707963 M_PI_4
pi/4 0.7853982 M_1_PI
1/pi 0.3183099 M_2_PI
2/pi 0.6366198 M_2_SQRTPI
2/sqrt(pi) 1.1283792 M_SQRT2
sqrt(2) 1.4142136 M_SQRT1_2
1/sqrt(2) 0.7071068 M_SQRT_3
sqrt(3) 1.7320508 M_SQRT_32
sqrt(32) 5.6568542 M_LOG10_2
log10(2) 0.3010300 M_2PI
2*pi 6.2831853 M_SQRT_PI
sqrt(pi) 1.7724539 M_1_SQRT_2PI
1/sqrt(2*pi) 0.3989423 M_SQRT_2dPI
sqrt(2/pi) 0.7978846 M_LN_SQRT_PI
ln(sqrt(pi)) 0.5723649 M_LN_SQRT_2PI
ln(sqrt(2*pi)) 0.9189385 M_LN_SQRT_PId2
ln(sqrt(pi/2)) 0.2257914
For compatibility with S this file used to define the constantPI
this is defunct and should be replaced byM_PI
.HeaderConstants.h includes either C headerfloat.h orC++ headercfloat, which provide constants such asDBL_MAX
.
The included headerR_ext/Boolean.h has enumeration constantsTRUE
andFALSE
of typeRboolean
in order to providea way of using “logical” variables in C consistently. This canconflict with other software: for example it conflicts with the headersin IJG’sjpeg-9
(but not earlier versions).Rboolean
cannot representNA
171 andhence cannot be used for elements of R logical vectors.
TypeRboolean
is being phased out: as from R 4.5.0 theheader also makes available the typebool
and valuestrue
andfalse
. These are reserved words in C23 and C++11 andavailablevia headerstdbool.h as from C99. (Typebool
is not a drop-in replacement forRboolean
as it isusually stored in a byte andRboolean
in anint
, hence 4bytes.)
Some package maintainers may want to exclude the provision ofTRUE
,FALSE
,true
,false
andbool
toavoid clashes with other headers such as the IJG ones mentioned above.This cannot be done entirely (the last three are keywords in C23 andC++11) but as from R 4.5.0 definingR_INCLUDE_BOOLEAN_H
to0
before including any header which includes this one (such asR.h andRinternals.h) skips its body.
Next:Integration, Previous:Numerical analysis subroutines, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The C code underlyingoptim
can be accessed directly. The userneeds to supply a function to compute the function to be minimized, ofthe type
typedef double optimfn(int n, double *par, void *ex);
where the first argument is the number of parameters in the secondargument. The third argument is a pointer passed down from the callingroutine, normally used to carry auxiliary information.
Some of the methods also require a gradient function
typedef void optimgr(int n, double *par, double *gr, void *ex);
which passes back the gradient in thegr
argument. No functionis provided for finite-differencing, nor for approximating the Hessianat the result.
The interfaces (defined in headerR_ext/Applic.h) are
void nmmin(int n, double *xin, double *x, double *Fmin, optimfn fn, int *fail, double abstol, double intol, void *ex, double alpha, double beta, double gamma, int trace, int *fncount, int maxit);
void vmmin(int n, double *x, double *Fmin, optimfn fn, optimgr gr, int maxit, int trace, int *mask, double abstol, double reltol, int nREPORT, void *ex, int *fncount, int *grcount, int *fail);
void cgmin(int n, double *xin, double *x, double *Fmin, optimfn fn, optimgr gr, int *fail, double abstol, double intol, void *ex, int type, int trace, int *fncount, int *grcount, int maxit);
void lbfgsb(int n, int lmm, double *x, double *lower, double *upper, int *nbd, double *Fmin, optimfn fn, optimgr gr, int *fail, void *ex, double factr, double pgtol, int *fncount, int *grcount, int maxit, char *msg, int trace, int nREPORT);
void samin(int n, double *x, double *Fmin, optimfn fn, int maxit, int tmax, double temp, int trace, void *ex);
Many of the arguments are common to the various methods.n
isthe number of parameters,x
orxin
is the startingparameters on entry andx
the final parameters on exit, withfinal value returned inFmin
. Most of the other parameters canbe found from the help page foroptim
: see the source codesrc/appl/lbfgsb.c for the values ofnbd
, whichspecifies which bounds are to be used.
Next:Utility functions, Previous:Optimization, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The C code underlyingintegrate
can be accessed directly. Theuser needs to supply avectorizing C function to compute thefunction to be integrated, of the type
typedef void integr_fn(double *x, int n, void *ex);
wherex[]
is both input and output and has lengthn
, i.e.,a C function, sayfn
, of typeintegr_fn
must basically dofor(i in 1:n) x[i] := f(x[i], ex)
. The vectorization requirementcan be used to speed up the integrand instead of calling itn
times. Note that in the current implementation built on QUADPACK,n
will be either 15 or 21. Theex
argument is a pointerpassed down from the calling routine, normally used to carry auxiliaryinformation.
There are interfaces (defined in headerR_ext/Applic.h) forintegrals over finite and infinite intervals (or “ranges” or“integration boundaries”).
void Rdqags(integr_fn f, void *ex, double *a, double *b, double *epsabs, double *epsrel, double *result, double *abserr, int *neval, int *ier, int *limit, int *lenw, int *last, int *iwork, double *work);
void Rdqagi(integr_fn f, void *ex, double *bound, int *inf, double *epsabs, double *epsrel, double *result, double *abserr, int *neval, int *ier, int *limit, int *lenw, int *last, int *iwork, double *work);
Only the 3rd and 4th argument differ for the two integrators; for thefinite range integral usingRdqags
,a
andb
are theintegration interval bounds, whereas for an infinite range integral usingRdqagi
,bound
is the finite bound of the integration (ifthe integral is not doubly-infinite) andinf
is a code indicatingthe kind of integration range,
inf = 1
corresponds to (bound, +Inf),
inf = -1
corresponds to (-Inf, bound),
inf = 2
corresponds to (-Inf, +Inf),
f
andex
define the integrand function, see above;epsabs
andepsrel
specify the absolute and relativeaccuracy requested,result
,abserr
andlast
are theoutput componentsvalue
,abs.err
andsubdivisions
of the R function integrate, whereneval
gives the number ofintegrand function evaluations, and the error codeier
istranslated to R’sintegrate() $ message
, look at that functiondefinition.limit
corresponds tointegrate(...,subdivisions = *)
. It seems you should always define the two workarrays and the length of the second one as
lenw = 4 * limit; iwork = (int *) R_alloc(limit, sizeof(int)); work = (double *) R_alloc(lenw, sizeof(double));
The comments in the source code insrc/appl/integrate.c givemore details, particularly about reasons for failure (ier >= 1
).
Next:Re-encoding, Previous:Integration, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
R has a fairly comprehensive set of sort routines which are madeavailable to users’ C code.The following is declared in header fileRinternals.h.
void
R_orderVector(int*indx, intn, SEXParglist, Rbooleannalast, Rbooleandecreasing)
¶void
R_orderVector1(int*indx, intn, SEXPx, Rbooleannalast, Rbooleandecreasing)
¶R_orderVector()
corresponds to R’sorder(..., na.last, decreasing)
.More specifically,indx <- order(x, y, na.last, decreasing)
corresponds toR_orderVector(indx, n, Rf_lang2(x, y), nalast, decreasing)
and forthree vectors,Rf_lang3(x,y,z)
is used asarglist.
BothR_orderVector
andR_orderVector1
assume the vectorindx
to be allocated to length >= n. On return,indx[]
contains a permutation of0:(n-1)
, i.e., 0-based Cindices (and not 1-based R indices, as R’sorder()
).
When ordering only one vector,R_orderVector1
is faster andcorresponds (but is 0-based) to R’sindx <- order(x, na.last,decreasing)
. It was added in R 3.3.0.
All other sort routines are declared in header fileR_ext/Utils.h (included byR.h) and include the following.
void
R_isort(int*x, intn)
¶void
R_rsort(double*x, intn)
¶void
R_csort(Rcomplex*x, intn)
¶void
rsort_with_index(double*x, int*index, intn)
¶The first three sort integer, real (double) and complex datarespectively. (Complex numbers are sorted by the real part first thenthe imaginary part.)NA
s are sorted last.
rsort_with_index
sorts onx, and applies the samepermutation toindex.NA
s are sorted last.
void
Rf_revsort(double*x, int*index, intn)
¶Is similar torsort_with_index
but sorts into decreasing order,andNA
s are not handled.
void
Rf_iPsort(int*x, intn, intk)
¶void
Rf_rPsort(double*x, intn, intk)
¶void
Rf_cPsort(Rcomplex*x, intn, intk)
¶These all provide (very) partial sorting: they permutex so thatx[k]
is in the correct place with smaller values tothe left, larger ones to the right.
void
R_qsort(double *v, size_ti, size_tj)
¶void
R_qsort_I(double *v, int *I, inti, intj)
¶void
R_qsort_int(int *iv, size_ti, size_tj)
¶void
R_qsort_int_I(int *iv, int *I, inti, intj)
¶These routines sortv[i:j]
oriv[i:j]
(using 1-indexing, i.e.,v[1]
is the first element) calling the quicksort algorithmas used by R’ssort(v, method = "quick")
and documented on thehelp page for the R functionsort
. The..._I()
versions also return thesort.index()
vector inI
. Notethat the ordering isnot stable, so tied values may be permuted.
Note thatNA
s are not handled (explicitly) and you shoulduse different sorting functions ifNA
s can be present.
subroutine
qsort4(double precisionv, integerindx, integerii, integerjj)
¶subroutine
qsort3(double precisionv, integerii, integerjj)
¶The Fortran interface routines for sorting double precision vectors areqsort3
andqsort4
, equivalent toR_qsort
andR_qsort_I
, respectively.
void
R_max_col(double*matrix, int*nr, int*nc, int*maxes, int*ties_meth)
¶Given thenr bync matrixmatrix
in column-major(“Fortran”)order,R_max_col()
returns inmaxes[i-1]
thecolumn number of the maximal element in thei-th row (the same asR’smax.col()
function). In the case of ties (multiple maxima),*ties_meth
is an integer code in1:3
determining the method:1 = “random”, 2 = “first” and 3 = “last”.See R’s help page?max.col
.
int
findInterval(double*xt, intn, doublex, Rbooleanrightmost_closed, Rbooleanall_inside, intilo, int*mflag)
¶int
findInterval2(double*xt, intn, doublex, Rbooleanrightmost_closed, Rbooleanall_inside, Rbooleanleft_open, intilo, int*mflag)
¶Given the ordered vectorxt of lengthn, return the intervalor index ofx inxt[]
, typically max(i; 1 <= i <=n &xt[i] <=x) where we use 1-indexing as in R and Fortran (but not C). Ifrightmost_closed is true, also returnsn-1 ifxequalsxt[n]. Ifall_inside is not 0, theresult is coerced to lie in1:(n-1)
even whenx isoutside thext[] range. On return,*mflag
equals-1 ifx <xt[1],+1 ifx >=xt[n], and 0 otherwise.
The algorithm is particularly fast whenilo is set to the lastresult offindInterval()
andx is a value of a sequence whichis increasing or decreasing for subsequent calls.
findInterval2()
is a generalization offindInterval()
,with an extraRboolean
argumentleft_open. Settingleft_open = TRUE
basically replaces all left-closed right-openintervals t) by left-open ones t], see the help pageof R functionfindInterval
for details.
There is also anF77_CALL(interv)()
version offindInterval()
with the same arguments, but all pointers.
A system-independent interface to produce the name of a temporaryfile is provided as
char *
R_tmpnam(const char *prefix, const char *tmpdir)
¶char *
R_tmpnam2(const char *prefix, const char *tmpdir, const char *fileext)
¶void
R_free_tmpnam(char *name)
¶Return a pathname for a temporary file with name beginning withprefix and ending withfileext in directorytmpdir.ANULL
prefix or extension is replaced by""
. Note thatthe return value is dynamically allocated and should be freed usingR_free_tmpnam
when no longer needed (unlike thesystem calltmpnam
). Freeing the result usingfree
is nolonger recommended.
double
R_atof(const char*str)
¶double
R_strtod(const char*str, char **end)
¶Implementations of the C99/POSIX functionsatof
andstrtod
which guarantee platform- and locale-independent behaviour, includingalways using the period as the decimal pointaka ‘radixcharacter’ and returning R’sNA_REAL_
for all unconvertedstrings, including"NA"
.
There is also the internal function used to expand file names in severalR functions, and called directly bypath.expand
.
const char *
R_ExpandFileName(const char *fn)
¶Expand a path namefn by replacing a leading tilde by the user’shome directory (if defined). The precise meaning is platform-specific;it will usually be taken from the environment variableHOME
ifthis is defined.
For historical reasons there are Fortran interfaces to functionsD1MACH
andI1MACH
. These can be called from C code ase.g.F77_CALL(d1mach)(4)
. Note that these are emulations ofthe original functions by Fox, Hall and Schryer on Netlib athttps://netlib.org/slatec/src/ forIEC 60559 arithmetic(required by R).
Next:Condition handling and cleanup code, Previous:Utility functions, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
R has its own C-level interface to the encoding conversioncapabilities provided byiconv
because there areincompatibilities between the declarations in different implementationsoficonv
.
These are declared in header fileR_ext/Riconv.h.
void *
Riconv_open(const char *to, const char *from)
¶Set up a pointer to an encoding object to be used to convert between twoencodings:""
indicates the current locale.
size_t
Riconv(void *cd, const char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft)
¶Convert as much as possible ofinbuf
tooutbuf
. Initiallythesize_t
variables indicate the number of bytes available in thebuffers, and they are updated (and thechar
pointers are updatedto point to the next free byte in the buffer). The return value is thenumber of characters converted, or(size_t)-1
(beware:size_t
is usually an unsigned type). It should be safe to assumethat an error condition setserrno
to one ofE2BIG
(theoutput buffer is full),EILSEQ
(the input cannot be converted,and might be invalid in the encoding specified) orEINVAL
(theinput does not end with a complete multi-byte character).
int
Riconv_close(void *cd)
¶Free the resources of an encoding object.
Next:Allowing interrupts, Previous:Re-encoding, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
Three functions are available for establishing condition handlers fromwithin C code:
#include <Rinternals.h>SEXP R_tryCatchError(SEXP (*fun)(void *data), void *data, SEXP (*hndlr)(SEXP cond, void *hdata), void *hdata);SEXP R_tryCatch(SEXP (*fun)(void *data), void *data, SEXP, SEXP (*hndlr)(SEXP cond, void *hdata), void *hdata, void (*clean)(void *cdata), void *cdata);SEXP R_withCallingErrorHandler(SEXP (*fun)(void *data), void *data, SEXP (*hndlr)(SEXP cond, void *hdata), void *hdata)
R_tryCatchError
establishes an exiting handler for conditionsinheriting form classerror
.
R_tryCatch
can be used to establish a handler for otherconditions and to register a cleanup action. The conditions to behandled are specified as a character vector (STRSXP
).ANULL
pointer can be passed asfun
orclean
if condition handling or cleanup are not needed.
These are currently implemented using the R-leveltryCatch
mechanism so are subject to some overhead.
R_withCallingErrorHandler
establishes a calling handler forconditions inheriting from classerror
. It establishes thehandler without calling back into R and will therefore be moreefficient.
The functionR_UnwindProtect
can be used to ensure that a cleanupaction takes place on ordinary return as well as on a non-local transferof control, which R implements as alongjmp
.
SEXP R_UnwindProtect(SEXP (*fun)(void *data), void *data, void (*clean)(void *data, Rboolean jump), void *cdata, SEXP cont);
R_UnwindProtect
can be used in two ways. The simper usage,suitable for use in C code, passesNULL
for thecont
argument.R_UnwindProtect
will callfun(data)
. Iffun
returns a value, thenR_UnwindProtect
callsclean(cleandata, FALSE)
before returning the value returned byfun
. Iffun
executes a non-local transfer of control, thenclean(cleandata, TRUE)
is called, and the non-local transfer ofcontrol is resumed.
The second use pattern, suitable to support C++ stack unwinding, usestwo additional functions:
SEXP R_MakeUnwindCont();NORET void R_ContinueUnwind(SEXP cont);
R_MakeUnwindCont
allocates acontinuation tokencont
to pass toR_UnwindProtect
. This token should beprotected withPROTECT
before callingR_UnwindProtect
. When theclean
function is called withjump == TRUE
, indicating that R is executing a non-local transferof control, it can throw a C++ exception to a C++catch
outsidethe C++ code to be unwound, and then use the continuation token in the acallR_ContinueUnwind(cont)
to resume the non-local transfer ofcontrol within R.
An older interface for the simplerR_MakeUnwindCont
usage remainsavailable:
SEXP R_ExecWithCleanup(SEXP (*fun)(void *), void *data, void (*cleanfun)(void *), void *cleandata);
cleanfun
is called on both regular returns and non-localtransfers of control, but without an indication of which form of exit isoccurring.
The functionR_ToplevelExec
can be used to execute code withoutallowing any non-local transfers of control, including by userinterrupts or invokingabort
restarts.
Rboolean R_ToplevelExec(void (*fun)(void *), void *data);
The return value isTRUE
iffun
returns normally andFALSE
iffun
exits with a jump to top level.fun
is called with a new top-level context. Condition handlers and otherfeatures of the current top level context whenR_ToplevelExec
iscalled will not be seen by the code infun
. Two conveniencefunctions built onR_ToplevelExec
areR_tryEval
andR_tryEvalSilent
.
SEXP R_tryEval(SEXP e, SEXP env, int *ErrorOccurred);SEXP R_tryEvalSilent(SEXP e, SEXP env, int *ErrorOccurred)
These return aNULL
pointer if evaluating the expression resultsin a jump to top level.
UsingR_ToplevelExec
is usually only appropriate in situationswhere one might want to run code in a separate thread if that was anoption. For example, finalizers are run in a separate top levelcontext. The other functions mentioned in this section will usually bemore appropriate choices.
Next:C stack checking, Previous:Condition handling and cleanup code, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
No part of R can be interrupted whilst running long computations incompiled code, so programmers should make provision for the code to beinterrupted at suitable points by calling from C
#include <R_ext/Utils.h>void R_CheckUserInterrupt(void);
and from Fortran
subroutine rchkusr()
These check if the user has requested an interrupt, and if so branch toR’s error signaling functions.
Note that it is possible that the code behind one of the entry pointsdefined here if called from your C or Fortran code could be interruptibleor generate an error and so not return to your code.
Next:Custom serialization input and output, Previous:Allowing interrupts, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
R provides a framework for detecting when the amount of C stack istoo low. Two functions are available:
void R_CheckStack(void)void R_CheckStack2(size_t extra)
These functions signal an error when a low stack condition is detected.R_CheckStack2
does so whenextra
bytes are more than isavailable on the stack.
This mechanism is not always available (SeeThreading issues) and itis best to avoid deep recursions in C and to track recursion depth whenusing recursion is unavoidable. C compilers will often optimize tailrecursions to avoid consuming C stack, so it is best to write code in atail-recursive form when possible.
Next:Platform and version information, Previous:C stack checking, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The internal serialization code uses a framework for serializing from andto different output media. This framework has been in use internally forsome time, but its use in packages is highly experimental and may needto be changed or dropped once some experience is gained. Package authorsconsidering using this framework should keep this in mind.
Client code will define a persistent stream structure with declarationslike
struct R_outpstream_st out;struct R_inpstream_st in;
These are filled in by calling these functions with appropriate arguments:
void R_InitInPStream(R_inpstream_t stream, R_pstream_data_t data, R_pstream_format_t type, int (*inchar)(R_inpstream_t), void (*inbytes)(R_inpstream_t, void *, int), SEXP (*phook)(SEXP, SEXP), SEXP pdata);void R_InitOutPStream(R_outpstream_t stream, R_pstream_data_t data, R_pstream_format_t type, int version, void (*outchar)(R_outpstream_t, int), void (*outbytes)(R_outpstream_t, void *, int), SEXP (*phook)(SEXP, SEXP), SEXP pdata);
Code should not depend on the fields of the stream structures. Simplerinitializers are available for serializing to or from a file pointer:
void R_InitFileOutPStream(R_outpstream_t stream, FILE *fp, R_pstream_format_t type, int version, SEXP (*phook)(SEXP, SEXP), SEXP pdata);void R_InitFileInPStream(R_inpstream_t stream, FILE *fp, R_pstream_format_t type, SEXP (*phook)(SEXP, SEXP), SEXP pdata);
Once the stream structures are set up they can be used by calling
void R_Serialize(SEXP s, R_outpstream_t stream)SEXP R_Unserialize(R_inpstream_t stream)
Examples can be found in the R sources insrc/main/serialize.c.
Next:Inlining C functions, Previous:Custom serialization input and output, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The header files defineUSING_R
, which can be used to test ifthe code is indeed being used with R.
Header fileRconfig.h (included byR.h) is used to defineplatform-specific macros that are mainly for use in other header files.The macroWORDS_BIGENDIAN
is defined onbig-endian172systems (e.g. most OSes on Sparc and PowerPC hardware) and not onlittle-endian systems (nowadays all the commoner R platforms). Itcan be useful when manipulating binary files. NB: these macros applyonly to the C compiler used to build R, not necessarily to another Cor C++ compiler.
Header fileRversion.h (not included byR.h)defines a macroR_VERSION
giving the version number encoded as aninteger, plus a macroR_Version
to do the encoding. This can beused to test if the version of R is late enough, or to includeback-compatibility features. For protection against very old versionsof R which did not have this macro, use a construction such as
#if defined(R_VERSION) && R_VERSION >= R_Version(3, 1, 0) ...#endif
More detailed information is available in the macrosR_MAJOR
,R_MINOR
,R_YEAR
,R_MONTH
andR_DAY
: see theheader fileRversion.h for their format. Note that the minorversion includes the patch level (as in ‘2.2’).
Packages which usealloca
need to ensure it is defined: as it ispart of neither C nor POSIX there is no standard way to do so. One canuse
#include <Rconfig.h> // for HAVE_ALLOCA_H#ifdef __GNUC__// this covers gcc, clang, icc# undef alloca# define alloca(x) __builtin_alloca((x))#elif defined(HAVE_ALLOCA_H)// needed for native compilers on Solaris and AIX# include <alloca.h>#endif
(and this should be included before standard C headers such asstdlib.h, since on some platforms these includemalloc.hwhich may have a conflicting definition), which suffices for known Rplatforms.
Next:Controlling visibility, Previous:Platform and version information, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The C99 keywordinline
should be recognized by all compilersnowadays used to build R. Portable code which might be used withearlier versions of R can be written using the macroR_INLINE
(defined in fileRconfig.h included byR.h), as forexample from packagecluster
#include <R.h>static R_INLINE int ind_2(int l, int j){...}
Be aware that using inlining with functions in more than one compilationunit is almost impossible to do portably, seehttps://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/tech/inline.html, so this usageis forstatic
functions as in the example. All the Rconfigure code has checked is thatR_INLINE
can be used in asingle C file with the compiler used to build R. We recommend thatpackages making extensive use of inlining include their own configurecode.
Next:Using these functions in your own C code, Previous:Inlining C functions, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
HeaderR_ext/Visibility.h has some definitions for controllingthe visibility of entry points. These are only effective when‘HAVE_VISIBILITY_ATTRIBUTE’ is defined – this is checked when Ris configured and recorded in headerRconfig.h (included byR_ext/Visibility.h). It is often defined on modern Unix-alikeswith a recent compiler173 but not supported on Windows.Minimizing the visibility of symbols in a shared library will both speedup its loading (unlikely to be significant) and reduce the possibilityof linking to other entry points of the same name.
C/C++ entry points prefixed byattribute_hidden
will not bevisible in the shared object. There is no comparable mechanism forFortran entry points, but there is a more comprehensive scheme used by,for example packagestats. Most compilers which allow control ofvisibility will allow control of visibility for all symbolsvia aflag, and where known the flag is encapsulated in the macros‘C_VISIBILITY’, ‘CXX_VISIBILITY’174 and ‘F_VISIBILITY’ for C, C++ and Fortrancompilers.175These are defined inetc/Makeconf and so available for normalcompilation of package code. For example,src/Makevars couldinclude some of
PKG_CFLAGS=$(C_VISIBILITY)PKG_CXXFLAGS=$(CXX_VISIBILITY)PKG_FFLAGS=$(F_VISIBILITY)
This would end up withno visible entry points, which would bepointless. However, the effect of the flags can be overridden by usingtheattribute_visible
prefix. A shared object which registersits entry points needs only for have one visible entry point, itsinitializer, so for example packagestats has
void attribute_visible R_init_stats(DllInfo *dll){ R_registerRoutines(dll, CEntries, CallEntries, FortEntries, NULL); R_useDynamicSymbols(dll, FALSE);...}
Because the ‘C_VISIBILITY’ mechanism is only useful in conjunctionwithattribute_visible
, it is not enabled unless‘HAVE_VISIBILITY_ATTRIBUTE’ is defined. The usual visibility flagis-fvisibility=hidden: some compilers also support-fvisibility-inlines-hidden which can be used by overriding‘C_VISIBILITY’ and ‘CXX_VISIBILITY’ inconfig.site whenbuilding R, or editingetc/Makeconf in the R installation.
Note thatconfigure
only checks that visibility attributes andflags are accepted, not that they actually hide symbols.
The visibility mechanism is not available on Windows, but there is anequally effective way to control which entry points are visible, bysupplying a definitions filepkgname/src/pkgname-win.def: only entry pointslisted in that file will be visible. Again usingstats as anexample, it has
LIBRARY stats.dllEXPORTS R_init_stats
Next:Organization of header files, Previous:Controlling visibility, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
It is possible to buildMathlib
, the R set of mathematicalfunctions documented inRmath.h, as a standalone librarylibRmath under both Unix-alikes and Windows. (This includes thefunctions documented inNumerical analysis subroutines as fromthat header file.)
The library is not built automatically when R is installed. Forfurther details including how to build it, seeThe standalone Rmath library inR Installation and Administration.
To use the code in your own C program include
#define MATHLIB_STANDALONE#include <Rmath.h>
and link against ‘-lRmath’ (and perhaps ‘-lm’). There is anexample filetest.c.
A little care is needed to use the random-number routines. You willneed to supply the uniform random number generator
double unif_rand(void)
or use the one supplied (and with a dynamic library or DLL you will haveto use the one supplied, which is the Marsaglia-multicarry with an entrypoints
set_seed(unsigned int, unsigned int)
to set its seeds and
get_seed(unsigned int *, unsigned int *)
to read the seeds).
Next:Moving into C API compliance, Previous:Using these functions in your own C code, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
The header files which R installs are in directoryR_INCLUDE_DIR (defaultR_HOME/include). Thiscurrently includes
R.h includes many other files Rinternals.h definitions for using R’s internalstructures Rdefines.h macros for an S-like interface to theabove (no longer maintained) Rmath.h standalone math library Rversion.h R version information Rinterface.h for add-on front-ends (Unix-alikes only) Rembedded.h for add-on front-ends R_ext/Applic.h optimization, integration and some LAPACK ones) R_ext/BLAS.h C definitions for BLAS routines R_ext/Callbacks.h C (and R function) top-level taskhandlers R_ext/GetX11Image.h X11Image interface used by packagetrkplot R_ext/Lapack.h C definitions for some LAPACK routines R_ext/Linpack.h C definitions for some LINPACKroutines, not all of which are included in R R_ext/Parse.h a small part of R’s parse interface:not part of the stable API. R_ext/RStartup.h for add-on front-ends R_ext/Rdynload.h needed to register compiled code inpackages R_ext/Riconv.h interface to iconv
R_ext/Visibility.h definitions controlling visibility R_ext/eventloop.h for add-on front-ends and forpackages that need to share in the R event loops (not Windows)
The following headers are included byR.h:
Rconfig.h configuration info that is made available R_ext/Arith.h handling for NA
s,NaN
s,Inf
/-Inf
R_ext/Boolean.h TRUE
/FALSE
typeR_ext/Complex.h C typedefs for R’s complex
R_ext/Constants.h constants R_ext/Error.h error signaling R_ext/Memory.h memory allocation R_ext/Print.h Rprintf
and variations.R_ext/RS.h definitions common toR.h and the formerS.h, including F77_CALL
etc.R_ext/Random.h random number generation R_ext/Utils.h sorting and other utilities R_ext/libextern.h definitions for exports fromR.dll on Windows.
The graphics systems are exposed in headersR_ext/GraphicsEngine.h,R_ext/GraphicsDevice.h (which itincludes) andR_ext/QuartzDevice.h. Facilities for definingcustom connection implementations are provided inR_ext/Connections.h, but make sure you consult the file beforeuse.
Let us re-iterate the advice to include in C++ code system headersbefore the R header files, especiallyRinternals.h (includedbyRdefines.h) andRmath.h, which redefine names which maybe used in system headers, or (preferably and the default since R4.5.0) to defineR_NO_REMAP
.
Previous:Organization of header files, Up:The RAPI: entry points for C code [Contents][Index]
Work is in progress to clarify and tighten the C API for extending Rcode. This will help make package C code more robust, and willfacilitate maintaining and improving the R source code without impactingpackage space. In the process a number of entry points intended forinternal use will be removed from installed header files or hidden, andothers will be replaced by more robust versions better suited for use inpackage C code. This section describes how packages can move from usingnon-API entry points to using ones available and supported in the API.
Work in progress: This section is a work in progress and willbe adjusted as changes are made to the API.
CHARSXP
encodingSome non-API entry points intended for internal use have long had entrypoints in the API that can be used instead. In other cases new entrypoint have been added that are more appropriate for use in packages;typically these include more extensive error checking on arguments.
This table lists some non-API functions used in packages and the APIfunctions that should be used instead:
EXTPTR_PROT
EXTPTR_TAG
EXTPTR_PTR
UseR_ExternalPtrProtected
,R_ExternalPtrTag
, andR_ExternalPtrAddr
.
OBJECT
IS_S4_OBJECT
UseRf_isObject
andRf_isS4
.
GetOption
UseRf_GetOption1
.
R_lsInternal
UseR_lsInternal3
.
REAL0
COMPLEX0
UseREAL
andCOMPLEX
.
STRING_PTR
DATAPTR
STDVEC_DATAPTR
UseSTRING_PTR_RO
andDATAPTR_RO
. Obtaining writable pointers to these data can violate the memory manager’s integrity assumptions and is not supported.
isFrame
UseRf_isDataFrame
, added in R 4.5.0.
BODY
FORMALS
CLOENV
UseR_ClosureBody
,R_ClosureFormals
, andR_ClosureEnv
; these were added in R 4.5.0.
ENCLOS
UseR_ParentEnv
, added in R 4.5.0.
IS_ASCII
UseRf_charIsASCII
, added in R 4.5.0.
IS_UTF8
UsecharIsUTF8
, added in R 4.5.0, or avoid completely.
Rf_allocSExp
Use an appropriate constructor.
Rf_findVarInFrame3
UseR_existsVarInFrame
to test for existence.
Rf_findVar
Rf_findVarInFrame
UseR_getVar
orR_getVarEx
, added in R 4.5.0. In some cases usingeval
may suffice.
ATTRIB
UseRf_getAttrib
for individual attributes. To test whether there are any attributes useANY_ATTRIB
, added in R 4.5.0.
SET_ATTRIB
SET_OBJECT
UseRf_setAttrib
for individual attributes,DUPLICATE_ATTRIB
orSHALLOW_DUPLICATE_ATTRIB
for copying attributes from one object to another. UseCLEAR_ATTRIB
for removing all attributes, added in R 4.5.0.
R_GetCurrentEnv
Useenvironment()
at the R level and pass the result as an argument to your C function.
For recently added entry points packages that need to be compiledunder older versions that do not yet contain these entry points canuse back-ported versions defined conditionally. SeeSome backports.
Next:Creating call expressions, Previous:Some API replacements for non-API entry points, Up:Moving into C API compliance [Contents][Index]
An idiom appearing in a number of packages is to create an environmentas
SEXP env = Rf_allocSExp(ENVSXP);SET_ENCLOS(env, parent);
The functionRf_allocSExp
and mutation functions likeSET_ENCLOS
,SET_FRAME
, andSET_HASHTAB
are not partof the API as they expose internal structure that might need to changein the future. A proper constructor function should be usedinstead. The constructor function for environments isR_NewEnv
,so the new environment should be created as
SEXP env = R_NewEnv(parent, FALSE, 0);
Next:Creating closures, Previous:Creating environments, Up:Moving into C API compliance [Contents][Index]
Another idiom used in some packages is to create a call expression withspace for two arguments as
SEXP expr = Rf_allocList(3);SET_TYPEOF(expr, "LANGSXP");
and then fill in the function and argument expressions.SET_TYPEOF
will also not be available to packages in thefuture. An alternative way to construct the expression that will work inany R version is
SEXP expr = LCONS(R_NilValue, allocList(2));
R 4.4.1 added the constructorRf_allocLang
, so the expressioncan be created as
SEXP env = Rf_allocLang(3);
Next:QueryingCHARSXP
encoding, Previous:Creating call expressions, Up:Moving into C API compliance [Contents][Index]
Yet another common idiom is to create a new closure as
SEXP fun = Rf_allocSExp(CLOSXP);SET_FORMALS(fun, formals);SET_BODY(fun, body);SET_CLOENV(fun, env);
R 4.5.0 adds the constructorR_mkClosure
; this can be used as
SEXP fun = R_mkClosure(formals, body, env);
Next:Working with attributes, Previous:Creating closures, Up:Moving into C API compliance [Contents][Index]
CHARSXP
encoding ¶A number of packages query encoding bits set onCHARSXP
objects via macrosIS_ASCII
andIS_UTF8
, some packages also viaIS_BYTES
andIS_LATIN1
. These macros are not part of the API and packageshave been copying their definition and directly accessing the bits inmemory. The structure of the object header is, however, internal to R andmay have to change in the future.
IS_ASCII
can be replaced byRf_charIsASCII
, added in R 4.5.0.It can also be replaced by code that checks individual characters (bytes).
Information provided by the other macros is available via functionRf_getCharCE
, which has been part of the API since R 2.7.0.Before switching toRf_getCharCE
, packages are, however, advisedto check whether the encoding information is really needed and whetherit is used correctly.
Most code should be able to work with completeCHARSXP
s and never look atthe individual bytes. When access to characters and bytes (of strings otherthanCE_BYTES
) is needed, one would useRf_translateChar
orRf_translateCharUTF8
. These functions internally already check theencoding and whether the string is ASCII and only translate when needed,which should be rarely since R >= 4.2.0 (UTF-8 is used as native encodingon most systems running R).
Several packages use the encoding information to find out whether aninternal string representation visible viaCHAR
is UTF-8 orlatin1. R 4.5.0 provides functionsRf_charIsUTF8
andRf_charIsLatin1
for this purpose, which are safer against futurechanges and handle also native strings when running in the correspondinglocale. Note that both will be true for ASCII strings.
A pattern used in several packages is
char *asutf8(SEXP c){ if (!IS_UTF8(s) && !IS_ASCII(s)) // not compliant return Rf_translateCharUTF8(s); else return CHAR(s);}
to make this code compliant, simply call
char *asutf8(SEXP c){ return Rf_translateCharUTF8(s); // compliant}
as the encoding flags are already checked inRf_translateCharUTF8
. Alsonote the non-compliant check does not handle native encoding.
Next:Working variable bindings, Previous:QueryingCHARSXP
encoding, Up:Moving into C API compliance [Contents][Index]
The current implementation (R 4.5.0) represents attributes internallyas a linked list. It may be useful to change this at some point, soexternal code should not rely on this representation. The low-levelfunctionsATTRIB
andSET_ATTRIB
reveal this representationand are therefore not part of the API. Individual attributes can beaccessed and set withRf_getAttrib
andRf_setAttrib
. Attributescan be copied from one object to another withDUPLICATE_ATTRIB
andSHALLOW_DUPLICATE_ATTRIB
. TheCLEAR_ATTRIB
functionadded in R 4.5.0 can be used to remove all attributes. Thesefunctions ensure can that certain consistency requirements aremaintained, such as setting the object bit according to whether a classattribute is present.
Some additional functions may be added for working with attributes.
Next:Some backports, Previous:Working with attributes, Up:Moving into C API compliance [Contents][Index]
The functionsRf_findVar
andRf_findVarInFrame
have been used ina number of packages but are too low level to be part of the API. Formost uses the functionsR_getVar
andR_getVarEx
added inR 4.5.0 will be sufficient. These are analogous to the R functionsget
andget0
.
In rare cases package R or C code may want to obtain more detailedinformation on a binding, such as whether the binding is delayed ornot. This is currently not possible within the API, but is underconsideration.
Previous:Working variable bindings, Up:Moving into C API compliance [Contents][Index]
This section lists backports of recently added definitions that can beused in packages that need to be compiled under older versions of Rthat do not yet contain these entry points.
#if R_VERSION < R_Version(4, 4, 1)#define allocLang Rf_allocLangSEXP Rf_allocLang(int n){ if (n > 0) return LCONS(R_NilValue, Rf_allocList(n - 1)); else return R_NilValue;}#endif#if R_VERSION < R_Version(4, 5, 0)# define isDataFrame(x) Rf_isFrame(x)# define R_ClosureFormals(x) FORMALS(x)# define R_ClosureEnv(x) CLOENV(x)# define R_ParentEnv(x) ENCLOS(x)SEXP R_mkClosure(SEXP formals, SEXP body, SEXP env){ SEXP fun = Rf_allocSExp(CLOSXP); SET_FORMALS(fun, formals); SET_BODY(fun, body); SET_CLOENV(fun, env); return fun;}void CLEAR_ATTRIB(SEXP x){ SET_ATTRIB(x, R_NilValue); SET_OBJECT(x, 0); UNSET_S4_OBJECT(x);}#endif
Next:Linking GUIs and other front-ends to R, Previous:The RAPI: entry points for C code, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
R programmers will often want to add methods for existing genericfunctions, and may want to add new generic functions or make existingfunctions generic. In this chapter we give guidelines for doing so,with examples of the problems caused by not adhering to them.
This chapter only covers the ‘informal’ class system copied from S3,and not with the S4 (formal) methods of packagemethods.
First, acaveat: a function namedgen.cl
willbe invoked by the genericgen
for classcl
, sodo not name functions in this style unless they are intended to bemethods.
The key function for methods isNextMethod
, which dispatches thenext method. It is quite typical for a method function to make a fewchanges to its arguments, dispatch to the next method, receive theresults and modify them a little. An example is
t.data.frame <- function(x){ x <- as.matrix(x) NextMethod("t")}
Note that the example above works because there is anext method,the default method, not that a new method is selected when the class ischanged.
Any method a programmer writes may be invoked from another methodbyNextMethod
,with the arguments appropriate to theprevious method. Further, the programmer cannot predict which methodNextMethod
will pick (it might be one not yet dreamt of), and theend user calling the generic needs to be able to pass arguments to thenext method. For this to work
A method must have all the arguments of the generic, including
…
if the generic does.
It is a grave misunderstanding to think that a method needs only toaccept the arguments it needs. The original S version ofpredict.lm
did not have a…
argument, althoughpredict
did. It soon became clear thatpredict.glm
neededan argumentdispersion
to handle over-dispersion. Aspredict.lm
had neither adispersion
nor a…
argument,NextMethod
could no longer be used. (The legacy, twodirect calls topredict.lm
, lives on inpredict.glm
inR, which is based on the workaround for S3 written by Venables &Ripley.)
Further, the user is entitled to use positional matching when callingthe generic, and the arguments to a method called byUseMethod
are those of the call to the generic. Thus
A method must have arguments in exactly the same order as thegeneric.
To see the scale of this problem, consider the generic functionscale
, defined as
scale <- function (x, center = TRUE, scale = TRUE) UseMethod("scale")
Suppose an unthinking package writer created methods such as
scale.foo <- function(x, scale = FALSE, ...) { }
Then forx
of class"foo"
the calls
scale(x, , TRUE)scale(x, scale = TRUE)
would most likely do different things, to the justifiableconsternation of the end user.
To add a further twist, which default is used when a user callsscale(x)
in our example? What if
scale.bar <- function(x, center, scale = TRUE) NextMethod("scale")
andx
has classc("bar", "foo")
? It is the defaultspecified in the method that is used, but the defaultspecified in the generic may be the one the user sees.This leads to the recommendation:
If the generic specifies defaults, all methods should use the same defaults.
An easy way to follow these recommendations is to always keep genericssimple, e.g.
scale <- function(x, ...) UseMethod("scale")
Only add parameters and defaults to the generic if they make sense inall possible methods implementing it.
When creating a new generic function, bear in mind that its argumentlist will be the maximal set of arguments for methods, including thosewritten elsewhere years later. So choosing a good set of arguments maywell be an important design issue, and there need to be good argumentsnot to include a…
argument.
If a…
argument is supplied, some thought should be givento its position in the argument sequence. Arguments which follow…
must be named in calls to the function, and they must benamed in full (partial matching is suppressed after…
).Formal arguments before…
can be partially matched, and somay ‘swallow’ actual arguments intended for…
. Although itis commonplace to make the…
argument the last one, that isnot always the right choice.
Sometimes package writers want to make generic a function in the basepackage, and request a change in R. This may be justifiable, butmaking a function generic with the old definition as the default methoddoes have a small performance cost. It is never necessary, as a packagecan take over a function in the base package and make it generic bysomething like
foo <- function(object, ...) UseMethod("foo")foo.default <- function(object, ...) base::foo(object)
Earlier versions of this manual suggested assigningfoo.default <-base::foo
. This isnot a good idea, as it captures the basefunction at the time of installation and it might be changed as R ispatched or updated.
The same idea can be applied for functions in other packages.
Next:Function and variable index, Previous:Generic functions and methods, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
There are a number of ways to build front-ends to R: we take this tomean a GUI or other application that has the ability to submit commandsto R and perhaps to receive results back (not necessarily in a textformat). There are other routes besides those described here, forexample the packageRserve (fromCRAN, see alsohttps://www.rforge.net/Rserve/) and connections to Java in‘JRI’ (part of therJava package onCRAN).
R can be built as a shared library176 if configured with--enable-R-shlib. Thisshared library can be used to run R from alternative front-endprograms. We will assume this has been done for the rest of thissection. Also, it can be built as a static library if configured with--enable-R-static-lib, and that can be used in a very similarway (at least on Linux: on other platforms one needs to ensure that allthe symbols exported bylibR.a are linked into the front-end).
The command-line R front-end,R_HOME/bin/exec/R, is onesuch example, and the formerGNOME (see packagegnomeGUIonCRAN’s ‘Archive’ area) and macOS consoles are others.The source forR_HOME/bin/exec/R is in filesrc/main/Rmain.c and is very simple
int Rf_initialize_R(int ac, char **av); /* in ../unix/system.c */void Rf_mainloop(); /* in main.c */extern int R_running_as_main_program; /* in ../unix/system.c */int main(int ac, char **av){ R_running_as_main_program = 1; Rf_initialize_R(ac, av); Rf_mainloop(); /* does not return */ return 0;}
indeed, misleadingly simple. Remember thatR_HOME/bin/exec/R is run from a shell scriptR_HOME/bin/R which sets up the environment for theexecutable, and this is used for
R_HOME
and checking it is valid, as well as the pathR_SHARE_DIR
andR_DOC_DIR
to the installedshare anddoc directory trees. Also settingR_ARCH
if needed.LD_LIBRARY_PATH
to include the directories used in linkingR. This is recorded as the default setting ofR_LD_LIBRARY_PATH
in the shell scriptR_HOME/etcR_ARCH/ldpaths.The first two of these can be achieved for your front-end by running itviaR CMD
. So, for example
R CMD /usr/local/lib/R/bin/exec/RR CMD exec/R
will both work in a standard R installation. (R CMD
looksfirst for executables inR_HOME/bin. These command-linesneed modification if a sub-architecture is in use.) If you do not wantto run your front-end in this way, you need to ensure thatR_HOME
is set andLD_LIBRARY_PATH
is suitable. (The latter might wellbe, but modern Unix/Linux systems do not normally include/usr/local/lib (/usr/local/lib64 on some architectures),and R does look there for system components.)
The other senses in which this example is too simple are that all theinternal defaults are used and that control is handed over to theR main loop. There are a number of small examples177 in thetests/Embedding directory. These make use ofRf_initEmbeddedR
insrc/main/Rembedded.c, and essentiallyuse
#include <Rembedded.h>int main(int ac, char **av){ /* do some setup */ Rf_initEmbeddedR(argc, argv); /* do some more setup */ /* submit some code to R, which is done interactively via run_Rmainloop(); A possible substitute for a pseudo-console is R_ReplDLLinit(); while(R_ReplDLLdo1() > 0) { /* add user actions here if desired */ } */ Rf_endEmbeddedR(0); /* final tidying up after R is shutdown */ return 0;}
If you do not want to pass R arguments, you can fake anargv
array, for example by
char *argv[]= {"REmbeddedPostgres", "--silent"}; Rf_initEmbeddedR(sizeof(argv)/sizeof(argv[0]), argv);
However, to make a GUI we usually do want to runrun_Rmainloop
after setting up various parts of R to talk to our GUI, and arrangingfor our GUI callbacks to be called during the R mainloop.
One issue to watch is that on some platformsRf_initEmbeddedR
andRf_endEmbeddedR
change the settings of theFPU (e.g. to allowerrors to be trapped and to make use of extended precision registers).
The standard code sets up a session temporary directory in the usualway,unlessR_TempDir
is set to a non-NULL value beforeRf_initEmbeddedR
is called. In that case the value is assumed tocontain an existing writable directory, and it is notcleaned up when R is shut down.
Rf_initEmbeddedR
sets R to be in interactive mode: you can setR_Interactive
(defined inRinterface.h) subsequently tochange this.
Note that R expects to be run with the locale category‘LC_NUMERIC’ set to its default value ofC
, and so shouldnot be embedded into an application which changes that.
It is the user’s responsibility to attempt to initialize only once. Toprotect the R interpreter,Rf_initialize_R
will exit theprocess if re-initialization is attempted.
Suitable flags to compile and link against the R (shared or static)library can be found by
R CMD config --cppflagsR CMD config --ldflags
(These apply only to an uninstalled copy or a standard install.)
If R is installed,pkg-config
is available and neithersub-architectures nor a macOS framework have been used, alternatives fora shared R library are
pkg-config --cflags libRpkg-config --libs libR
and for a static R library
pkg-config --cflags libRpkg-config --static --libs libR
(This may work for an installed OS framework ifpkg-config
istaught where to look forlibR.pc: it is installed inside theframework.)
However, a more comprehensive way is to set up aMakefile tocompile the front-end. Suppose filemyfe.c is to be compiled tomyfe. A suitableMakefile might be
## WARNING: does not work when ${R_HOME} contains spacesinclude ${R_HOME}/etc${R_ARCH}/Makeconfall: myfe## The following is not needed, but avoids PIC flags.myfe.o: myfe.c $(CC) $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c myfe.c -o $@## replace $(LIBR) $(LIBS) by $(STATIC_LIBR) if R was built with a static libRmyfe: myfe.o $(MAIN_LINK) -o $@ myfe.o $(LIBR) $(LIBS)
invoked as
R CMD makeR CMD myfe
Even though not recommended,${R_HOME}
may contain spaces. Inthat case, it cannot be passed as an argument toinclude
in themakefile. Instead, one can instructmake
using the-f
option to includeMakeconf, for examplevia recursiveinvocation ofmake
, seeWriting portable packages.
all: $(MAKE) -f "${R_HOME}/etc${R_ARCH}/Makeconf" -f Makefile.inner
Additional flags which$(MAIN_LINK)
includes are, amongst others,those to selectOpenMP and--export-dynamic for the GNU linkeron some platforms. In principle$(LIBS)
is not neededwhen using a shared R library aslibR is linked againstthose libraries, but some platforms need the executable also linkedagainst them.
Next:Registering symbols, Previous:Compiling against the R library, Up:Embedding R under Unix-alikes [Contents][Index]
For Unix-alikes there is a public header fileRinterface.h thatmakes it possible to change the standard callbacks used by R in adocumented way. This defines pointers (ifR_INTERFACE_PTRS
isdefined)
extern void (*ptr_R_Suicide)(const char *);extern void (*ptr_R_ShowMessage)(const char *);extern int (*ptr_R_ReadConsole)(const char *, unsigned char *, int, int);extern void (*ptr_R_WriteConsole)(const char *, int);extern void (*ptr_R_WriteConsoleEx)(const char *, int, int);extern void (*ptr_R_ResetConsole)();extern void (*ptr_R_FlushConsole)();extern void (*ptr_R_ClearerrConsole)();extern void (*ptr_R_Busy)(int);extern void (*ptr_R_CleanUp)(SA_TYPE, int, int);extern int (*ptr_R_ShowFiles)(int, const char **, const char **, const char *, Rboolean, const char *);extern int (*ptr_R_ChooseFile)(int, char *, int);extern int (*ptr_R_EditFile)(const char *);extern void (*ptr_R_loadhistory)(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);extern void (*ptr_R_savehistory)(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);extern void (*ptr_R_addhistory)(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);extern int (*ptr_R_EditFiles)(int, const char **, const char **, const char *);extern SEXP (*ptr_do_selectlist)(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);extern SEXP (*ptr_do_dataentry)(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);extern SEXP (*ptr_do_dataviewer)(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);extern void (*ptr_R_ProcessEvents)();
which allow standard R callbacks to be redirected to your GUI. Whatthese do is generally documented in the filesrc/unix/system.txt.
void
R_ShowMessage(char *message)
¶This should display the message, which may have multiple lines: itshould be brought to the user’s attention immediately.
void
R_Busy(intwhich)
¶This function invokes actions (such as change of cursor) when Rembarks on an extended computation (which=1
) and when sucha state terminates (which=0
).
int
R_ReadConsole(const char *prompt, unsigned char *buf, intbuflen, inthist)
¶void
R_WriteConsole(const char *buf, intbuflen)
¶void
R_WriteConsoleEx(const char *buf, intbuflen, intotype)
¶void
R_ResetConsole()
¶void
R_FlushConsole()
¶void
R_ClearerrConsole()
¶These functions interact with a console.
R_ReadConsole
prints the given prompt at the console and then does afgets(3)
–like operation, writing up tobuflen bytes into thebufferbuf. The last of the bytes written should be ‘"\0"’.When there is enough space in the buffer to hold the full input lineincluding the line terminator, the line terminator should be included.Otherwise, the rest of the line should be returned in subsequent calls toR_ReadConsole
. The last call should return data terminated by the lineterminator. Ifhist is non-zero, then the line should be added to anycommand history which is being maintained. The return value is 0 if noinput is available and >0 otherwise.
R_WriteConsoleEx
writes the given buffer to the console,otype specifies the output type (regular output orwarning/error). Call toR_WriteConsole(buf, buflen)
is equivalenttoR_WriteConsoleEx(buf, buflen, 0)
. To ensure backwardcompatibility of the callbacks,ptr_R_WriteConsoleEx
is used onlyifptr_R_WriteConsole
is set toNULL
. To ensure thatstdout()
andstderr()
connections point to the console,set the corresponding files toNULL
via
R_Outputfile = NULL; R_Consolefile = NULL;
R_ResetConsole
is called when the system is reset after an error.R_FlushConsole
is called to flush any pending output to thesystem console.R_ClearerrConsole
clears any errors associatedwith reading from the console.
int
R_ShowFiles(intnfile, const char **file, const char **headers, const char *wtitle, Rbooleandel, const char *pager)
¶This function is used to display the contents of files.
int
R_ChooseFile(intnew, char *buf, intlen)
¶Choose a file and return its name inbuf of lengthlen.Return value is 0 for success, > 0 otherwise.
int
R_EditFile(const char *buf)
¶Send a file to an editor window.
int
R_EditFiles(intnfile, const char **file, const char **title, const char *editor)
¶Sendnfile files to an editor, with titles possibly to be used forthe editor window(s).
SEXP
R_loadhistory(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);
¶SEXP
R_savehistory(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);
¶SEXP
R_addhistory(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);
¶.Internal
functions forloadhistory
,savehistory
andtimestamp
.
If the console has no history mechanism these can be assimple as
SEXP R_loadhistory (SEXP call, SEXP op, SEXP args, SEXP env){ errorcall(call, "loadhistory is not implemented"); return R_NilValue;}SEXP R_savehistory (SEXP call, SEXP op , SEXP args, SEXP env){ errorcall(call, "savehistory is not implemented"); return R_NilValue;}SEXP R_addhistory (SEXP call, SEXP op , SEXP args, SEXP env){ return R_NilValue;}
TheR_addhistory
function should return silently if no historymechanism is present, as a user may be callingtimestamp
purelyto write the time stamp to the console.
void
R_Suicide(const char *message)
¶This should abort R as rapidly as possible, displaying the message.A possible implementation is
void R_Suicide (const char *message){ char pp[1024]; snprintf(pp, 1024, "Fatal error: %s\n", message); R_ShowMessage(pp); R_CleanUp(SA_SUICIDE, 2, 0);}
void
R_CleanUp(SA_TYPEsaveact, intstatus, intRunLast)
¶This function invokes any actions which occur at system termination.It needs to be quite complex:
#include <Rinterface.h>#include <Rembedded.h> /* for Rf_KillAllDevices */void R_CleanUp (SA_TYPE saveact, int status, int RunLast){ if(saveact == SA_DEFAULT) saveact = SaveAction; if(saveact == SA_SAVEASK) { /* ask what to do and set saveact */ } switch (saveact) { case SA_SAVE: if(runLast) R_dot_Last(); if(R_DirtyImage) R_SaveGlobalEnv(); /* save the console history in R_HistoryFile */ break; case SA_NOSAVE: if(runLast) R_dot_Last(); break; case SA_SUICIDE: default: break; } R_RunExitFinalizers(); /* clean up after the editor e.g. CleanEd() */ R_CleanTempDir(); /* close all the graphics devices */ if(saveact != SA_SUICIDE) Rf_KillAllDevices(); fpu_setup(FALSE); exit(status);}
These callbacks should never be changed in a running R session (andhence cannot be called from an extension package).
SEXP
R_dataentry(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);
¶SEXP
R_dataviewer(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);
¶SEXP
R_selectlist(SEXP, SEXP, SEXP, SEXP);
¶.External
functions fordataentry
(andedit
onmatrices and data frames),View
andselect.list
. Thesecan be changed if they are not currently in use.
Next:Meshing event loops, Previous:Setting R callbacks, Up:Embedding R under Unix-alikes [Contents][Index]
An application embedding R needs a different way of registeringsymbols because it is not a dynamic library loaded by R as would bethe case with a package. Therefore R reserves a specialDllInfo
entry for the embedding application such that it canregister symbols to be used with.C
,.Call
etc. Thisentry can be obtained by callinggetEmbeddingDllInfo
, so atypical use is
DllInfo *info = R_getEmbeddingDllInfo();R_registerRoutines(info, cMethods, callMethods, NULL, NULL);
The native routines defined bycMethods
andcallMethods
should be present in the embedding application. SeeRegistering native routines for details on registering symbols in general.
Next:Threading issues, Previous:Registering symbols, Up:Embedding R under Unix-alikes [Contents][Index]
One of the most difficult issues in interfacing R to a front-end isthe handling of event loops, at least if a single thread is used. Ruses events and timers for
locator()
).Sys.sleep()
.Specifically, the Unix-alike command-line version of R runs separateevent loops for
libcurl
.There is a protocol for adding event handlers to the first two types ofevent loops, using types and functions declared in the headerR_ext/eventloop.h and described in comments in filesrc/unix/sys-std.c. It is possible to add (or remove) an inputhandler for events on a particular file descriptor, or to set a pollinginterval (viaR_wait_usec
) and a function to be calledperiodicallyviaR_PolledEvents
: the polling mechanism isused by thetcltk package. Input handlers are managed withaddInputHandler
,getInputHandler
, andremoveInputHandler
. The handlers are held in a linked listR_InputHandlers
.
It is not intended that these facilities are used by packages, but ifthey are needed exceptionally, the package should ensure that it cleansup and removes its handlers when its namespace is unloaded. Note thatthe headersys/select.h is needed178: users should check this is available and defineHAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
before includingR_ext/eventloop.h. (Itis often the case that another header will includesys/select.hbeforeeventloop.h is processed, but this should not be reliedon.)
An alternative front-end needs both to make provision for other Revents whilst waiting for input, and to ensure that it is not frozen outduring events of the second type. The ability to add a polled handlerasR_timeout_handler
is used by thetcltk package.
Previous:Meshing event loops, Up:Embedding R under Unix-alikes [Contents][Index]
Embedded R is designed to be run in the main thread, and all thetesting is done in that context. There is a potential issue with thestack-checking mechanism where threads are involved. This uses twovariables declared inRinterface.h (ifCSTACK_DEFNS
isdefined) as
extern uintptr_t R_CStackLimit; /* C stack limit */extern uintptr_t R_CStackStart; /* Initial stack address */
Note thatuintptr_t
is an optional C99 type for which asubstitute is defined in R, so your code needs to defineHAVE_UINTPTR_T
appropriately. To do so, test if the type isdefined in C headerstdint.h or C++ headercstdint and ifso include the header and defineHAVE_UINTPTR_T
before includingRinterface.h. (For C code one can simply includeRconfig.h, possiblyviaR.h, and for C++11 codeRinterface.h will include the headercstdint.)
These will be set179 whenRf_initialize_R
is called, to values appropriate tothe main thread. Stack-checking can be disabled by settingR_CStackLimit = (uintptr_t)-1
immediately afterRf_initialize_R
is called, but it is better to if possible setappropriate values. (What these are and how to determine them areOS-specific, and the stack size limit may differ for secondary threads.If you have a choice of stack size, at least 10Mb is recommended.)
You may also want to consider how signals are handled: R sets signalhandlers for several signals, includingSIGINT
,SIGSEGV
,SIGPIPE
,SIGUSR1
andSIGUSR2
, but these can all besuppressed by setting the variableR_SignalHandlers
(declared inRinterface.h) to0
.
Note that these variables must not be changed by an Rpackage: a package should not call R internals whichmakes use of the stack-checking mechanism on a secondary thread.
This section is only about ‘x86_64’ Windows.
All Windows interfaces to R call entry points in the DLLR.dll, directly or indirectly. Simpler applications may find iteasier to use the indirect routevia(D)COM.
Next:CallingR.dll directly, Up:Embedding R under Windows [Contents][Index]
The basic R distribution is not a (D)COM server, but two addons arecurrently available that interface directly with R and provide a(D)COM server:
StatConnector
written byThomas Baier availableviahttps://www.autstat.com/,which works with R packages to support transfer of data to and fromR and remote execution of R commands, as well as embedding of anR graphics window.Recent versions have usage restrictions.
Next:Finding R_HOME, Previous:Using (D)COM, Up:Embedding R under Windows [Contents][Index]
TheR
DLL is mainly written in C and has_cdecl
entrypoints. Calling it directly will be tricky except from C code (or C++with a little care).
There is a version of the Unix-alike interface calling
int Rf_initEmbeddedR(int ac, char **av);void Rf_endEmbeddedR(int fatal);
which is an entry point inR.dll. Examples of its use (and asuitableMakefile.win) can be found in thetests/Embeddingdirectory of the sources. You may need to ensure thatR_HOME/bin is in yourPATH
so the R DLLs are found.
Examples of callingR.dll directly are provided in the directorysrc/gnuwin32/front-ends, including a simple command-linefront endrtest.c whose code is
#define Win32#include <windows.h>#include <stdio.h>#include <Rversion.h>#define LibExtern __declspec(dllimport) extern#include <Rembedded.h>#include <R_ext/RStartup.h>/* for askok and askyesnocancel */#include <graphapp.h>/* for signal-handling code */#include <psignal.h>/* simple input, simple output *//* This version blocks all events: a real one needs to call ProcessEvents frequently. See rterm.c and ../system.c for one approach using a separate thread for input.*/int myReadConsole(const char *prompt, unsigned char *buf, int len, int addtohistory){ fputs(prompt, stdout); fflush(stdout); if(fgets((char *)buf, len, stdin)) return 1; else return 0;}void myWriteConsole(const char *buf, int len){ printf("%s", buf);}void myCallBack(void){ /* called during i/o, eval, graphics in ProcessEvents */}void myBusy(int which){ /* set a busy cursor ... if which = 1, unset if which = 0 */}static void my_onintr(int sig) { UserBreak = 1; }int main (int argc, char **argv){ structRstart rp; Rstart Rp = &rp; char Rversion[25], *RHome, *RUser; sprintf(Rversion, "%s.%s", R_MAJOR, R_MINOR); if(strcmp(getDLLVersion(), Rversion) != 0) { fprintf(stderr, "Error: R.DLL version does not match\n"); exit(1); } R_setStartTime(); R_DefParamsEx(Rp, RSTART_VERSION); if((RHome = get_R_HOME()) == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "R_HOME must be set in the environment or Registry\n"); exit(1); } Rp->rhome = RHome; RUser = getRUser(); Rp->home = RUser; Rp->CharacterMode = LinkDLL; Rp->EmitEmbeddedUTF8 = FALSE; Rp->ReadConsole = myReadConsole; Rp->WriteConsole = myWriteConsole; Rp->CallBack = myCallBack; Rp->ShowMessage = askok; Rp->YesNoCancel = askyesnocancel; Rp->Busy = myBusy; Rp->R_Quiet = TRUE; /* Default is FALSE */ Rp->R_Interactive = FALSE; /* Default is TRUE */ Rp->RestoreAction = SA_RESTORE; Rp->SaveAction = SA_NOSAVE; R_SetParams(Rp); freeRUser(RUser); free_R_HOME(RHome); R_set_command_line_arguments(argc, argv); FlushConsoleInputBuffer(GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE)); signal(SIGBREAK, my_onintr); GA_initapp(0, 0); readconsolecfg(); setup_Rmainloop();#ifdef SIMPLE_CASE run_Rmainloop();#else R_ReplDLLinit(); while(R_ReplDLLdo1() > 0) {/* add user actions here if desired */ }/* only get here on EOF (not q()) */#endif Rf_endEmbeddedR(0); return 0;}
The ideas are
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\R-core\R\InstallPath
from anadministrative install andHKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\R-core\R\InstallPath
otherwise, ifselected during installation (as it is by default).Rstart
structure.R_DefParams
sets the defaults, andR_SetParams
setsupdated values.R_DefParamsEx
takes an extra argument, the versionnumber of theRstart
structure provided (RSTART_VERSION
refersto the current version) and returns a non-zero status when that version isnot supported by R.R_set_command_line_arguments
for use by the R functioncommandArgs()
.An underlying theme is the need to keep the GUI ‘alive’, and this hasnot been done in this example. The R callbackR_ProcessEvents
needs to be called frequently to ensure that Windows events in Rwindows are handled expeditiously. Conversely, R needs to allow theGUI code (which is running in the same process) to update itself asneeded – two ways are provided to allow this:
R_ProcessEvents
calls the callback registered byRp->callback
. A version of this is used to run package Tcl/Tkfortcltk under Windows, for the code isvoid R_ProcessEvents(void){ while (peekevent()) doevent(); /* Windows events for GraphApp */ if (UserBreak) { UserBreak = FALSE; Rf_onintr(); } R_CallBackHook(); if(R_tcldo) R_tcldo();}
#ifdef SIMPLE_CASE
.It may be that no R GraphApp windows need to be considered, althoughthese include pagers, thewindows()
graphics device, the Rdata and script editors and various popups such aschoose.file()
andselect.list()
. It would be possible to replace all of these,but it seems easier to allow GraphApp to handle most of them.
It is possible to run R in a GUI in a single thread (asRGui.exe shows) but it will normally be easier180 touse multiple threads.
Note that R’s own front ends use a stack size of 10Mb, whereas MinGWexecutables default to 2Mb, and Visual C++ ones to 1Mb. The latterstack sizes are too small for a number of R applications, sogeneral-purpose front-ends should use a larger stack size.
Applications embedding R 4.2.0 and newer should useUCRT as the C runtimeand opt in for UTF-8 as the active code page in their manifest, as allfrontends shipped with R do. This will allow the embedded R to useUTF-8 as its native encoding on recent Windows systems.
Previous:CallingR.dll directly, Up:Embedding R under Windows [Contents][Index]
Both applications which embed R and those which use asystem
call to invoke R (asRscript.exe
,Rterm.exe
orR.exe
) need to be able to find the Rbin directory.The simplest way to do so is the ask the user to set an environmentvariableR_HOME
and use that, but naive users may be flummoxed asto how to do so or what value to use.
The R for Windows installers have for a long time allowed the valueofR_HOME
to be recorded in the Windows Registry: this isoptional but selected by default.Where it is recorded haschanged over the years to allow for multiple versions of R to beinstalled at once, and to allow 32- and 64-bit versions of R to beinstalled on the same machine. Only 64-bit versions are supported since R4.2.
The basic Registry location isSoftware\R-core\R
. For anadministrative install this is underHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
and on a64-bit OSHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\R-core\R
is by defaultredirected for a 32-bit application, so a 32-bit application will seethe information for the last 32-bit install, and a 64-bit applicationthat for the last 64-bit install. For a personal install, theinformation is underHKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\R-core\R
which isseen by both 32-bit and 64-bit applications and so records the lastinstall of either architecture. To circumvent this, with Intel builds thereare locationsSoftware\R-core\R32
andSoftware\R-core\R64
which always refer to one architecture.
When R is installed and recording is not disabled then two stringvalues are written at that location for keysInstallPath
andCurrent Version
, and these keys are removed when R isuninstalled. To allow information about other installed versions to beretained, there is also a key named something like3.0.0
or3.0.0 patched
or3.1.0 Pre-release
with a value forInstallPath
.
So a comprehensive algorithm to search forR_HOME
is somethinglike
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software
often gets reverted toan earlier version. Do the following for one or both ofHKEY_CURRENT_USER
andHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
.Software\R-core\R32
orSoftware\R-core\R64
, and if that does not exist or thearchitecture is immaterial, inSoftware\R-core\R
.InstallPath
exists then this isR_HOME
(recordedusing backslashes). If it does not, look for version-specific keys like2.11.0 alpha
, pick the latest (which is of itself a complicatedalgorithm as2.11.0 patched > 2.11.0 > 2.11.0 alpha > 2.8.1
) anduse its value forInstallPath
.Next:API index, Previous:Linking GUIs and other front-ends to R, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Jump to: | . \ A B C D E F G I L M N O P Q R S T U V W X |
---|
Jump to: | . \ A B C D E F G I L M N O P Q R S T U V W X |
---|
Next:Fortran API index, Previous:Function and variable index, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Entry points and variables listed in this index and in header fileslisted here are intended to be used in distributed packages and ideallywill only be changed after deprecation.
Jump to: | A B C D E F G I L M N O P R S T U V W X |
---|
Jump to: | A B C D E F G I L M N O P R S T U V W X |
---|
Next:Experimental API index, Previous:API index, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Entry points listed in this index are intended to be usedfromFortran code in distributed packages and ideally will only be changedafter deprecation.
Jump to: | D I L Q R |
---|
Jump to: | D I L Q R |
---|
Next:Embedding API index, Previous:Fortran API index, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Entry points and variables listed in this index and in header fileslisted here are part of an experimental API, such asR_ext/Altrep.h. These are subject to change, so package authors wishingto use these should be prepared to adapt.
Jump to: | A C D I L R S |
---|
Jump to: | A C D I L R S |
---|
Next:Concept index, Previous:Experimental API index, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Functions, variables, and header files to support creating alternatefront ends and other forms of embedding R.
Jump to: | A C F G R S |
---|
Jump to: | A C F G R S |
---|
Previous:Embedding API index, Up:Writing R Extensions [Contents][Index]
Jump to: | . A B C D E F G H I L M N O P R S T U V W Z |
---|
Jump to: | . A B C D E F G H I L M N O P R S T U V W Z |
---|
although this is a persistentmis-usage. It seems to stem from S, whose analogues of R’s packageswere officially known aslibrary sections and later aschapters, but almost always referred to aslibraries.
Thisseems to be commonly used for a file in ‘markdown’ format. Be awarethat most users of R will not know that, nor know how to view such afile: platforms such as macOS and Windows do not have a default viewerset in their file associations. TheCRAN package web pagesrender such files inHTML: the converter used expects the file to beencoded in UTF-8.
currently, top-level files.Rbuildignore and.Rinstignore, andvignettes/.install_extras.
false positives are possible, but only a handful have beenseen so far.
at least if thisis done in a locale which matches the package encoding.
and this formatis required byCRAN, so checked byR CMD check--as-cran
if a ‘Date’ is provided
without asrc/Makefile* file.
LTO is not currently supported by the toolchainused on ‘aarch64’.
But it is checked for Open Source packagesbyR CMD check --as-cran
.
Duplicate definitions maytrigger a warning: seeUser-defined macros.
bug.report
will try to extract anemail address from aContact
field if there is noBugReports
field.
CRAN expands them to e.g.GPL-2| GPL-3
.
even one wrapped in\donttest
, or a demo script.
This includes all packagesdirectly called bylibrary
andrequire
calls, as well asdata obtainedviadata(theirdata, package = "somepkg")
calls:R CMD check
will warn about all of these. But thereare subtler uses which it may not detect: e.g. if package A usespackage B and makes use of functionality in package B which uses packageC which package B suggests or enhances, then package C needs to be inthe ‘Suggests’ list for package A. Nor will undeclared uses inincluded files be reported, nor unconditional uses of packages listedunder ‘Enhances’.R CMD check --as-cran
will detect moreof the subtler uses.
Extensions.S and.s arise from code originally written for S(-PLUS),but are commonly used for assembler code. Extension.q was usedfor S, which at one time was tentatively called QPE.
but they should be in the encodingdeclared in theDESCRIPTION file.
This is true for OSes whichimplement the ‘C’ locale: Windows’ idea of the ‘C’ locale usesthe WinAnsi charset.
More precisely, they cancontain the English alphanumeric characters and the symbols‘$ - _ . + ! ' ( ) , ; = &’.
either or both of which may not be supported on particularplatforms. Their main use is on macOS, but unfortunately recentversions of the macOSSDK have removed much of the support for ObjectiveC v1.0 and Objective C++.
This is not accepted by the Intel Fortran compiler.
Using.hpp is not guaranteedto be portable.
There is also ‘__APPLE_CC__’, but that indicates acompiler with Apple-specific features not the OS, although forhistorical reasons it is defined by LLVMclang
. It isused inRinlinedfuns.h.
the POSIXterminology, called ‘make variables’ by GNU make.
As from R 4.5.0,R CMD check
can beinvoked with option--run-demo to check demos analogously totests, including comparisons with optional reference outputs in.Rout.save files.
The best way to generate such a file is to copythe.Rout from a successful run ofR CMD check
. If youwant to generate it separately, do run R with options--vanilla --no-echo and with environment variableLANGUAGE=en
set to get messages in English. Be careful not to useoutput with the option--timings (and note that--as-cran sets it).
e.g.https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4180.
People who have trouble withcase are advised to use.rda as a common error is to refer toabc.RData asabc.Rdata!
For all theCRAN packages tested,eithergz
orbzip2
provided a very substantial reductionin installed size.
‘BWidget’ still is on Windows but‘Tktable’ was not in R 4.0.0.
The scriptshould only assume a POSIX-compliant/bin/sh
– seehttps://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/V3_chap02.html.In particularbash
extensions must not be used, and not allR platforms have abash
command, let alone one at/bin/bash. All known shells used with R support the use ofbackticks, but not all support ‘$(cmd)’. However, real-worldshells are not fully POSIX-compliant and omissions and idiosyncrasiesneed to be worked around—which Autoconf will do for you. Arithmeticexpansion is a known issue: seehttps://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/autoconf.html#Portable-Shellfor this and others. Some checks can be done by thecheckbashisms
Perl script athttps://sourceforge.net/projects/checkbaskisms/files, alsoavailable in most Linux distributions in a package named either‘devscripts’ or ‘devscripts-checkbashisms’: a later versioncan be extracted from Debian sources such as the most recenttar.xz inhttps://deb.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/devscripts/ and hasbeen needed for recent versions of Perl.
https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_blas.html. Ifyou include macros from that archive you need to arrange for them to beincluded in the package sources for use byautoreconf
.
but it is available on themachines used to produce theCRAN binary packages: however asApple does not ship.pc files for its system libraries such asexpat
,libcurl
,libxml2
,sqlite3
and‘zlib’, it may well not find information on these. Somesubstitutes are available fromhttps://github.com/R-macos/recipes/tree/master/stubs/pkgconfig-darwinand are installed on theCRAN package builders.
It is not wiseto check the version ofpkg-config
as it is sometimes a linktopkgconf
, a separate project with a different version series.
but not all projects get thisright when only a static library is installed, so it is often necessaryto try in turnpkg-config --libs
andpkg-config--static --libs
.
a decade ago Autoconf usedconfigure.in: this is still accepted but should be renamed andautoreconf
as used byR CMD check --as-cran
willreport as such.
For those usingautoconf
2.70 or later there is alsoAC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS
which allows multiple directories to bespecified.
in POSIX parlance: GNUmake
calls these ‘make variables’.
at least on Unix-alikes: the Windows build currentlyresolves such dependencies to a static Fortran library whenRblas.dll is built.
https://www.openmp.org/,https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenMP,https://hpc-tutorials.llnl.gov/openmp/
There are somewhat fragile workarounds: seehttps://mac.r-project.org/openmp/.
Default builds of LLVMclang
3.8.0and later have support forOpenMP, but thelibomp
run-timelibrary may not be installed.
In most implementations the_OPENMP
macro has value a date which can be mapped to anOpenMP version: forexample, value201307
is the date of version 4.0 (July2013). However this may be used to denote the latest version which ispartially supported, not that which is fully implemented.
Windows default, notMinGW-w64 default.
Which it was at the time of writing with GCC,Intel and Clang compilers. The count may include the threadrunning the main process.
Becareful not to declarenthreads
asconst int
: the Oraclecompiler required it to be ‘an lvalue’.
Intel compilers do not by default but this is workedaround when using packages without asrc/Makefile.
but was said to havecomplete support only from version 2023.0.0.
Some changes are linkedfromhttps://isocpp.org/std/standing-documents/sd-6-sg10-feature-test-recommendations:there were also additional deprecations.
Values201103L
,201402L
,201703L
and202002L
are most commonly used for C++11, C++14, C++17 andC++20 respectively, but some compilers set1L
. For C++23 all thatcan currently be assumed is a value greater than that for C++20: forexampleg++
12 uses202100L
andclang++
(LLVM15, Apple 14) uses202101L
.
Often historicallyused to mean ‘not C++98’
Seehttps://isocpp.org/std/standing-documents/sd-6-sg10-feature-test-recommendationsorhttps://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/experimental/feature_test.It seems a reasonable assumption that any compiler promising some C++14conformance will provide these—e.g.g++
4.9.x did but4.8.5 did not.
The latter has beenimplemented ingcc
but not currently in LLVM nor Appleclang
.
for examplegcc
14 and Appleclang
16, but notgcc
15, LLVMclang 18
andlater.
On systems which use sub-architectures,architecture-specific versions such as~/.R/check.Renviron.x64take precedence.
A suitablefile.exe
ispart of the Windows toolset: it checks forgfile
if a suitablefile
is not found: the latter is available in the OpenCSWcollection for Solaris athttps://www.opencsw.org/. The sourcerepository ishttp://ftp.astron.com/pub/file/.
An exception is madefor subdirectories with names starting ‘win’ or ‘Win’.
on most other platforms such runtimelibraries are dynamic, but static libraries are currently used onWindows because the toolchain is not a standard part of the OS.
or if option--use-valgrind isused or environment variable_R_CHECK_ALWAYS_LOG_VIGNETTE_OUTPUT_
is set to a true value or if there are differences from a target outputfile
for the mostcomprehensive checking this should be 5.8.0 or later: any for whichtidy --version
does not report a version number will be tooold – this includes the 2006 version shipped with macOS.
For example, in early2014gdata declared ‘Imports: gtools’ andgtoolsdeclared ‘Imports: gdata’.
calledCVS or.svn or.arch-ids or.bzr or.git (but notfiles called.git) or.hg.
called.metadata.
which is an error: GNU make usesGNUmakefile.
seetools:::.hidden_file_exclusions
andtools:::get_exclude_patterns()
for furtherexcluded files and file patterns, respectively.
and to avoid problems with case-insensitive filesystems, lower-case versions of all these extensions.
unless inhibited by using‘BuildVignettes: no’ in theDESCRIPTION file.
provided the conditions of thepackage’s license are met: many, includingCRAN, see theomission of source components as incompatible with an Open Sourcelicense.
R_HOME/bin
is prepended to thePATH
so that references toR
orRscript
in theMakefile do make use of the currently running version of R.
Note thatlazy-loaded datasets arenot in the package’s namespace so needto be accessedvia::
, e.g.survival::survexp.us
.
they will be calledwith two unnamed arguments, in that order.
NB: this will only be read in all versions of R ifthe package contains R code in aR directory.
Note that this is thebasename of the shared object, and the appropriate extension (.soor.dll) will be added.
Imports: methods
may suffice,but package code is little exercised without themethods packageon the search path and may not be fully robust to this scenario.
This defaults to the samepattern asexportPattern
: use something likeexportClassPattern("^$")
to override this.
if it does, there will be opaque warnings aboutreplacing imports if the classes/methods are also imported.
People usedev.new()
to open adevice at a particular size: that is not portable but usingdev.new(noRStudioGD = TRUE)
helps.
Solarismake
did not acceptCRLF-terminated Makefiles; Solaris warned about and some othermake
s ignore incomplete final lines.
This was apparentlyintroduced in SunOS 4, and is available elsewhereprovided it issurrounded by spaces.
GNU make,BSD make and other variants ofpmake
in FreeBSD, NetBSD andformerly in macOS, and formerly AT&T make as implemented on Solaris and‘Distributed Make’ (dmake
), part of Oracle Developer Studio andavailable in other versions including from Apache OpenOffice.
For example,test
options-a and-e are not portable, and not supportedin the AT&T Bourne shell used on Solaris 10/11, even though they are inthe POSIX standard. Nor did Solaris support ‘$(cmd)’.
as fromR 4.0.0 the default isbash
.
it was not in the Bourne shell, and was notsupported by Solaris 10.
https://fortranwiki.org/fortran/show/Modernizing+Old+Fortranmay help explain some of the warnings fromgfortran -Wall-pedantic
.
or where supported the variants_Exit
and_exit
.
This andsrandom
are in any case not portable. They are in POSIX but notin the C99 standard, and not available on Windows.
includingmacOS as from version 13.
inlibselinux.
At least Linux and Windows, but not macOS.
except perhaps the simplest kind as used bydownload.file()
in non-interactive use.
Whereas the GNU linker reorders so-L optionsare processed first, the Solaris one did not.
some versions of macOS did not.
If a Java interpreter isrequired directly (notviarJava) this must be declaredand its presence tested like any other external command.
For example, the ability to handle ‘https://’URLs.
Notdoing so is the default on Windows, overridden for the Rexecutables.
These are not needed for the default compiler settingson ‘x86_64’ but are likely to be needed on ‘ix86’.
Select ‘Save as’, and select‘Reduce file size’ from the ‘Quartz filter’ menu’: this can be accessedin other ways, for example by Automator.
except perhaps somespecial characters such as backslash and hash which may be taken overfor currency symbols.
Typically on a Unix-alike this isdone by tellingfontconfig
where to find suitable fonts toselect glyphs from.
Ubuntu provides 5 years of support (butpeople were running 14.04 after 7 years) and RHEL provides 10 years fullsupport and up to 14 with extended support.
This is seen on Linux, Solarisand FreeBSD, although each has other ways to turn on all extensions,e.g. defining_GNU_SOURCE
,__EXTENSIONS__
or_BSD_SOURCE
: the GCC compilers by default define_GNU_SOURCE
unless a strict standard such as-std=c99 isused. On macOS extensions are declared unless one of these macros isgiven too small a value.
often taken fromthe toolchain’s headers.
at the time of writing ‘arm64’ macOS both warnedand did not supply a prototype inmath.h which resulted in acompilation error.
also part of C++11 and later.
which often is the same as the header included bythe C compiler, but some compilers have wrappers for some of the Cheaders.
Although this was addedfor C23, full support of that is years away.
https://stackoverflow.com/questions/32739018/a-replacement-for-stdbind2nd
it is allowedbut ignored in system headers.
an unsigned64-bit integer type on recent R platforms.
when using themacOS 13SDK with a deployment target of macOS 13.
and at one time as DEC Fortran, hence theDEC
.
seehttps://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-10/porting_to.html.
Seehttps://prereleases.llvm.org/11.0.0/rc2/tools/clang/docs/ReleaseNotes.html#modified-compiler-flags.
In principle this coulddepend on the OS, but has been checked on Linux and macOS.
but C23 declaresthat header and the macro to be obsolescent.
discontinued in 2023.
There is a portable way to do this in Fortran 2003(ieee_is_nan()
in moduleieee_arithmetic
), but that wasnot supported in the versions 4.x of GNU Fortran. A pretty robustalternative is to testif(my_var /= my_var)
.
e.g.\alias
,\keyword
and\note
sections.
There can be exceptions: for exampleRd files are not allowed to start with a dot, and have to beuniquely named on a case-insensitive file system.
in the current locale, and with specialtreatment for LaTeX special characters and with any‘pkgname-package’ topic moved to the top of the list.
\describe
can still be used for more generallists, including when\item
labels need special markup such as\var
for metasyntactic variables, seeMarking text.
as defined by the R functiontrimws
.
Currently it isrendered differently inHTML conversions, and in LaTeX and text conversionoutside ‘\usage’ and ‘\examples’ environments.
There is only a finedistinction between\dots
and\ldots
. It is technicallyincorrect to use\ldots
in code blocks andtools::checkRd
will warn about this—on the other hand the current converters treatthem the same way in code blocks, and elsewhere apart from the smalldistinction between the two in LaTeX.
See theexamples section in the fileParen.Rd for an example.
R2.9.0 added support for UTF-8 Cyrillic characters in LaTeX, but onsome OSes this will need Cyrillic support added to LaTeX, soenvironment variable_R_CYRILLIC_TEX_
may need to be set to anon-empty value to enable this.
Rhas to be built to enable this, but the option--enable-R-profiling is the default.
For Unix-alikes by default these are intervalsof CPU time, and for Windows of elapsed (‘wall-clock’) time. As fromR 4.4.0, elapsed time is optional on Unix-alikes
With the exceptions of the commandslisted below: an object of such a name can be printedvia anexplicit call toprint
.
The macOS support is for long-obsoleteversions.
in somedistributions packaged separately, for example asvalgrind-devel.
Those in some numeric, logical,integer, raw, complex vectors and in memory allocated byR_alloc
.
including using the data sections of R vectors afterthey are freed.
smallfixed-size arrays by default ingfortran
, for example.
currently on ‘x86_64’/‘ix86’Linux and FreeBSD, with some support for macOS – seehttps://developer.apple.com/documentation/xcode/diagnosing-memory-thread-and-crash-issues-early. (Thereis a faster variant, HWASAN, for ‘aarch64’ only.) On someplatforms the runtime library,libasan, needs to be installedseparately, and for checking C++ you may also needlibubsan.
seehttps://llvm.org/devmtg/2014-04/PDFs/LightningTalks/EuroLLVM%202014%20--%20container%20overflow.pdf.
part of the LLVM project anddistributed inllvm
RPMs and.debs on Linux. It is notcurrently shipped by Apple.
as Ubuntu has been said todo.
installed on some Linux systems asasan_symbolize
, and obtainable fromhttps://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/blob/main/compiler-rt/lib/asan/scripts/asan_symbolize.py:it makes use ofllvm-symbolizer
if available.
includinggcc
7.1 andclang
4.0.0: forgcc
it is implied by-fsanitize=address.
forexample, X11/GL libraries on Linux, seen when checking packagergl and some others using it—a workaround is to setenvironment variableRGL_USE_NULL=true
.
On someplatforms the runtime library,libubsan, needs to be installedseparately. For macOS, seehttps://developer.apple.com/documentation/xcode/diagnosing-memory-thread-and-crash-issues-early.
butworks better if inlining and frame pointer optimizations are disabled.
By default as a security measure: seeman dyld
.
Seehttps://svn.r-project.org/R-dev-web/trunk/CRAN/QA/Simon/R-build/fixpathR:‘@executable_path’ could be used rather than absolute paths.
possibly after some platform-specifictranslation, e.g. adding leading or trailing underscores.
This is currently included byR.h but may not be in future, so it should be included by codeneeding the type.
Note that this is then not checked for over-runs byoptionCBoundsCheck = TRUE
.
Strictly this is OS-specific, but no exceptions havebeen seen for many years.
For calls from within a namespace the search is confined tothe DLL loaded for that package.
For unregistered entry points the OS’sdlsym
routine is used to find addresses. Its performance varies considerablyby OS and even in the best case it will need to search a much largersymbol table than, say, the table of.Call
entry points.
Because it is a standardpackage, one would need to rename it before attempting to reproduce theaccount here.
generally those with an ELF linker and macOSfrom R 4.5.0.
whether or not ‘LinkingTo’ is used.
so there needs to be a correspondingimport
orimportFrom
entry in theNAMESPACE file.
Even including C system headers insuch a block has caused compilation errors.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Application_binary_interface.
Forexample, ‘_GLIBCXX_USE_CXX11_ABI’ ing++
5.1 and later:https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/libstdc++/manual/using_dual_abi.html.
dyld
on macOS,andDYLD_LIBRARY_PATHS
below.
That is,similar to those defined in S version 4 from the 1990s: these arenot kept up to date and are not recommended for new projects.
seeThe RAPI: entry points for C code: note that these are not all part ofthe API.
SEXP is an acronym forSimpleEXPression, common in LISP-like language syntaxes.
If no coercion was required,Rf_coerceVector
wouldhave passed the old object through unchanged.
You can assign acopy of the object in theenvironment framerho
usingdefineVar(symbol,duplicate(value), rho)
).
This is only guaranteed to show thecurrent interface: it is liable to change.
Known problems have beendefiningLENGTH
,error
,length
,match
,vector
andwarning
: whether these matter depends on the OSand toolchain, with many problem reports involving Apple or LLVMclang++
.
That was notthe case on Windows prior to R 4.2.0.
also part ofC++11.
The ‘F77_’ in the names is historical anddates back to usage in S.
It is an optional C11extension.
Most compilers do not check valueswhen assigning to anenum
and store this type as anint
,so this may appear to work now but it likely to fail in future.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Endianness.
Not pre-2023 Intel norAIX norSolaris compilers.
This applies to thecompiler for the default C++ dialect and not necessarily to otherdialects.
In many cases Fortran compilers accept the flag butdo not actually hide their symbols: at the time of writing that was trueofgfortran
,flang
and Intel’sifx
.
In the parlance of macOSthis is adynamic library, and is the normal way to build R onthat platform.
but theseare not part of the automated test procedures and so little tested.
At least according toPOSIX 2004 and later. Earlier standards prescribedsys/time.h:R_ext/eventloop.h will include it ifHAVE_SYS_TIME_H
isdefined.
at least on platforms where the values areavailable, that is havinggetrlimit
and on Linux or havingsysctl
supportingKERN_USRSTACK
, including FreeBSD andmacOS.
Anattempt to use only threads in the late 1990s failed to work correctlyunder Windows 95, the predominant version of Windows at that time.